Liren Large Software Subsidy 5/05.iso/a/a524/27.ddi/admin/help/plushelp.ctl

Text File | 1991-03-04 | 399.0 KB | 15,102 lines

load data
infile *
concatenate 2
into table help replace
fields
(
  seq    char (3) terminated by ',',
  topic  char (30) terminated by ',',
  info   position (*) char (80)
)
BEGINDATA
  1,/,

  2,/,

  3,/,
                                / (slash)
  4,/,

  5,/,
 /
  6,/,

  7,/,
 Enter a slash (/) at the command prompt or at a line number prompt to
  8,/,
 execute a SQL command or PL/SQL block in the SQL buffer.  The slash
  9,/,
 command works like RUN, but does not list the command on your screen
 10,/,
 buffer.
 11,/,

 12,/,
 Executing a SQL command or PL/SQL block with the slash does not change the
 13,/,
 current line number in the SQL buffer unless the command in the buffer has
 14,/,
 an error.  If so, SQL*Plus makes the line with the error the current line.
 15,/,

 16,/,
 Examples: Type LIST to see the contents of the buffer:
 17,/,

 18,/,
               SQL> LIST
 19,/,
                 1* SELECT ENAME, JOB FROM EMP WHERE ENAME = 'JAMES'
 20,/,

 21,/,
           Enter / (slash) to execute the command in the buffer:
 22,/,

 23,/,
               SQL> /         Output:  ENAME   JOB
 24,/,
                                       ------  -----
 25,/,
                                       JAMES   CLERK
 26,/,

 27,/,
 See also: @, edit, get, list, run, save, parameters, set (SQL buffer),
 28,/,
           spool, start, commands, menu.
  1,1 Row Char Functions,

  2,1 Row Char Functions,

  3,1 Row Char Functions,
                           1 Row Char Functions
  4,1 Row Char Functions,

  5,1 Row Char Functions,
 ASCII(string)     Returns collating sequence value of 1st char of string.
  6,1 Row Char Functions,
 CHR(n)            Returns character having ASCII or EBCDIC value of n.
  7,1 Row Char Functions,
 INITCAP(char)     Capitalizes each word's first letter, others lowercase.
  8,1 Row Char Functions,
 INSTR(char1,      Beginning at position m, returns the position of the
  9,1 Row Char Functions,
   char2, m, n)       nth occurrence of char2 in char1; m & n = 0 if absent.
 10,1 Row Char Functions,
 LENGTH(char)      Returns the length of char.
 11,1 Row Char Functions,
 LOWER(char)       Returns char in lowercase.
 12,1 Row Char Functions,
 LPAD(char1,       Adds char2 n number of times in front of char1.
 13,1 Row Char Functions,
   n, char2)
 14,1 Row Char Functions,
 LTRIM(char, s)    Removes beginning characters from char, up to the first
 15,1 Row Char Functions,
                      character not in the s set; s = ''if absent.
 16,1 Row Char Functions,
 NLSSORT(char)     Gives char's National Language collating sequence.
 17,1 Row Char Functions,
 REPLACE(char,     Changes each find in char to new; omit new to erase
 18,1 Row Char Functions,
   find, new)         find.  Use TRANSLATE for single characters.
 19,1 Row Char Functions,
 RPAD(char1, n,    Adds char2 n number of times after char1.
 20,1 Row Char Functions,
   char2)
 21,1 Row Char Functions,
 RTRIM(char, set)  Removes characters from the end of char until the
 22,1 Row Char Functions,
                      first character not in set; set = ''if absent.
 23,1 Row Char Functions,
 SOUNDEX(char)     Returns string phonetically equivalent to char.
 24,1 Row Char Functions,
 SUBSTR(char,      Returns n characters in char, starting at char c.
 25,1 Row Char Functions,
   c, n)
 26,1 Row Char Functions,
 TRANSLATE(char,   Returns char with each find changed to new.
 27,1 Row Char Functions,
   find, new)
 28,1 Row Char Functions,
 UPPER(char)       Returns char in UPPERCASE.
 29,1 Row Char Functions,

 30,1 Row Char Functions,

 31,1 Row Char Functions,
 See also: 1 row number, conversion, date functions, error reporting,
 32,1 Row Char Functions,
                 group, other functions, commands, menu.
  1,1 Row Number Functions,

  2,1 Row Number Functions,

  3,1 Row Number Functions,
                   1 Row Number Functions
  4,1 Row Number Functions,

  5,1 Row Number Functions,
 ABS(n)        Returns the absolute value of n.
  6,1 Row Number Functions,

  7,1 Row Number Functions,
 CEIL(n)       Returns the smallest integer greater than or equal to n.
  8,1 Row Number Functions,

  9,1 Row Number Functions,
 FLOOR(n)      Returns the largest integer less than or equal to n.
 10,1 Row Number Functions,

 11,1 Row Number Functions,
 MOD(m,n)      Returns result of m divided by n; or if n=0, m returned.
 12,1 Row Number Functions,

 13,1 Row Number Functions,
 POWER(m,n)    Returns m raised to the nth power; n must be an integer.
 14,1 Row Number Functions,

 15,1 Row Number Functions,
 ROUND(m,n)    Returns m rounded to n (optional) decimal places.
 16,1 Row Number Functions,

 17,1 Row Number Functions,
 SIGN(n)       Returns -1 if n is negative, 1 if n is positive, 0 if n=0.
 18,1 Row Number Functions,

 19,1 Row Number Functions,
 SQRT(n)       Returns the square root of n.
 20,1 Row Number Functions,

 21,1 Row Number Functions,
 TRUNC(m,n)    Strips m to n (opt) places; -n adds n zeros to an integer.
 22,1 Row Number Functions,

 23,1 Row Number Functions,

 24,1 Row Number Functions,
 See also: 1 row char, conversion, date functions, error reporting,
 25,1 Row Number Functions,
                  group, other functions, commands, menu.
  1,@,
 @
  2,@,
                               @ ("at" sign)
  3,@,

  4,@,
 @ file_name[.ext ]
  5,@,

  6,@,
 Runs the specified command file.
  7,@,

  8,@,
     file_name[.ext ]
  9,@,
         is the command file you wish to run. If you omit ext, SQL*Plus
 10,@,
         assumes the default command-file extension (usually SQL).  To
 11,@,
         change the default extension, use the SUFFIX clause of the SET
 12,@,
         command.  Use @file_name or @ file_name; the space is optional.
 13,@,
         Case may be significant in some operating environments.
 14,@,

 15,@,
 You can include in a command file any typeable command--usually SQL or
 16,@,
 SQL*Plus commands.  The @ command works like START, but does not allow
 17,@,
 values to be passed to parameters.
 18,@,

 19,@,
 Examples:
 20,@,

 21,@,
     To run a command file named PRINTRPT.SQL, enter:
 22,@,

 23,@,
         SQL> @PRINTRPT
 24,@,

 25,@,

 26,@,
     To run the command file WKRPT with the extension QRY, enter:
 27,@,

 28,@,
         SQL> @WKRPT.QRY
 29,@,

 30,@,

 31,@,
 See also: suffix, start, /, edit, run, get, set (SQL buffer), spool,
 32,@,
           list, save, parameters, commands, menu.
  1,ACCEPT,

  2,ACCEPT,

  3,ACCEPT,
                                   ACCEPT
  4,ACCEPT,

  5,ACCEPT,
 ACC[EPT] variable [NUM[BER]|CHAR] [PROMPT text|NOPR[OMPT]] [HIDE]
  6,ACCEPT,

  7,ACCEPT,
 ACCEPT reads a line of input and stores it in a given user variable.
  8,ACCEPT,

  9,ACCEPT,
     variable
 10,ACCEPT,
         is the name of the variable in which you wish to store a value.
 11,ACCEPT,
         If variable doesn't exist, SQL*Plus creates it.
 12,ACCEPT,

 13,ACCEPT,
     NUM[BER]
 14,ACCEPT,
         restricts the datatype of variable to the datatype NUMBER.  If the
 15,ACCEPT,
         reply does not match the datatype, ACCEPT gives an error message
 16,ACCEPT,
         and terminates.
 17,ACCEPT,

 18,ACCEPT,
     CHAR
 19,ACCEPT,
         restricts the datatype of variable to the datatype CHAR.  If the
 20,ACCEPT,
         reply does not match the datatype, ACCEPT gives an error message
 21,ACCEPT,
         and terminates.
 22,ACCEPT,

 23,ACCEPT,
     PROMPT text
 24,ACCEPT,
         displays text on-screen before accepting the value of variable
 25,ACCEPT,
         from the user.
 26,ACCEPT,

 27,ACCEPT,
     NOPR[OMPT]
 28,ACCEPT,
         skips a line and waits for input; prompt not displayed.
 29,ACCEPT,

 30,ACCEPT,
     HIDE
 31,ACCEPT,
         suppresses the display as you type the reply.
 32,ACCEPT,

 33,ACCEPT,

 34,ACCEPT,
 Examples: To display the prompt text "Salary: " and place the reply in a
 35,ACCEPT,
           NUMBER variable named SALARY, enter:
 36,ACCEPT,

 37,ACCEPT,
               SQL> ACCEPT salary NUMBER PROMPT 'Salary: '
 38,ACCEPT,

 39,ACCEPT,

 40,ACCEPT,
           To display the prompt "Password: ", and place the reply in the
 41,ACCEPT,
           CHAR variable PSWD, while suppressing the display, enter:
 42,ACCEPT,

 43,ACCEPT,
               SQL> ACCEPT pswd CHAR PROMPT 'Password: ' HIDE
 44,ACCEPT,

 45,ACCEPT,

 46,ACCEPT,
 See also: define, input, prompt, parameters, commands, menu.
  1,ALTER CLUSTER,

  2,ALTER CLUSTER,

  3,ALTER CLUSTER,
                                ALTER CLUSTER
  4,ALTER CLUSTER,
                                                            SQL statement
  5,ALTER CLUSTER,

  6,ALTER CLUSTER,
 ALTER CLUSTER user.cluster      --user. and clauses below optional
  7,ALTER CLUSTER,
    PCTUSED integer              --min space use per block; default is 40
  8,ALTER CLUSTER,
    PCTFREE integer              --% of block for updates; default is 10
  9,ALTER CLUSTER,
    SIZE integer                 --the number of cluster keys stored
 10,ALTER CLUSTER,
    INITRANS integer             --initial number of transactions entries
 11,ALTER CLUSTER,
    MAXTRANS integer             --maximum number of transactions at once
 12,ALTER CLUSTER,
    STORAGE clause               --controls space allocation
 13,ALTER CLUSTER,

 14,ALTER CLUSTER,

 15,ALTER CLUSTER,
 ALTER CLUSTER redefines a cluster's future storage allocations.  You can
 16,ALTER CLUSTER,
 change any of the parameters listed, but you cannot:
 17,ALTER CLUSTER,

 18,ALTER CLUSTER,
    -  change the number or name of columns in a cluster key
 19,ALTER CLUSTER,
    -  alter the MINEXTENTS parameter
 20,ALTER CLUSTER,
    -  alter any parameters affecting blocks already allocated
 21,ALTER CLUSTER,
    -  remove tables from a cluster (use DROP CLUSTER and DROP TABLE)
 22,ALTER CLUSTER,
    -  alter a cluster's tablespace
 23,ALTER CLUSTER,

 24,ALTER CLUSTER,
 See also: create cluster, create table, commands, menu.
  1,ALTER DATABASE,

  2,ALTER DATABASE,

  3,ALTER DATABASE,
                                ALTER DATABASE
  4,ALTER DATABASE,
                                                        SQL statement
  5,ALTER DATABASE,
 ALTER DATABASE database
  6,ALTER DATABASE,
    ADD LOGFILE 'filename' SIZE integer K | M REUSE,...
  7,ALTER DATABASE,
    DROP LOGFILE 'filename', 'filename',...
  8,ALTER DATABASE,
    RENAME FILE 'filename', 'filename',...
  9,ALTER DATABASE,
             TO 'filename', 'filename',...
 10,ALTER DATABASE,
    ARCHIVELOG | NOARCHIVELOG
 11,ALTER DATABASE,
    MOUNT SHARED | EXCLUSIVE
 12,ALTER DATABASE,
    DISMOUNT
 13,ALTER DATABASE,
    OPEN | CLOSE NORMAL | IMMEDIATE
 14,ALTER DATABASE,

 15,ALTER DATABASE,
 Use the ALTER DATABASE statement to mount a database, either shared
 16,ALTER DATABASE,
 or exclusive; open or close a database; add, drop, or rename a redo
 17,ALTER DATABASE,
 log file; or rename a database file.  You can also set the redo log
 18,ALTER DATABASE,
 to be archived (useful for media recovery), or not archived (useful
 19,ALTER DATABASE,
 only for instance recovery).  If database is omitted, the value for
 20,ALTER DATABASE,
 DB_NAME in the current INIT.ORA file is assumed.
 21,ALTER DATABASE,

 22,ALTER DATABASE,

 23,ALTER DATABASE,
 See also: create database, commands, menu.
  1,ALTER INDEX,

  2,ALTER INDEX,

  3,ALTER INDEX,
                                 ALTER INDEX
  4,ALTER INDEX,
                                                          SQL statement
  5,ALTER INDEX,
 ALTER INDEX user.index
  6,ALTER INDEX,
    INITRANS integer
  7,ALTER INDEX,
    MAXTRANS integer
  8,ALTER INDEX,
    STORAGE clause
  9,ALTER INDEX,

 10,ALTER INDEX,
 Use the ALTER INDEX statement to change future storage allocations for
 11,ALTER INDEX,
 index blocks.  INITRANS, MAXTRANS, and STORAGE work the same way they
 12,ALTER INDEX,
 do in the CREATE TABLE statement.
 13,ALTER INDEX,

 14,ALTER INDEX,

 15,ALTER INDEX,
 See also: create index, create table, commands, menu.
  1,ALTER ROLLBACK SEGMENT,

  2,ALTER ROLLBACK SEGMENT,

  3,ALTER ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
                             ALTER ROLLBACK SEGMENT
  4,ALTER ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
                                                            SQL statement
  5,ALTER ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
 ALTER PUBLIC ROLLBACK SEGMENT segment
  6,ALTER ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
   STORAGE clause
  7,ALTER ROLLBACK SEGMENT,

  8,ALTER ROLLBACK SEGMENT,

  9,ALTER ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
 Use ALTER ROLLBACK SEGMENT to make a rollback segment public or alter its
 10,ALTER ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
 storage parameters.  Use PUBLIC to make a rollback segment available for
 11,ALTER ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
 use in any instance.  To make a public rollback segment private, you must
 12,ALTER ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
 DROP it, then CREATE it again.
 13,ALTER ROLLBACK SEGMENT,

 14,ALTER ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
 The STORAGE clause affects future space allocation in a rollback segment.
 15,ALTER ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
 You can't use INITIAL or MINEXTENTS to alter an existing rollback segment.
 16,ALTER ROLLBACK SEGMENT,

 17,ALTER ROLLBACK SEGMENT,

 18,ALTER ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
 See also: create database, create rollback, create tablespace, rollback,
 19,ALTER ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
           commands, menu.
  1,ALTER SEQUENCE,

  2,ALTER SEQUENCE,

  3,ALTER SEQUENCE,
                                   ALTER SEQUENCE
  4,ALTER SEQUENCE,
                                                             SQL statement
  5,ALTER SEQUENCE,
 ALTER SEQUENCE user.sequence
  6,ALTER SEQUENCE,
       INCREMENT BY integer
  7,ALTER SEQUENCE,
       MAXVALUE integer | NOMAXVALUE
  8,ALTER SEQUENCE,
       MINVALUE integer | NOMINVALUE
  9,ALTER SEQUENCE,
       CYCLE | NOCYCLE
 10,ALTER SEQUENCE,
       CACHE integer | NOCACHE
 11,ALTER SEQUENCE,
       ORDER | NOORDER
 12,ALTER SEQUENCE,

 13,ALTER SEQUENCE,
 Use ALTER SEQUENCE to change the future increment of sequence numbers,
 14,ALTER SEQUENCE,
 to reset or remove its MINVALUE or MAXVALUE, or to turn CACHE and ORDER
 15,ALTER SEQUENCE,
 on or off. The CACHE integer must be smaller than the difference between
 16,ALTER SEQUENCE,
 MAXVALUE and MINVALUE. If you use CYCLE, an ascending sequence gives its
 17,ALTER SEQUENCE,
 MINVALUE after reaching MAXVALUE, and a descending sequence gives its
 18,ALTER SEQUENCE,
 MAXVALUE after reaching MINVALUE.
 19,ALTER SEQUENCE,

 20,ALTER SEQUENCE,
 To restart a sequence at a new number, DROP and CREATE it again.
 21,ALTER SEQUENCE,

 22,ALTER SEQUENCE,

 23,ALTER SEQUENCE,
 See also: sequences, create sequence, drop sequence, commands, menu.
  1,ALTER TABLE,

  2,ALTER TABLE,

  3,ALTER TABLE,
                                 ALTER TABLE
  4,ALTER TABLE,
                                                           SQL statement
  5,ALTER TABLE,
 ALTER TABLE user.table
  6,ALTER TABLE,
    ADD column_element | table_constraint,
  7,ALTER TABLE,
        column_element | table_constraint,...
  8,ALTER TABLE,
    MODIFY column_element, column_element,...
  9,ALTER TABLE,
    DROP CONSTRAINT constraint, constraint,...
 10,ALTER TABLE,
    PCTFREE integer   PCTUSED integer
 11,ALTER TABLE,
    INITRANS integer  MAXTRANS integer
 12,ALTER TABLE,
    STORAGE clause
 13,ALTER TABLE,
    BACKUP
 14,ALTER TABLE,

 15,ALTER TABLE,
 Use ALTER TABLE to add columns or constraints to a table, change column
 16,ALTER TABLE,
 datatypes, sizes, and NOT NULL settings, drop constraints, change future
 17,ALTER TABLE,
 storage allocations, and update the data dictionary to show that a BACKUP
 18,ALTER TABLE,
 of the table occurred when the statement was executed.
 19,ALTER TABLE,

 20,ALTER TABLE,

 21,ALTER TABLE,
 See also: tables, create table, constraint, commands, menu.
  1,ALTER TABLESPACE,

  2,ALTER TABLESPACE,

  3,ALTER TABLESPACE,
                              ALTER TABLESPACE
  4,ALTER TABLESPACE,
                                                         SQL statement
  5,ALTER TABLESPACE,
 ALTER TABLESPACE tablespace
  6,ALTER TABLESPACE,
 ADD DATAFILE 'filename' SIZE integer K | M REUSE,...
  7,ALTER TABLESPACE,
 RENAME DATAFILE 'filename', 'filename',...
  8,ALTER TABLESPACE,
                TO 'filename', 'filename',...
  9,ALTER TABLESPACE,
 DEFAULT STORAGE clause
 10,ALTER TABLESPACE,
 ONLINE | OFFLINE NORMAL | IMMEDIATE
 11,ALTER TABLESPACE,
 BEGIN BACKUP | END BACKUP
 12,ALTER TABLESPACE,

 13,ALTER TABLESPACE,
 Use ALTER TABLESPACE to add or rename database files, change default
 14,ALTER TABLESPACE,
 tablespace storage parameters, put the tablespace online or offline,
 15,ALTER TABLESPACE,
 and start or stop backup.  To rename one or more data files:
 16,ALTER TABLESPACE,

 17,ALTER TABLESPACE,
    1.  Take the tablespace offline.
 18,ALTER TABLESPACE,
    2.  Rename the files at the operating system level.
 19,ALTER TABLESPACE,
    3.  Rename the database files with with ALTER TABLESPACE.
 20,ALTER TABLESPACE,
    4.  Bring the tablespace back online.
 21,ALTER TABLESPACE,

 22,ALTER TABLESPACE,

 23,ALTER TABLESPACE,
 See also: create tablespace, create database, drop tablespace, dba,
 24,ALTER TABLESPACE,
           commands, menu.
  1,ALTER USER,

  2,ALTER USER,

  3,ALTER USER,
                                  ALTER USER
  4,ALTER USER,
                                                             SQL statement
  5,ALTER USER,
 ALTER USER username IDENTIFIED BY password
  6,ALTER USER,
    DEFAULT TABLESPACE tablespace
  7,ALTER USER,
    TEMPORARY TABLESPACE tablespace
  8,ALTER USER,

  9,ALTER USER,
 Use ALTER USER to change a user's password, the default tablespace for
 10,ALTER USER,
 object creation, or the default temporary tablespace for temporary
 11,ALTER USER,
 segments created for the user.
 12,ALTER USER,

 13,ALTER USER,
 A password may also be changed with the GRANT statement.  A user's default
 14,ALTER USER,
 tablespace is also set when that user is granted resource to a tablespace,
 15,ALTER USER,
 if it's the first tablespace to which the user has been granted resource.
 16,ALTER USER,
 The default temporary tablespace is also set to the first tablespace
 17,ALTER USER,
 granted to a user.
 18,ALTER USER,

 19,ALTER USER,

 20,ALTER USER,
 See also: user id, create tablespace, grant, commands, menu.
  1,APPEND,

  2,APPEND,

  3,APPEND,
                                     APPEND
  4,APPEND,

  5,APPEND,
 A[PPEND] text
  6,APPEND,

  7,APPEND,
 Use APPEND to add text to the end of the current line in the buffer.
  8,APPEND,

  9,APPEND,
     text
 10,APPEND,
         is the text you wish to append.  To separate text from preceding
 11,APPEND,
         characters with a space, enter two spaces between APPEND and the
 12,APPEND,
         text. To APPEND text that ends with a semicolon, end the APPEND
 13,APPEND,
         command with two semicolons (SQL*Plus interprets one semicolon as
 14,APPEND,
         an optional command terminator).
 15,APPEND,

 16,APPEND,

 17,APPEND,
 Examples: To append a space and the column name DEPT to the second line
 18,APPEND,
           of the buffer, make that line the current line by entering:
 19,APPEND,

 20,APPEND,
               SQL> 2
 21,APPEND,
                 2* FROM EMP
 22,APPEND,

 23,APPEND,
           Now enter APPEND:
 24,APPEND,

 25,APPEND,
               SQL> APPEND , DEPT
 26,APPEND,
               SQL> 2
 27,APPEND,
                 2* FROM EMP, DEPT
 28,APPEND,

 29,APPEND,
           The first space between APPEND and the comma separates APPEND
 30,APPEND,
           from the characters to be appended; the second space is the
 31,APPEND,
           first appended character.  To append a semicolon to the line,
 32,APPEND,
           enter:
 33,APPEND,

 34,APPEND,
               SQL> APPEND ;;
 35,APPEND,

 36,APPEND,
           SQL*Plus appends the first semicolon to the line.  The second
 37,APPEND,
           semicolon terminates the command.
 38,APPEND,

 39,APPEND,

 40,APPEND,
 See also: change, del, edit, input, list, save, set (SQL buffer), spool,
 41,APPEND,
           commands, menu.
  1,AUDIT,

  2,AUDIT,

  3,AUDIT,
                                   AUDIT
  4,AUDIT,
                                                            SQL statement
  5,AUDIT,
 There are two ways to use AUDIT:  one sets auditing options for database
  6,AUDIT,
 access, the other enables auditing of access to ORACLE objects (like
  7,AUDIT,
 tables and views).
  8,AUDIT,

  9,AUDIT,
 *First Method*
 10,AUDIT,

 11,AUDIT,
 AUDIT system_option, system_option,... | ALL
 12,AUDIT,
    WHENEVER SUCCESSFUL
 13,AUDIT,
    WHENEVER NOT SUCCESSFUL
 14,AUDIT,

 15,AUDIT,
 The first method of AUDIT sets auditing options for database access.  This
 16,AUDIT,
 AUDIT form tracks:
 17,AUDIT,

 18,AUDIT,
    -  connection to or disconnection from the database
 19,AUDIT,
    -  statements requiring RESOURCE privilege (RESOURCE system option)
 20,AUDIT,
    -  statements requiring DBA privileges (DBA system option)
 21,AUDIT,
    -  statements returning error ORA-942 "table or view does not exist"
 22,AUDIT,
           (NOT EXISTS system option)
 23,AUDIT,

 24,AUDIT,
 Auditing is enabled system-wide via the AUDIT_TRAIL parameter of INIT.ORA.
 25,AUDIT,
 If auditing is not enabled, AUDIT SQL statements execute successfully, but
 26,AUDIT,
 no audit trail rows are written.  All audit results go to data dictionary
 27,AUDIT,
 tables.  As audit data dictionary tables grow, you may archive old audit
 28,AUDIT,
 records, then delete them.  Never drop the audit data dictionary tables.
 29,AUDIT,

 30,AUDIT,
 *Second Method*
 31,AUDIT,

 32,AUDIT,
 AUDIT table_option, table_option,... | ALL
 33,AUDIT,
    ON user.table | DEFAULT
 34,AUDIT,
    BY SESSION | BY ACCESS
 35,AUDIT,
    WHENEVER SUCCESSFUL | WHENEVER NOT SUCCESSFUL
 36,AUDIT,

 37,AUDIT,
 The second method of AUDIT enables auditing of access to ORACLE objects
 38,AUDIT,
 like tables and views.
 39,AUDIT,

 40,AUDIT,
    BY SESSION or BY ACCESS
 41,AUDIT,
        specifies how rows are written to table AUDIT_TRAIL.  BY SESSION
 42,AUDIT,
        records the type of access made to an object by updating a single
 43,AUDIT,
        row for that session in AUDIT_TRAIL.  BY ACCESS records the type
 44,AUDIT,
        of access made and how often it was made by inserting a new row
 45,AUDIT,
        in AUDIT_TRAIL for each access.  The default is BY SESSION.
 46,AUDIT,

 47,AUDIT,
    WHENEVER SUCCESSFUL or WHENEVER NOT SUCCESSFUL
 48,AUDIT,
        sets SQL statements to be audited only when they are successfully
 49,AUDIT,
        completed, or only when they are not successfully completed.
 50,AUDIT,

 51,AUDIT,
 See also: noaudit, commands, menu.
  1,Alias,

  2,Alias,

  3,Alias,
                               Alias
  4,Alias,

  5,Alias,
 An alias is an alternative name for a column or table, active only
  6,Alias,
 within the statement in which the alias is assigned. When an alias
  7,Alias,
 name follows the name of a column in a SELECT list, the alias name
  8,Alias,
 appears above the column in the report:
  9,Alias,
                                               NAME     NUM  SALARY
 10,Alias,
 SELECT ename NAME, empno NUM, sal SALARY      --------------------
 11,Alias,
   FROM emp                                    ADAMS   7876    1100
 12,Alias,
   WHERE job = 'ANALYST'                       JAMES   7900     950
 13,Alias,
   ORDER BY NAME;                              MILLER  7934     800
 14,Alias,

 15,Alias,
 Use a table alias to join a table to itself in a correlated query:
 16,Alias,

 17,Alias,
 SELECT wkr.ename, wkr.sal, sup.ename, sup.sal
 18,Alias,
   FROM emp wkr, emp sup                     ENAME  SAL  ENAME  SAL
 19,Alias,
   WHERE wkr.mgr = sup.empno                 ----------------------
 20,Alias,
     AND wkr.sal > sup.sal;                  SCOTT 3000  JONES 2975
 21,Alias,
                                             FORD  3000  JONES 2975
 22,Alias,

 23,Alias,

 24,Alias,
 See also: select, select list, join, correlated query, menu.
  1,Arithmetic Operators,

  2,Arithmetic Operators,

  3,Arithmetic Operators,
                  Arithmetic and Character Operators
  4,Arithmetic Operators,

  5,Arithmetic Operators,
 Arithmetic operators in SQL manipulate and return numeric values; some
  6,Arithmetic Operators,
 also handle date arithmetic.
  7,Arithmetic Operators,

  8,Arithmetic Operators,
 Operator   Function                        Example
  9,Arithmetic Operators,
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------
 10,Arithmetic Operators,
   ()       Override precedence rules       SELECT (x + y)/2...
 11,Arithmetic Operators,
   + -      Positive, negative value        ...WHERE bal <= -50
 12,Arithmetic Operators,
   * /      Multiply, divide                SELECT discount * 100...
 13,Arithmetic Operators,
   + -      Add, subtract                   SELECT price - discount...
 14,Arithmetic Operators,

 15,Arithmetic Operators,

 16,Arithmetic Operators,
 The || character operator concatenates (puts together) CHAR (string)
 17,Arithmetic Operators,
 values. Spaces are significant within 'apostrophes', but not outside
 18,Arithmetic Operators,
 them.  Note these expressions and examples of results they return:
 19,Arithmetic Operators,

 20,Arithmetic Operators,
   'Contact '||fname || ' ' ||    lname     Contact Daniel Altman
 21,Arithmetic Operators,
   ename || ' gets '|| sal || per month     King gets $5000 per month
 22,Arithmetic Operators,

 23,Arithmetic Operators,
 See also: char, comparison, like operator, logical operators,
 24,Arithmetic Operators,
           set operators, other operators, menu.
  1,Attributes,

  2,Attributes,

  3,Attributes,
                             Attributes
  4,Attributes,

  5,Attributes,
 DECLARE
  6,Attributes,
     variable1  table.column%TYPE
  7,Attributes,
     variable2  variable_or_constant%TYPE
  8,Attributes,

  9,Attributes,
 Use the %TYPE attribute in declarations to set the datatype of any
 10,Attributes,
 variable or constant to be the same as the datatype of an existing
 11,Attributes,
 variable, constant, or column in a table.  Benefit: You don't have
 12,Attributes,
 to know the datatype or the parameters of a referenced column, and
 13,Attributes,
 if you change the column, the variable's datatype changes also.
 14,Attributes,

 15,Attributes,
 Use %ROWTYPE in declaring a record variable to hold all data in a
 16,Attributes,
 row of a table or view, or a row from a FETCH.  Reference fields of
 17,Attributes,
 records declared %ROWTYPE by using record_name.column_name.
 18,Attributes,
         DECLARE
 19,Attributes,
            CURSOR nextclient
 20,Attributes,
               IS SELECT fname, lname, phone
 21,Attributes,
               FROM clients;
 22,Attributes,
         callrecord nextclient%ROWTYPE;...
 23,Attributes,
         BEGIN
 24,Attributes,
            OPEN nextclient;
 25,Attributes,
            FETCH nextclient INTO callrecord;
 26,Attributes,

 27,Attributes,
 See also: declare, variables, fetch, cursors, menu.
  1,BEGIN,

  2,BEGIN,

  3,BEGIN,
                                 BEGIN
  4,BEGIN,
                                                   PL/SQL statement
  5,BEGIN,
 <<label_name>>
  6,BEGIN,
 BEGIN
  7,BEGIN,
    rest_of_block
  8,BEGIN,

  9,BEGIN,

 10,BEGIN,
 BEGIN signals the completion of a block's DECLARE section (if any)
 11,BEGIN,
 and starts the executable part of the block. Every block must have
 12,BEGIN,
 at least one executable statement. Each BEGIN must have a matching
 13,BEGIN,
 END statement to conclude the block.
 14,BEGIN,

 15,BEGIN,
 <<label_name>> is optional, but if you use one at the beginning of
 16,BEGIN,
 a block, you must add the name to the END statement that concludes
 17,BEGIN,
 that block.
 18,BEGIN,

 19,BEGIN,

 20,BEGIN,

 21,BEGIN,
 See also: blocks, declare, exception, end, commands, menu.
  1,BNF Syntax,

  2,BNF Syntax,

  3,BNF Syntax,
                                BNF Syntax
  4,BNF Syntax,

  5,BNF Syntax,
 {Braces} enclose required items; you MUST enter one from the list of
  6,BNF Syntax,
 items separated by vertical bars. [Brackets] enclose optional items;
  7,BNF Syntax,
 you MAY enter one from the list of items separated by vertical bars.
  8,BNF Syntax,
 Three periods mean that the preceding item may be repeated.  Do not
  9,BNF Syntax,
 enter the braces, brackets, or vertical bars.
 10,BNF Syntax,

 11,BNF Syntax,
 Parentheses enclose parameter lists; commas separate items in a list.
 12,BNF Syntax,
 UPPERCASE indicates specific words to be used; lowercase shows names
 13,BNF Syntax,
 and expressions that vary.
 14,BNF Syntax,

 15,BNF Syntax,
   COMMIT [WORK]
 16,BNF Syntax,

 17,BNF Syntax,
   DELETE FROM [user.]table [alias] [WHERE condition]
 18,BNF Syntax,

 19,BNF Syntax,
   INSERT INTO [user.]table [ (column [, column]...) ]
 20,BNF Syntax,
      { VALUES (value [, value]...) | query }
 21,BNF Syntax,

 22,BNF Syntax,
   LOCK TABLE [user.]table [, [user.]table ]...
 23,BNF Syntax,

 24,BNF Syntax,
   ROLLBACK [WORK] [TO [SAVEPOINT] savepoint]
 25,BNF Syntax,

 26,BNF Syntax,
   SAVEPOINT savepoint
 27,BNF Syntax,

 28,BNF Syntax,
   SELECT [ALL|DISTINCT] { * | table.* | expr [column_alias]}
 29,BNF Syntax,
          [, {table.* | expr [column_alias] } ]... }
 30,BNF Syntax,
     FROM [user.]table [table_alias] [,[user.]table [table_alias]]...
 31,BNF Syntax,
     [ WHERE condition ]
 32,BNF Syntax,
     [ CONNECT BY condition [START WITH condition] ]
 33,BNF Syntax,
     [ GROUP BY expr[, expr]... [HAVING condition] ]
 34,BNF Syntax,
     [ {UNION | INTERSECT | MINUS} SELECT ... ]
 35,BNF Syntax,
     [ ORDER BY {expr | position} [ASC | DESC]
 36,BNF Syntax,
          [, {expr | position} [ASC | DESC]] ]...
 37,BNF Syntax,
     [ FOR UPDATE OF column [, column]... [NOWAIT] ]
 38,BNF Syntax,

 39,BNF Syntax,
   SET TRANSACTION [READ ONLY]
 40,BNF Syntax,

 41,BNF Syntax,
   UPDATE [user.]table [alias]
 42,BNF Syntax,
     SET column = expr [, column = expr]...
 43,BNF Syntax,
     [WHERE condition]
 44,BNF Syntax,

 45,BNF Syntax,
   UPDATE [user.]table [alias]
 46,BNF Syntax,
     SET (column [, column] ... ) = (query) [,...]
 47,BNF Syntax,
     [WHERE condition]
 48,BNF Syntax,

 49,BNF Syntax,

 50,BNF Syntax,
 See any command listed above; see also: commands, identifiers, menu.
  1,BOOLEAN,

  2,BOOLEAN,

  3,BOOLEAN,
                             BOOLEAN
  4,BOOLEAN,

  5,BOOLEAN,
 BOOLEAN                                               --no parameters
  6,BOOLEAN,

  7,BOOLEAN,
 Used only in PL/SQL, variables declared to be of the BOOLEAN datatype
  8,BOOLEAN,
 may only contain one of the predefined constant values:  TRUE, FALSE,
  9,BOOLEAN,
 or NULL.
 10,BOOLEAN,

 11,BOOLEAN,
 You cannot retrieve a value into a BOOLEAN variable, nor can you
 12,BOOLEAN,
 INSERT a BOOLEAN value into a database.
 13,BOOLEAN,

 14,BOOLEAN,

 15,BOOLEAN,

 16,BOOLEAN,
 See also: variables, boolean comparisons, menu.
  1,BREAK,

  2,BREAK,

  3,BREAK,
                                  BREAK
  4,BREAK,

  5,BREAK,
 BRE[AK] [ON report_element [action [action]]] ...
  6,BREAK,

  7,BREAK,
 where report_element and action require the following syntax:
  8,BREAK,
         report_element: {column | expression | ROW | REPORT}
  9,BREAK,
         action: [SKI[P] n|[SKI[P]] PAGE] [NODUP[LICATES] | DUP[LICATES]]
 10,BREAK,

 11,BREAK,
 BREAK specifies where and how to make format changes to a report.  You use
 12,BREAK,
 BREAK to:
 13,BREAK,

 14,BREAK,
     -   suppress the display of duplicate values for a given column
 15,BREAK,
     -   skip a line each time a given column value changes
 16,BREAK,
     -   COMPUTE figures when a given column value changes, or at the end
 17,BREAK,
             of a report (see COMPUTE)
 18,BREAK,
     -   list the current BREAK definition (by issuing the BREAK command
 19,BREAK,
             without any clauses following)
 20,BREAK,

 21,BREAK,
 BREAK also lists the current BREAK definition.  Each new BREAK command
 22,BREAK,
 replaces the preceding one.
 23,BREAK,

 24,BREAK,
 BREAK report_elements:
 25,BREAK,

 26,BREAK,
     ON column [action [action]]
 27,BREAK,
         specifies action(s) for SQL*Plus to take when a break occurs in
 28,BREAK,
         the break column.  A break is:
 29,BREAK,

 30,BREAK,
         -   a change in the value of a column or expression
 31,BREAK,
         -   the output of a row
 32,BREAK,
         -   the end of a report
 33,BREAK,

 34,BREAK,
         If you omit action(s), BREAK ON column suppresses printing of
 35,BREAK,
         duplicate values in the column, marking in the report where
 36,BREAK,
         SQL*Plus will perform the computation you specify in a matching
 37,BREAK,
         COMPUTE command.  You can specify ON column one or more times.
 38,BREAK,

 39,BREAK,
         Example:  If you specify multiple ON clauses, as in:
 40,BREAK,

 41,BREAK,
                   SQL> BREAK ON DEPTNO SKIP PAGE ON JOB SKIP 1 -
 42,BREAK,
                      > ON SAL SKIP 1
 43,BREAK,

 44,BREAK,
             the first ON clause is the outermost break (ON DEPTNO), and
 45,BREAK,
             the last ON clause is the innermost break (ON SAL).  SQL*Plus
 46,BREAK,
             searches each output row for the break(s), starting with the
 47,BREAK,
             outermost break and proceeding to the innermost in the order
 48,BREAK,
             you've entered the clauses.  In the example above, SQL*Plus
 49,BREAK,
             searches for a change in the value of DEPTNO, then JOB, then
 50,BREAK,
             SAL.
 51,BREAK,

 52,BREAK,
             Next, SQL*Plus executes the actions, beginning with the action
 53,BREAK,
             for the innermost break and proceeding in reverse order toward
 54,BREAK,
             the outermost break (from SKIP 1 for ON SAL toward SKIP PAGE
 55,BREAK,
             for ON DEPTNO). SQL*Plus executes each action, including the
 56,BREAK,
             action for the first occurring break found in the initial
 57,BREAK,
             search.
 58,BREAK,

 59,BREAK,
             If, for example, the value of JOB in a given row changes, but
 60,BREAK,
             the values of DEPTNO and SAL stay the same, SQL*Plus skips two
 61,BREAK,
             lines before printing the row: one as a result of SKIP 1 in
 62,BREAK,
             the ON SAL clause, the other as a result of SKIP 1 in the
 63,BREAK,
             ON JOB clause.
 64,BREAK,

 65,BREAK,
             When you use ON column, you should also use the ORDER BY clause
 66,BREAK,
             in the SELECT statement.  The columns usually should appear in
 67,BREAK,
             the same order in ORDER BY as they do in BREAK, so that breaks
 68,BREAK,
             do not occur at meaningless points in the report.  All the
 69,BREAK,
             columns listed in ORDER BY need not appear in the BREAK command.
 70,BREAK,

 71,BREAK,

 72,BREAK,
             The following SELECT produces meaningful results with the above
 73,BREAK,
             BREAK:
 74,BREAK,

 75,BREAK,
                   SQL> SELECT DEPTNO, JOB, SAL,ENAME
 76,BREAK,
                     2  FROM EMP
 77,BREAK,
                     3  ORDER BY DEPTNO, JOB, SAL, ENAME;
 78,BREAK,

 79,BREAK,

 80,BREAK,
             All rows with the same DEPTNO print together on one page, and
 81,BREAK,
             within that page all rows with the same JOB print in groups.
 82,BREAK,
             Within each group of jobs, those with the same SAL print in
 83,BREAK,
             groups.  Breaks in ENAME cause no action, because ENAME does
 84,BREAK,
             not appear in the BREAK command.
 85,BREAK,

 86,BREAK,
     ON expr [action [action]]
 87,BREAK,
         specifies action(s) for SQL*Plus to take when the value of the
 88,BREAK,
         expression changes.  If action(s) are omitted, BREAK ON expr
 89,BREAK,
         suppresses printing of duplicate values of expr, marking in the
 90,BREAK,
         report the place where SQL*Plus will perform the computation you
 91,BREAK,
         specify in a matching COMPUTE command.
 92,BREAK,

 93,BREAK,
         You can use an expression involving one or more table columns, or
 94,BREAK,
         an alias assigned to a report column in a SELECT statement or a
 95,BREAK,
         COLUMN command.  If you use an expression in a BREAK command, you
 96,BREAK,
         must enter expr exactly as it appears in SELECT; if the expression
 97,BREAK,
         in the SELECT statement is a+b, for example, you cannot use b+a or
 98,BREAK,
         (a+b) in a BREAK command to refer to the expression in the SELECT
 99,BREAK,
         statement.  The information for ON column also applies to ON expr.
100,BREAK,

101,BREAK,
     ON ROW [action [action]]
102,BREAK,
         specifies action(s) for SQL*Plus to take when a SELECT statement
103,BREAK,
         returns a row. The ROW break becomes the innermost break no matter
104,BREAK,
         where it appears in the BREAK command.  You should always specify
105,BREAK,
         an action when you BREAK on a row.
106,BREAK,

107,BREAK,
     ON REPORT
108,BREAK,
         marks in a report the place where SQL*Plus will perform the
109,BREAK,
         computation specified in a matching COMPUTE command.  Use BREAK
110,BREAK,
         ON REPORT with COMPUTE to print grand totals or other "grand"
111,BREAK,
         computed values.  The REPORT break becomes the outermost break
112,BREAK,
         regardless of where you specify it in the BREAK command.
113,BREAK,

114,BREAK,
 BREAK actions:
115,BREAK,

116,BREAK,
     SKI[P] n
117,BREAK,
         skips n lines before printing the row where the break occurred.
118,BREAK,

119,BREAK,
     [SKI[P]] PAGE
120,BREAK,
         skips to a new page before printing the row where break occurred.
121,BREAK,

122,BREAK,
     NODUP[LICATES]
123,BREAK,
         prints blanks rather than the value of a break column when the
124,BREAK,
         value is a duplicate of the column's value in the preceding row.
125,BREAK,

126,BREAK,
     DUP[LICATES]
127,BREAK,
         prints the value of a break column in every selected row.
128,BREAK,

129,BREAK,
             Example:  The example report below, produces prints duplicate
130,BREAK,
             job values, prints the average of SAL, inserts one blank line
131,BREAK,
             when the JOB value changes, and (when the value of DEPTNO
132,BREAK,
             changes) prints the sum of SAL and inserts another blank line:
133,BREAK,

134,BREAK,
                   SQL> BREAK ON DEPTNO SKIP 1 ON JOB SKIP 1 DUPLICATES
135,BREAK,
                   SQL> COMPUTE SUM OF SAL ON DEPTNO
136,BREAK,
                   SQL> COMPUTE AVG OF SAL ON JOB
137,BREAK,
                   SQL> SELECT DEPTNO, JOB, ENAME, SAL FROM EMP
138,BREAK,
                     2  WHERE JOB IN ('CLERK', 'SALESMAN')
139,BREAK,
                     3  AND DEPTNO IN (10, 30)
140,BREAK,
                     4  ORDER BY DEPTNO, JOB;
141,BREAK,

142,BREAK,
             Output:
143,BREAK,

144,BREAK,
                  DEPTNO  JOB       ENAME       SAL
145,BREAK,
                  ------ --------- --------- ------
146,BREAK,
                      10  CLERK     MILLER     1300
147,BREAK,
                          ********           ------
148,BREAK,
                          avg                  1300
149,BREAK,

150,BREAK,
                  ******                     ------
151,BREAK,
                  sum                          1300
152,BREAK,

153,BREAK,
                      30  CLERK     JAMES      1045
154,BREAK,
                          ********           ------
155,BREAK,
                          avg                  1045
156,BREAK,

157,BREAK,
                          SALESMAN  ALLEN      1760
158,BREAK,
                          SALESMAN  MARTIN     1375
159,BREAK,
                          SALESMAN  TURNER     1650
160,BREAK,
                          SALESMAN  WARD       1375
161,BREAK,
                          ********           ------
162,BREAK,
                          avg                  1540
163,BREAK,

164,BREAK,
                  ******                     ------
165,BREAK,
                   sum                         7205
166,BREAK,

167,BREAK,
 See also: compute, order by, select, SQL in PL/SQL, commands, menu.
  1,BTITLE,

  2,BTITLE,

  3,BTITLE,
                                   BTITLE
  4,BTITLE,

  5,BTITLE,
 BTI[TLE] [printspec [text | variable] ...] | [OFF|ON]
  6,BTITLE,

  7,BTITLE,
 BTITLE places and formats a title at the bottom of each report page, or
  8,BTITLE,
 lists the current BTITLE definition.  See TTITLE for a description of
  9,BTITLE,
 BTITLE clauses, and to learn how to print page numbers in the title. To
 10,BTITLE,
 list the current BTITLE definition, enter BTITLE with no clauses.
 11,BTITLE,

 12,BTITLE,
 SQL*Plus interprets BTITLE in the "new" form if a valid printspec clause
 13,BTITLE,
 (LEFT, SKIP, COL, etc.) immediately follows BTITLE.  See OLD (BTITLE) for
 14,BTITLE,
 a description of an alternative form of BTITLE.
 15,BTITLE,

 16,BTITLE,
 Examples: To set a bottom title with CORPORATE PLANNING DEPARTMENT on the
 17,BTITLE,
           left and a date on the right, enter:
 18,BTITLE,

 19,BTITLE,
               SQL> BTITLE LEFT 'CORPORATE PLANNING DEPARTMENT' -
 20,BTITLE,
               > RIGHT '11 Jan 1990'
 21,BTITLE,

 22,BTITLE,
           To set a bottom title with CONFIDENTIAL in column 50, followed
 23,BTITLE,
           by six spaces and a date, enter:
 24,BTITLE,

 25,BTITLE,
               SQL> BTITLE COL 50 'CONFIDENTIAL' TAB 6 '11 Jan 90'
 26,BTITLE,

 27,BTITLE,
 See also: old btitle, ttitle, commands, menu.
  1,Blocks,

  2,Blocks,

  3,Blocks,
                                  Blocks
  4,Blocks,

  5,Blocks,
 DECLARE             --Main block
  6,Blocks,
    variable_name1  datatype (expr);       --variables, constants, cursors
  7,Blocks,
    ...                                      & exceptions may be declared;
  8,Blocks,
 BEGIN                                       DECLARE section is optional.
  9,Blocks,
    DECLARE          --First sub-block
 10,Blocks,
       variable_name2  datatype (expr)...;        --You may nest blocks in
 11,Blocks,
    BEGIN                                          each other to any level.
 12,Blocks,
       executable_statements...;
 13,Blocks,
    EXCEPTION exception_handlers;          --EXCEPTION section is optional.
 14,Blocks,
    END;
 15,Blocks,
    DECLARE          --Second sub-block
 16,Blocks,
       variable_name3  datatype (expr)...;
 17,Blocks,
    BEGIN
 18,Blocks,
       executable_statements...;
 19,Blocks,
    END;
 20,Blocks,
 EXCEPTION exception_handlers;
 21,Blocks,
 END;
 22,Blocks,

 23,Blocks,

 24,Blocks,
 See also: declare, begin, scoping rules, variables, error handling, menu.
  1,Boolean Comparisons,

  2,Boolean Comparisons,

  3,Boolean Comparisons,
                           Boolean Comparisons
  4,Boolean Comparisons,

  5,Boolean Comparisons,
 Boolean comparisons use comparison operators to set conditions.  These
  6,Boolean Comparisons,
 comparisons are used with flow of control statements in PL/SQL:
  7,Boolean Comparisons,

  8,Boolean Comparisons,
 Oper  With Numbers           With Characters        With Dates
  9,Boolean Comparisons,
 --------------------------------------------------------------------------
 10,Boolean Comparisons,
  <    is less than           alphabetically before  is earlier than
 11,Boolean Comparisons,
  >    is greater than        alphabetically after   is later than
 12,Boolean Comparisons,
  =    is equal to            is the same as         is the same as
 13,Boolean Comparisons,
  !=   is not equal to        is not the same as     is not the same as
 14,Boolean Comparisons,
  <=   less than or equal     before or same as      earlier or same as
 15,Boolean Comparisons,
  >=   greater than or equal  after or same as       later or same as
 16,Boolean Comparisons,

 17,Boolean Comparisons,

 18,Boolean Comparisons,
  You can also compare variables declared as BOOLEAN: TRUE > FALSE
 19,Boolean Comparisons,
                                                      FALSE < TRUE
 20,Boolean Comparisons,
                                                      TRUE != FALSE
 21,Boolean Comparisons,

 22,Boolean Comparisons,

 23,Boolean Comparisons,
  See also: comparison operators, conditions, boolean, menu.
  1,Buffer,

  2,Buffer,

  3,Buffer,
                                  Buffer
  4,Buffer,

  5,Buffer,
 SQL Commands
  6,Buffer,
     SQL commands you enter are stored in the SQL buffer.  You can continue
  7,Buffer,
     a SQL command on one or more additional lines, ending and executing
  8,Buffer,
     the command with a semicolon (;), a blank line, or a slash (/) on a
  9,Buffer,
     line by itself.  SQL*Plus displays line numbers (matching the lines in
 10,Buffer,
     the SQL buffer) for these additional lines.  Use SAVE to store the
 11,Buffer,
     buffer's contents in a file.  Use RUN or / (slash) at the command
 12,Buffer,
     prompt to execute commands in the SQL buffer.
 13,Buffer,

 14,Buffer,
 PL/SQL Blocks
 15,Buffer,
     SQL*Plus also stores PL/SQL programs (blocks) in the SQL buffer.
 16,Buffer,
     To end a PL/SQL block, enter a . (period) by itself on a new line.
 17,Buffer,
     Execute a block in the buffer with RUN or / (slash).  You can use
 18,Buffer,
     REMARK and /*comments*/ with PL/SQL blocks as with SQL commands.
 19,Buffer,
     In PL/SQL, you can also use "--" (two dashes) to begin a comment
 20,Buffer,
     that ends with the next RETURN character.
 21,Buffer,

 22,Buffer,
 SQL*Plus Commands
 23,Buffer,
     Continue a long SQL*Plus command on additional lines by using a -
 24,Buffer,
     (hyphen) at the end of each line; SQL*Plus prompts with a > for the
 25,Buffer,
     next line.  A line not ended by a hyphen executes the command.
 26,Buffer,

 27,Buffer,

 28,Buffer,
     Example: If you enter the COLUMN command:
 29,Buffer,

 30,Buffer,
               SQL> COLUMN ENAME HEADING EMPLOYEES -
 31,Buffer,
                  > FORMAT A10
 32,Buffer,
               SQL>
 33,Buffer,

 34,Buffer,
     You can end a SQL*Plus command with ; (semicolon).  It's not required.
 35,Buffer,
     SQL*Plus commands are not stored in the SQL buffer. Use EDIT to create
 36,Buffer,
     command files containing SQL*Plus commands. START runs a command file.
 37,Buffer,
     Use REMARK to enter comments within SQL*Plus commands.  You can also
 38,Buffer,
     use /*comment delimiters*/ on a separate line before or after a
 39,Buffer,
     SQL*Plus command, but not on the same line.
 40,Buffer,

 41,Buffer,

 42,Buffer,
 See also: substitution, commands, menu.
  1,CHANGE,

  2,CHANGE,

  3,CHANGE,
                                   CHANGE
  4,CHANGE,

  5,CHANGE,
 C[HANGE] sepchar old [sepchar [new[sepchar]]]
  6,CHANGE,

  7,CHANGE,
 Use CHANGE to replace the text you specify from the current line of the
  8,CHANGE,
 buffer with the new text you specify.
  9,CHANGE,

 10,CHANGE,
     sepchar
 11,CHANGE,
         is any non-alphanumeric character such as "/" or "!".  You can
 12,CHANGE,
         use any sepchar that does not appear in "old" or "new".  The
 13,CHANGE,
         space between CHANGE and the first sepchar is optional.
 14,CHANGE,

 15,CHANGE,
     old
 16,CHANGE,
         is the text you wish to change.  CHANGE ignores case in searching
 17,CHANGE,
         for old.  For example,  CHANGE /aq/aw  finds the first occurrence
 18,CHANGE,
         of "aq", "AQ", "aQ", or "Aq", and changes it to "aw".  SQL*Plus
 19,CHANGE,
         inserts the new text exactly as you specify it.
 20,CHANGE,

 21,CHANGE,
         If old is prefixed with "...", it matches everything up to and
 22,CHANGE,
         including the first occurrence of old.  If it is suffixed with
 23,CHANGE,
         "...", it matches the first occurrence of old and everything that
 24,CHANGE,
         follows on that line.  If it contains an embedded "...", it
 25,CHANGE,
         matches everything from the preceding part of old through the
 26,CHANGE,
         following part of old.
 27,CHANGE,

 28,CHANGE,
     new
 29,CHANGE,
         is the text with which you wish to replace old.  If you omit new
 30,CHANGE,
         and, optionally, the second and third sepchars, CHANGE deletes old
 31,CHANGE,
         from the current line of the buffer.
 32,CHANGE,

 33,CHANGE,
 CHANGE changes text on the current line in the buffer.  The current line
 34,CHANGE,
 is marked with an asterisk (*) in the LIST output.  You can also use
 35,CHANGE,
 CHANGE to modify a line in the buffer that has caused an ORACLE error;
 36,CHANGE,
 SQL*Plus makes the erroneous line, the current line.  To re-enter an
 37,CHANGE,
 entire line, type its number, then the new contents of the line. Entering
 38,CHANGE,
 a line number larger than the number of lines in the buffer causes
 39,CHANGE,
 SQL*Plus to add the text in a new line at the end of the buffer. Entering
 40,CHANGE,
 0 for the line number causes SQL*Plus insert that line before the other
 41,CHANGE,
 lines (it becomes line 1).
 42,CHANGE,

 43,CHANGE,
 Examples: The current line of the buffer contains the following text:
 44,CHANGE,

 45,CHANGE,
               4* WHERE JOB IS IN ('CLERK','ANALYST')
 46,CHANGE,

 47,CHANGE,
     Entering this...                  Changes the buffer text to this.
 48,CHANGE,
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------
 49,CHANGE,
     SQL> C /ANALYST/GUARD/            4* WHERE JOB IS IN ('CLERK','GUARD')
 50,CHANGE,

 51,CHANGE,
     SQL> C /'CLERK',.../'CLERK')/     4* WHERE JOB IS IN ('CLERK')
 52,CHANGE,

 53,CHANGE,
     SQL> C /(...)/('COOK','BUTLER')/  4* WHERE JOB IS IN ('COOK','BUTLER')
 54,CHANGE,

 55,CHANGE,

 56,CHANGE,
         Use the line number to replace an entire line.  If you enter:
 57,CHANGE,

 58,CHANGE,
               SQL> 2 FROM EMP e1
 59,CHANGE,

 60,CHANGE,
         the second line of the buffer is replaced with:
 61,CHANGE,

 62,CHANGE,
               FROM EMP e1
 63,CHANGE,

 64,CHANGE,

 65,CHANGE,
         NOTE: Entering a line number and a string always replaces the line
 66,CHANGE,
         with the string, no matter what the text of the string:
 67,CHANGE,

 68,CHANGE,
               SQL> 2  c/old/new/
 69,CHANGE,

 70,CHANGE,
         changes the second line of the buffer to:
 71,CHANGE,

 72,CHANGE,
               c/old/new
 73,CHANGE,

 74,CHANGE,

 75,CHANGE,
 See also: append, del, edit, input, list, save, set (SQL buffer) spool,
 76,CHANGE,
           commands, menu.
  1,CHAR,

  2,CHAR,

  3,CHAR,
                                   CHAR
  4,CHAR,

  5,CHAR,
 CHAR(size)               --(size) optional; if omitted, defaults to 1
  6,CHAR,

  7,CHAR,
 Columns and variables defined to be CHAR store characters as strings.
  8,CHAR,
 Size determines the number of characters allowed; the maximum is 255.
  9,CHAR,

 10,CHAR,

 11,CHAR,
 See also: conversion, variables, number, long, date, boolean, raw, menu.
  1,CLEAR,

  2,CLEAR,

  3,CLEAR,
                                    CLEAR
  4,CLEAR,

  5,CLEAR,
 CL[EAR] option
  6,CLEAR,

  7,CLEAR,
 CLEAR resets or erases the current value or setting for the option, where
  8,CLEAR,
 option is one of the following clauses:
  9,CLEAR,

 10,CLEAR,
     BRE[AKS]
 11,CLEAR,
         clears breaks set by the BREAK command.
 12,CLEAR,

 13,CLEAR,
     BUFF[ER]
 14,CLEAR,
         clears text from the buffer.  CLEAR BUFFER works like CLEAR SQL,
 15,CLEAR,
         unless you are using multiple buffers.
 16,CLEAR,

 17,CLEAR,
     COL[UMNS]
 18,CLEAR,
         clears options set by the COLUMN command for all columns. To clear
 19,CLEAR,
         settings for a single column, use the CLEAR clause of the COLUMN
 20,CLEAR,
         command.
 21,CLEAR,

 22,CLEAR,
     COMP[UTES]
 23,CLEAR,
         clears options set by the COMPUTE command.
 24,CLEAR,

 25,CLEAR,
     SCR[EEN]
 26,CLEAR,
         clears your screen.
 27,CLEAR,

 28,CLEAR,
     SQL
 29,CLEAR,
         clears text from the SQL buffer.  CLEAR SQL works the same as
 30,CLEAR,
         CLEAR BUFFER, unless you are using multiple buffers.
 31,CLEAR,

 32,CLEAR,
     TIMI[NG]
 33,CLEAR,
         deletes all timing areas created by the TIMING command.
 34,CLEAR,

 35,CLEAR,

 36,CLEAR,
 Examples: To clear breaks, enter:
 37,CLEAR,

 38,CLEAR,
               SQL> CLEAR BRE
 39,CLEAR,

 40,CLEAR,

 41,CLEAR,
           To clear column elements, enter:
 42,CLEAR,

 43,CLEAR,
               SQL> CLEAR COL
 44,CLEAR,

 45,CLEAR,

 46,CLEAR,
 See also: break, buffer, column, compute, set (SQL buffer, timing),
 47,CLEAR,
           commands, menu.
  1,CLOSE,

  2,CLOSE,

  3,CLOSE,
                                CLOSE
  4,CLOSE,
                                                    PL/SQL statement
  5,CLOSE,
 CLOSE cursor_name;
  6,CLOSE,

  7,CLOSE,

  8,CLOSE,
 Use the CLOSE statement to disable the cursor, leaving the active
  9,CLOSE,
 set undefined.  Cursor_name must be an explicitly declared cursor
 10,CLOSE,
 that is currently open.
 11,CLOSE,

 12,CLOSE,

 13,CLOSE,
 Once it's been closed, to FETCH from a cursor you must reopen it.
 14,CLOSE,
 The system then:
 15,CLOSE,

 16,CLOSE,
    -  executes the OPEN statement
 17,CLOSE,
    -  reevaluates all parameters
 18,CLOSE,
    -  reinitializes the active set (rows retrieved by the query).
 19,CLOSE,

 20,CLOSE,

 21,CLOSE,
 See also: fetch, open, query, cursors, commands, menu.
  1,COLUMN,

  2,COLUMN,

  3,COLUMN,
                                   COLUMN
  4,COLUMN,

  5,COLUMN,
 COL[UMN] [{column | expr} [option...] ]
  6,COLUMN,

  7,COLUMN,
 where option is one of the following:
  8,COLUMN,

  9,COLUMN,
     ALI[AS] alias
 10,COLUMN,
     CLE[AR] | DEF[AULT]
 11,COLUMN,
     COLOR {color | color_variable}
 12,COLUMN,
     FOLD_A[FTER] n
 13,COLUMN,
     FOLD_B[EFORE] n
 14,COLUMN,
     FOR[MAT] format
 15,COLUMN,
     HEA[DING] text
 16,COLUMN,
     JUS[TIFY] {L[EFT] | C[ENTER] | C[ENTRE] | R[IGHT]}
 17,COLUMN,
     LIKE {expr | alias}
 18,COLUMN,
     LINEAPP {LINE | MARK | BOTH}
 19,COLUMN,
     NEWL[INE]
 20,COLUMN,
     NEW_V[ALUE] variable
 21,COLUMN,
     NOPRI[NT] | PRI[NT]
 22,COLUMN,
     NUL[L] char
 23,COLUMN,
     OLD_V[ALUE] variable
 24,COLUMN,
     ON|OFF
 25,COLUMN,
     PATTERN {pattern_number | pattern_variable}
 26,COLUMN,
     WRA[PPED] | WOR[D_WRAPPED] | TRU[NCATED]
 27,COLUMN,

 28,COLUMN,
 COLUMN sets display attributes for a given column, such as:
 29,COLUMN,

 30,COLUMN,
     -   text for the column heading
 31,COLUMN,
     -   alignment of the column heading
 32,COLUMN,
     -   format for NUMBER data
 33,COLUMN,
     -   wrapping of column data
 34,COLUMN,

 35,COLUMN,
 Enter COLUMN with column or expr to list the current display attributes
 36,COLUMN,
 for only the column or expression specified.  Enter COLUMN with no clauses
 37,COLUMN,
 to list all current column display attributes.
 38,COLUMN,

 39,COLUMN,
     {column | expr}
 40,COLUMN,
         identifies the data item (typically, the column name) in a SELECT
 41,COLUMN,
         statement to which the column command refers.  You must enter an
 42,COLUMN,
         expression exactly as it appears in the SQL SELECT statement if
 43,COLUMN,
         you use it in a COLUMN command.  For example, if the expression
 44,COLUMN,
         in the SELECT statement is a+b, you cannot use b+a or (a+b) in a
 45,COLUMN,
         COLUMN command to refer to the expression in the SELECT statement.
 46,COLUMN,

 47,COLUMN,
         If you select columns with the same name from different tables, a
 48,COLUMN,
         COLUMN command for that column name will apply to both columns.
 49,COLUMN,
         That is, a COLUMN command for the column ENAME applies to all
 50,COLUMN,
         columns named ENAME that you reference in this session.  COLUMN
 51,COLUMN,
         ignores table name prefixes in SELECT statements.
 52,COLUMN,

 53,COLUMN,
         To format the columns differently, assign a unique alias to each
 54,COLUMN,
         column within the SELECT statement itself (do not use the ALIAS
 55,COLUMN,
         clause of the COLUMN command) and enter a COLUMN command for each
 56,COLUMN,
         column's alias.
 57,COLUMN,

 58,COLUMN,
     ALI[AS] alias
 59,COLUMN,
         assigns a specified alias to a column, which can be used to refer
 60,COLUMN,
         to the column in BREAK, COMPUTE, and other COLUMN commands.
 61,COLUMN,

 62,COLUMN,
     CLE[AR] | DEF[AULT]
 63,COLUMN,
         resets the display attributes for the column to default values.
 64,COLUMN,

 65,COLUMN,
     COLOR {color|color_variable}
 66,COLUMN,
         is described in the SQL*Graph User's Guide.
 67,COLUMN,

 68,COLUMN,
     FOLD_A[FTER] n
 69,COLUMN,
         inserts a carriage return after the column heading and after each
 70,COLUMN,
         row in the column.  You must enter n; the particular value you
 71,COLUMN,
         choose for n has no effect on the format.
 72,COLUMN,

 73,COLUMN,
     FOLD_B[EFORE] n
 74,COLUMN,
         inserts a carriage return before the column heading and before
 75,COLUMN,
         each row of the column.  You must enter n; the particular value
 76,COLUMN,
         you choose for n has no effect on the format.  FOLD_BEFORE n has
 77,COLUMN,
         the same effect as NEWLINE.
 78,COLUMN,

 79,COLUMN,
     FOR[MAT] format
 80,COLUMN,
         sets the display format of the column.  The format specification
 81,COLUMN,
         must be a text constant such as $9,999 or A10, not a variable.
 82,COLUMN,

 83,COLUMN,
         A CHAR column's width defaults to the column's width as defined in
 84,COLUMN,
         the database or to the length of the column's heading, whichever
 85,COLUMN,
         is longer.  A LONG column's width defaults to the value of SET
 86,COLUMN,
         LONG.  To change the width of a CHAR or LONG column to n, use
 87,COLUMN,
         FORMAT An.  If you specify a width shorter than the column
 88,COLUMN,
         heading, SQL*Plus truncates the heading.
 89,COLUMN,

 90,COLUMN,
         SQL*Plus formats CHAR data left-justified.  If a value does not
 91,COLUMN,
         fit within the column width, SQL*Plus wraps or truncates the
 92,COLUMN,
         character string depending on the setting of SET WRAP.
 93,COLUMN,

 94,COLUMN,
         The default width for unformatted DATE columns in SQL*Plus is A9.
 95,COLUMN,
         To change the format of a DATE column, use the SQL function
 96,COLUMN,
         TO_CHAR in your SQL SELECT statement.
 97,COLUMN,

 98,COLUMN,
         When you use TO_CHAR, ORACLE automatically allows for a very wide
 99,COLUMN,
         column, so SQL*Plus sets the column width to 80 characters.  Use
100,COLUMN,
         the COLUMN command to reset the width of the column.  To change
101,COLUMN,
         the width of a DATE column to n, use FORMAT An.  If you specify a
102,COLUMN,
         width shorter than the column heading, the heading is truncated.
103,COLUMN,

104,COLUMN,
         NOTE: Other SQL calculations may cause a similar effect; in that
105,COLUMN,
         case, use the SQL*Plus COLUMN command to reset the column width.
106,COLUMN,

107,COLUMN,
         A NUMBER column's width defaults to the value of SET NUMWIDTH. To
108,COLUMN,
         change the width, use FORMAT followed by a number format element.
109,COLUMN,
         See FORMATS FOR NUMBERS.
110,COLUMN,

111,COLUMN,
         SQL*Plus formats NUMBER data right-justified.  The field width
112,COLUMN,
         equals the width of the heading or the format plus one space for
113,COLUMN,
         the sign, whichever is greater.  SQL*Plus never truncates a NUMBER
114,COLUMN,
         column heading.  If a value does not fit within the column width,
115,COLUMN,
         SQL*Plus displays an asterisk (*) in place of each digit the width
116,COLUMN,
         allows to indicate overflow.
117,COLUMN,

118,COLUMN,
         With all number formats, SQL*Plus rounds a number to the specified
119,COLUMN,
         number of significant digits.  When no format is given, a number's
120,COLUMN,
         width defaults to the value of NUMWIDTH.  See the SET command.
121,COLUMN,

122,COLUMN,
     HEA[DING] text
123,COLUMN,
         defines a column heading.  If text contains blanks or punctuation
124,COLUMN,
         characters, you must enclose it with single or double quotes.  If
125,COLUMN,
         you omit a HEADING clause, the column's heading defaults to column
126,COLUMN,
         or expr.  Each occurrence of the HEADSEP character (default = '|')
127,COLUMN,
         begins a new line.  For example,
128,COLUMN,

129,COLUMN,
               COLUMN ENAME HEADING 'Employee |Name'
130,COLUMN,

131,COLUMN,
         produces a two-line column heading.  See the SET command's HEADSEP
132,COLUMN,
         variable for information on changing the HEADSEP character.
133,COLUMN,

134,COLUMN,
     JUS[TIFY] {L[EFT]|C[ENTER]|C[ENTRE]|R[IGHT]}
135,COLUMN,
         aligns the heading.  If you do not use a JUSTIFY clause, NUMBER
136,COLUMN,
         columns default to RIGHT and other column types default to LEFT.
137,COLUMN,

138,COLUMN,
     LIKE {expr|alias}
139,COLUMN,
         copies the display attributes of another column or expression
140,COLUMN,
         (whose attributes you've defined with another COLUMN command).
141,COLUMN,
         LIKE copies only attributes not defined by another clause in the
142,COLUMN,
         current COLUMN command.
143,COLUMN,

144,COLUMN,
     LINEAPP {LINE|MARK|BOTH}
145,COLUMN,
         is described in the SQL*Graph User's Guide.
146,COLUMN,

147,COLUMN,
     NEWL[INE]
148,COLUMN,
         starts a new line before displaying the column's value. NEWLINE
149,COLUMN,
         has the same effect as FOLD_BEFORE n.
150,COLUMN,

151,COLUMN,
     NEW_V[ALUE] variable
152,COLUMN,
         specifies a variable to hold a column value, so you can reference
153,COLUMN,
         the variable in TTITLE commands.  Use NEW_VALUE to display column
154,COLUMN,
         values or the date in the top title.  You must include the column
155,COLUMN,
         in a BREAK command with the SKIP PAGE action.
156,COLUMN,

157,COLUMN,
         NEW_VALUE is useful for master/detail reports in which there is a
158,COLUMN,
         new master record for each page.  For master/detail reporting, you
159,COLUMN,
         must also include the column in the ORDER BY clause.
160,COLUMN,

161,COLUMN,
         For information on displaying a column value in the bottom title,
162,COLUMN,
         see COLUMN OLD_VALUE below.  See TTITLE for more information on
163,COLUMN,
         referencing variables in titles.  See COLUMN FORMAT above for
164,COLUMN,
         details on formatting and valid format models.
165,COLUMN,

166,COLUMN,
     NOPRI[NT]|PRI[NT]
167,COLUMN,
         controls the printing of the column (the column heading and all
168,COLUMN,
         the selected values).  NOPRINT turns the printing of the column
169,COLUMN,
         off; PRINT turns it on.
170,COLUMN,

171,COLUMN,
     NUL[L] char
172,COLUMN,
         controls the text SQL*Plus displays for null values in the given
173,COLUMN,
         column.  If you do not use a NULL clause in the COLUMN command,
174,COLUMN,
         SQL*Plus displays blanks or the text to which you have set NULL
175,COLUMN,
         using the SET command whenever a null value is encountered in the
176,COLUMN,
         given column.  (SET NULL controls the text displayed for all null
177,COLUMN,
         values for all columns, unless overridden for a specific column by
178,COLUMN,
         the NULL clause of the COLUMN command.)
179,COLUMN,

180,COLUMN,
     OLD_V[ALUE] variable
181,COLUMN,
         specifies a variable to hold a column value, so you can reference
182,COLUMN,
         the variable in BTITLE commands.  Use OLD_VALUE to display column
183,COLUMN,
         values or the date in the bottom title.  You must include the
184,COLUMN,
         column in a BREAK command with the SKIP PAGE action.
185,COLUMN,

186,COLUMN,
         OLD_VALUE is useful for master/detail reports in which there is a
187,COLUMN,
         new master record for each page.  For master/detail reporting, you
188,COLUMN,
         must also include the column in the ORDER BY clause.
189,COLUMN,

190,COLUMN,
         See COLUMN NEW_VALUE above for information on displaying a column
191,COLUMN,
         value in the top title.  See TTITLE for more on referencing
192,COLUMN,
         variables in titles.  See COLUMN FORMAT above for details on
193,COLUMN,
         formatting and valid format models.
194,COLUMN,

195,COLUMN,
     ON|OFF
196,COLUMN,
         controls the status of display attributes for a column.  OFF
197,COLUMN,
         disables the attributes for a column without affecting the
198,COLUMN,
         attributes' definition.  ON reinstates the attributes.
199,COLUMN,

200,COLUMN,
     PATTERN {pattern_number|pattern_variable}
201,COLUMN,
         is described in the SQL*Graph User's Guide.
202,COLUMN,

203,COLUMN,
     WRA[PPED]| WOR[D_WRAPPED]|TRU[NCATED]
204,COLUMN,
         specifies how SQL*Plus treats a CHAR string that is too wide for a
205,COLUMN,
         column.  WRAPPED moves the end of the string to the next line.
206,COLUMN,
         WORD_WRAP moves an entire word to the next line rather than
207,COLUMN,
         splitting the word.  TRUNCATED cuts off the string at the end of
208,COLUMN,
         the first display line.
209,COLUMN,

210,COLUMN,

211,COLUMN,
 You can enter any number of COLUMN commands for one or more columns.  All
212,COLUMN,
 column attributes set for each column remain in effect for the remainder
213,COLUMN,
 of the session, or until you turn the column OFF.  Thus, the COLUMN
214,COLUMN,
 commands you enter can control a column's display attributes for multiple
215,COLUMN,
 SQL SELECT statements.   When you enter multiple COLUMN commands for the
216,COLUMN,
 same column, SQL*Plus applies their clauses collectively.  If several
217,COLUMN,
 COLUMN commands apply the same clause to the same column, the last one
218,COLUMN,
 entered will control the output.
219,COLUMN,

220,COLUMN,
 Examples: To make the ENAME column 20 characters wide and display EMPLOYEE
221,COLUMN,
           NAME on two lines at the top, enter:
222,COLUMN,

223,COLUMN,
               SQL> COLUMN ENAME FORMAT A20 HEADING 'EMPLOYEE |NAME'
224,COLUMN,

225,COLUMN,

226,COLUMN,
           To format the SAL column so that it shows millions of dollars,
227,COLUMN,
           rounds to cents, uses commas to separate thousands, and displays
228,COLUMN,
           $0.00 when a value is zero:
229,COLUMN,

230,COLUMN,
               SQL> COLUMN SAL FORMAT $9,999,990.99
231,COLUMN,

232,COLUMN,

233,COLUMN,
           To assign the alias NET to a column with a long expression,
234,COLUMN,
           display the result in a dollar format, and display <NULL> for
235,COLUMN,
           null values, enter:
236,COLUMN,

237,COLUMN,
               SQL> COLUMN SAL+COMM+BONUS-EXPENSES-INS-TAX ALIAS NET
238,COLUMN,
               SQL> COLUMN NET FORMAT $9,999,999.99 NULL '<NULL>'
239,COLUMN,

240,COLUMN,

241,COLUMN,
           This column specification is divided into two commands.  The
242,COLUMN,
           first defines the alias NET, and the second uses NET to define
243,COLUMN,
           the format.  In the first command, you must enter the expression
244,COLUMN,
           exactly as in the SELECT statement.  Otherwise, SQL*Plus cannot
245,COLUMN,
           match the COLUMN command to the appropriate column.  To wrap
246,COLUMN,
           long values in a column named REMARKS, enter:
247,COLUMN,

248,COLUMN,
               SQL> COLUMN REMARKS FORMAT A20 WRAP
249,COLUMN,

250,COLUMN,
           Output:
251,COLUMN,

252,COLUMN,
               CUSTOMER  DATE       QUANTITY   REMARKS
253,COLUMN,
               --------  ---------  --------   --------------------
254,COLUMN,
               123       25-AUG-89       144   This order must be s
255,COLUMN,
                                               hipped by air freigh
256,COLUMN,
                                               t to ORD.
257,COLUMN,

258,COLUMN,
           If you replace WRAP with WORD_WRAP:
259,COLUMN,

260,COLUMN,
               CUSTOMER  DATE       QUANTITY   REMARKS
261,COLUMN,
               --------  ---------  --------   --------------------
262,COLUMN,
               123       25-AUG-89       144   This order must be
263,COLUMN,
                                               shipped by air
264,COLUMN,
                                               freight to ORD.
265,COLUMN,

266,COLUMN,
           If you specify TRUNCATE instead of WORD_WRAP:
267,COLUMN,

268,COLUMN,
               CUSTOMER  DATE       QUANTITY   REMARKS
269,COLUMN,
               --------  ---------  --------   --------------------
270,COLUMN,
               123       25-AUG-89       144   This order must be s
271,COLUMN,

272,COLUMN,

273,COLUMN,
           To print the current date and the name of each job in the top
274,COLUMN,
           title:
275,COLUMN,

276,COLUMN,
               SQL> COLUMN JOB NOPRINT NEW_VALUE JOBVAR
277,COLUMN,
               SQL> COLUMN TODAY NOPRINT NEW_VALUE DATEVAR
278,COLUMN,
               SQL> BREAK ON JOB SKIP PAGE
279,COLUMN,
               SQL> TTITLE CENTER 'Job Report' RIGHT DATEVAR  SKIP 2 -
280,COLUMN,
                  > LEFT 'Job:     ' JOBVAR SKIP 2
281,COLUMN,
               SQL> SELECT TO_CHAR(SYSDATE, 'MM/DD/YY') TODAY,
282,COLUMN,
                 2  ENAME, JOB, MGR, HIREDATE, SAL, DEPTNO
283,COLUMN,
                 3  FROM EMP WHERE JOB IN ('CLERK', 'SALESMAN')
284,COLUMN,
                 4  ORDER BY JOB, ENAME;
285,COLUMN,

286,COLUMN,
           Your 2-page report would look like this, with "Job Report"
287,COLUMN,
           centered in your current line size:
288,COLUMN,

289,COLUMN,
                                          Job Report             05/01/89
290,COLUMN,

291,COLUMN,
           Job:     CLERK
292,COLUMN,

293,COLUMN,
           ENAME            MGR HIREDATE          SAL     DEPTNO
294,COLUMN,
           ---------- --------- --------- ----------- ----------
295,COLUMN,
           ADAMS           7788 14-JAN-87        1100         20
296,COLUMN,
           JAMES           7698 03-DEC-88         950         30
297,COLUMN,
           MILLER          7782 23-JAN-89        1300         10
298,COLUMN,
           SMITH           7902 17-DEC-88         800         20
299,COLUMN,

300,COLUMN,
                                          Job Report             05/01/89
301,COLUMN,

302,COLUMN,
           Job:     SALESMAN
303,COLUMN,

304,COLUMN,
           ENAME            MGR HIREDATE          SAL     DEPTNO
305,COLUMN,
           ---------- --------- --------- ----------- ----------
306,COLUMN,
           ALLEN           7698 20-FEB-88        1600         30
307,COLUMN,
           MARTIN          7698 28-SEP-86        1250         30
308,COLUMN,
           TURNER          7698 08-SEP-83        1500         30
309,COLUMN,
           WARD            7698 22-FEB-89        1250         30
310,COLUMN,

311,COLUMN,

312,COLUMN,
 See also: break, compute, clear, order by set (long, numwidth, wrap),
313,COLUMN,
           ttitle, commands, menu.
  1,COMMENT,

  2,COMMENT,

  3,COMMENT,
                                   COMMENT
  4,COMMENT,
                                                              SQL statement
  5,COMMENT,
 COMMENT ON TABLE user.table
  6,COMMENT,
     IS 'text'
  7,COMMENT,

  8,COMMENT,
 COMMENT ON COLUMN user.table.column
  9,COMMENT,
     IS 'text'
 10,COMMENT,

 11,COMMENT,
 Use COMMENT to insert a comment about a table or column into the data
 12,COMMENT,
 dictionary.  To see the comment, select the REMARKS column from the data
 13,COMMENT,
 dictionary view ALL_COL_COMMENTS, ALL_TAB_COMMENTS, USER_COL_COMMENTS, or
 14,COMMENT,
 USER_TAB_COMMENTS.
 15,COMMENT,

 16,COMMENT,
 To drop a comment from the database, use two apostrophes (an empty string)
 17,COMMENT,
 after IS.
 18,COMMENT,

 19,COMMENT,

 20,COMMENT,

 21,COMMENT,
 See also: comments (in sql statements), data dictionary, commands, menu.
  1,COMMIT,

  2,COMMIT,

  3,COMMIT,
                                COMMIT
  4,COMMIT,
                                                       SQL statement
  5,COMMIT,
 COMMIT;
  6,COMMIT,
 COMMIT WORK;
  7,COMMIT,

  8,COMMIT,
 The COMMIT statement makes permanent any database changes made since
  9,COMMIT,
 the last COMMIT, and reveals the changes to other users.
 10,COMMIT,

 11,COMMIT,
 All row and table locks are released.  All savepoints declared since
 12,COMMIT,
 the last COMMIT or ROLLBACK are erased.
 13,COMMIT,

 14,COMMIT,
 Until you COMMIT changes, you can use the ROLLBACK statement to undo
 15,COMMIT,
 them. All changes since your last commit are erased; the database is
 16,COMMIT,
 the way it was just after the last COMMIT.
 17,COMMIT,

 18,COMMIT,
 Use COMMIT WORK for ANSI compatibility.
 19,COMMIT,

 20,COMMIT,

 21,COMMIT,

 22,COMMIT,
 See also: example, rollback, savepoint, transactions, set transaction,
 23,COMMIT,
           bnf syntax, commands, menu.
  1,COMPUTE,

  2,COMPUTE,

  3,COMPUTE,
                                  COMPUTE
  4,COMPUTE,

  5,COMPUTE,
 COMP[UTE] [function ...
  6,COMPUTE,
     OF { quoted_select_expr | column | alias}...
  7,COMPUTE,
     ON { quoted_select_expr | column | alias | REPORT| ROW}]
  8,COMPUTE,

  9,COMPUTE,
 COMPUTE calculates and prints summary lines, using various standard
 10,COMPUTE,
 computations, on subsets of selected rows.  It also lists all COMPUTE
 11,COMPUTE,
 definitions.
 12,COMPUTE,

 13,COMPUTE,
         Function     Computes
 14,COMPUTE,
         --------------------------------------------------
 15,COMPUTE,
         AVG          Average of non-null values
 16,COMPUTE,
         COU[NT]      Count of non-null values
 17,COMPUTE,
         MAX[IMUM]    Maximum value
 18,COMPUTE,
         MIN[IMUM]    Minimum value
 19,COMPUTE,
         NUM[BER]     Count of rows
 20,COMPUTE,
         STD          Standard deviation of non-null values
 21,COMPUTE,
         SUM          Sum of non-null values
 22,COMPUTE,
         VAR[IANCE]   Variance of non-null values
 23,COMPUTE,

 24,COMPUTE,
         If you specify more than one function, use spaces between them.
 25,COMPUTE,

 26,COMPUTE,
     OF { quoted_select_expr | column | alias }...
 27,COMPUTE,
          specifies the column(s) or expression(s) to be used in the
 28,COMPUTE,
          computation.  You must also specify these columns in the SELECT
 29,COMPUTE,
          statement, or SQL*Plus will ignore the COMPUTE command.
 30,COMPUTE,

 31,COMPUTE,
          If you don't want the computed values of a given column to appear
 32,COMPUTE,
          in the output of a SELECT statement, use the COLUMN command with
 33,COMPUTE,
          a NOPRINT clause.  Use spaces between multiple expressions,
 34,COMPUTE,
          columns, or aliases within the OF clause.
 35,COMPUTE,

 36,COMPUTE,
          To reference a SELECT expression or function reference in an OF
 37,COMPUTE,
          clause, place the expression or function reference in "quotes".
 38,COMPUTE,
          Column names and aliases do not need quotes.
 39,COMPUTE,

 40,COMPUTE,
     ON { quoted_select_expr | column | alias | REPORT | ROW }]
 41,COMPUTE,
          specifies the event SQL*Plus will use as a break.  COMPUTE prints
 42,COMPUTE,
          the computed value and restarts the computation when the event
 43,COMPUTE,
          occurs (i.e., when the value of the expression changes, a new ROW
 44,COMPUTE,
          is fetched, or the end of the report is reached).
 45,COMPUTE,

 46,COMPUTE,
          If multiple COMPUTE commands reference the same column in the ON
 47,COMPUTE,
          clause, only the last COMPUTE command applies.
 48,COMPUTE,

 49,COMPUTE,
          To reference a SQL SELECT expression or function reference in
 50,COMPUTE,
          an ON clause, put the expression or function reference in quotes.
 51,COMPUTE,
          Column names and aliases do not need quotes.  Enter COMPUTE
 52,COMPUTE,
          without clauses to list all COMPUTE definitions.
 53,COMPUTE,

 54,COMPUTE,

 55,COMPUTE,
 For SQL*Plus to perform the computations:
 56,COMPUTE,

 57,COMPUTE,
     -  The expression, column, or column alias referenced in the ON clause
 58,COMPUTE,
        must be in the SELECT statement.
 59,COMPUTE,

 60,COMPUTE,
     -  The expression, column, or column alias referenced in the ON clause
 61,COMPUTE,
        must also be in the most recent BREAK command.
 62,COMPUTE,

 63,COMPUTE,
     -  If you reference either ROW or REPORT in the ON clause, you must
 64,COMPUTE,
        also reference ROW or REPORT in the most recent BREAK command.
 65,COMPUTE,

 66,COMPUTE,
     -  One or more of the expressions, columns, or column aliases
 67,COMPUTE,
        referenced in the OF clause must also be in the SELECT statement.
 68,COMPUTE,

 69,COMPUTE,

 70,COMPUTE,
 Examples: To subtotal the salary for the clerk, analyst, and salesman
 71,COMPUTE,
           jobs, enter:
 72,COMPUTE,

 73,COMPUTE,
               SQL> BREAK ON JOB SKIP 1
 74,COMPUTE,
               SQL> COMPUTE SUM OF SAL ON JOB
 75,COMPUTE,
               SQL> SELECT JOB, ENAME, SAL
 76,COMPUTE,
                  2  FROM EMP
 77,COMPUTE,
                  3  WHERE JOB IN ('CLERK', 'ANALYST', 'SALESMAN')
 78,COMPUTE,
                  4  ORDER BY JOB, SAL;
 79,COMPUTE,

 80,COMPUTE,
           Output:
 81,COMPUTE,

 82,COMPUTE,
               JOB       ENAME             SAL
 83,COMPUTE,
               --------- ---------- ----------
 84,COMPUTE,
               ANALYST   SCOTT            3000
 85,COMPUTE,
                         FORD             3000
 86,COMPUTE,
               *********            ----------
 87,COMPUTE,
               sum                        6000
 88,COMPUTE,

 89,COMPUTE,
               CLERK     SMITH             800
 90,COMPUTE,
                         JAMES             950
 91,COMPUTE,
                         ADAMS            1100
 92,COMPUTE,
                         MILLER           1300
 93,COMPUTE,
               *********            ----------
 94,COMPUTE,
               sum                        4150
 95,COMPUTE,

 96,COMPUTE,
               SALESMAN  WARD             1250
 97,COMPUTE,
                         MARTIN           1250
 98,COMPUTE,
                         TURNER           1500
 99,COMPUTE,
                         ALLEN            1600
100,COMPUTE,
                         WILSON           3000
101,COMPUTE,
               *********            ----------
102,COMPUTE,
               sum                        8600
103,COMPUTE,

104,COMPUTE,

105,COMPUTE,
           To compute the average and maximum salary for the accounting and
106,COMPUTE,
           sales departments, enter:
107,COMPUTE,

108,COMPUTE,

109,COMPUTE,
               SQL> BREAK ON DNAME SKIP 1
110,COMPUTE,
               SQL> COMPUTE AVG MAX OF SAL ON DNAME
111,COMPUTE,
               SQL> SELECT DNAME, ENAME, SAL
112,COMPUTE,
                 2  FROM DEPT, EMP
113,COMPUTE,
                 3  WHERE DEPT.DEPTNO=EMP.DEPTNO
114,COMPUTE,
                 4  AND DNAME IN ('ACCOUNTING', 'SALES')
115,COMPUTE,
                 5  ORDER BY DNAME;
116,COMPUTE,

117,COMPUTE,
           Output:
118,COMPUTE,

119,COMPUTE,
               DNAME          ENAME             SAL
120,COMPUTE,
               -------------- ---------- ----------
121,COMPUTE,
               ACCOUNTING     CLARK            2450
122,COMPUTE,
                              KING             5000
123,COMPUTE,
                              MILLER           1300
124,COMPUTE,
               **************            ----------
125,COMPUTE,
               avg                       2916.66667
126,COMPUTE,
               maximum                         5000
127,COMPUTE,

128,COMPUTE,
               SALES          ALLEN            1600
129,COMPUTE,
                              WARD             1250
130,COMPUTE,
                              MARTIN           1250
131,COMPUTE,
                              TURNER           1500
132,COMPUTE,
                              JAMES             950
133,COMPUTE,
                              BLAKE            2850
134,COMPUTE,
               **************            ----------
135,COMPUTE,
               avg                       1566.66667
136,COMPUTE,
               maximum                         2850
137,COMPUTE,

138,COMPUTE,

139,COMPUTE,
 See also: column, break, select, commands, menu.
  1,CONNECT,

  2,CONNECT,

  3,CONNECT,
                                   CONNECT
  4,CONNECT,

  5,CONNECT,
 CONN[ECT]  username [ /password ] [ @database_specification ] | /
  6,CONNECT,

  7,CONNECT,
 CONNECT establishes a connection to an ORACLE database.
  8,CONNECT,

  9,CONNECT,
     username [/password]
 10,CONNECT,
         are the username and password connecting to ORACLE.  If you omit
 11,CONNECT,
         the username or password, SQL*Plus prompts you for them.  If you
 12,CONNECT,
         enter a slash (/) or enter RETURN to the prompt for username,
 13,CONNECT,
         SQL*Plus logs you on with a default logon.
 14,CONNECT,

 15,CONNECT,
     @database_specification
 16,CONNECT,
         is a SQL*Net connection string.  The syntax depends on the SQL*Net
 17,CONNECT,
         communications protocol of your ORACLE installation.  SQL*Plus
 18,CONNECT,
         does not prompt you for a database_specification, but uses your
 19,CONNECT,
         default database if you omit a specification.
 20,CONNECT,

 21,CONNECT,
     /   is a default (ops$) logon.  You can't use a database_specification
 22,CONNECT,
         if you use a default logon.  In a default logon, SQL*Plus tries to
 23,CONNECT,
         log on with OPS$ name; name is the operating system username.
 24,CONNECT,

 25,CONNECT,
 CONNECT commits the current transaction to the database, disconnects the
 26,CONNECT,
 current username from ORACLE, and reconnects with the specified username.
 27,CONNECT,

 28,CONNECT,

 29,CONNECT,
 Examples: To connect with username SCOTT and password TIGER to the default
 30,CONNECT,
           database on the DECnet node "corp", enter:
 31,CONNECT,

 32,CONNECT,
               SQL> CONNECT SCOTT/TIGER@d:corp
 33,CONNECT,

 34,CONNECT,
           To connect with username SCOTT and let SQL*Plus prompt you for
 35,CONNECT,
           the password, enter:
 36,CONNECT,

 37,CONNECT,
               SQL> CONNECT SCOTT
 38,CONNECT,

 39,CONNECT,

 40,CONNECT,
 See also: disconnect, exit, host, quit, commands, menu.
  1,CONNECT BY,

  2,CONNECT BY,

  3,CONNECT BY,
                             CONNECT BY
  4,CONNECT BY,
                                                         SQL clauses
  5,CONNECT BY,
 SELECT list  FROM...
  6,CONNECT BY,
    WHERE...
  7,CONNECT BY,
    CONNECT BY PRIOR expr1 operator expr2     --displays expr1 first
  8,CONNECT BY,
    CONNECT BY expr1 operator PRIOR expr2     --displays expr2 first
  9,CONNECT BY,
    START WITH condition;                     --not required
 10,CONNECT BY,

 11,CONNECT BY,
 The CONNECT BY clause connects rows in a tree-structured hierarchy,
 12,CONNECT BY,
 defined by PRIOR.  Put PRIOR in front of the parent expression:
 13,CONNECT BY,

 14,CONNECT BY,
    CONNECT BY PRIOR EMPNO = MGR
 15,CONNECT BY,

 16,CONNECT BY,
 CONNECT BY cannot be used in subquery or join operations.
 17,CONNECT BY,

 18,CONNECT BY,

 19,CONNECT BY,
 See also: example connect by, conditions, tree-structured query,
 20,CONNECT BY,
           start with, where, commands, menu.
  1,COPY,

  2,COPY,

  3,COPY,
                                 COPY
  4,COPY,

  5,COPY,
 COPY [FROM username [ /password ] [ @database_specification ] |
  6,COPY,
       TO   username [ /password ] [ @database_specification ] ]
  7,COPY,
       {APPEND|CREATE|INSERT|REPLACE}  destination_table
  8,COPY,
       [(column, column, column  ...)] USING query
  9,COPY,

 10,COPY,
       COPY copies data from a query to a table in a local or remote database.
 11,COPY,

 12,COPY,
     username [ /password ]
 13,COPY,
         are the ORACLE username/password  you wish to COPY FROM and TO.
 14,COPY,
         In the FROM clause, username/password identifies the data source;
 15,COPY,
         in the TO clause, username/password identifies the destination.
 16,COPY,
         If you do not specify password in either the FROM or TO clause,
 17,COPY,
         SQL*Plus prompts you for it.
 18,COPY,

 19,COPY,
     @database_specification
 20,COPY,
         is a database link name or a SQL*Net connection string.  In the
 21,COPY,
         FROM clause, database_specification is the database at the source;
 22,COPY,
         in the TO clause, database_specification is the database at the
 23,COPY,
         destination.  The syntax depends upon the SQL*Net communications
 24,COPY,
         protocol of your ORACLE installation.  SQL*Plus does not prompt
 25,COPY,
         you for a database specification, but uses your default database
 26,COPY,
         if you omit a specification.
 27,COPY,

 28,COPY,
     destination_table
 29,COPY,
         is the table to be created or to which you wish to add data.
 30,COPY,

 31,COPY,
     (column, column, column,  ... )
 32,COPY,
         specifies the names of the columns in destination_table.  You must
 33,COPY,
         enclose a name in "double quotes" if it contains lowercase letters
 34,COPY,
         or spaces.  The number of columns you specify must equal the
 35,COPY,
         number of columns selected by the query.  If you don't specify any
 36,COPY,
         columns, they will have the same names in the destination table as
 37,COPY,
         they had in the source, if COPY creates destination_table.
 38,COPY,

 39,COPY,
     USING query
 40,COPY,
          specifies a SQL query (SELECT statement) to determine which rows
 41,COPY,
          and columns to copy.
 42,COPY,

 43,COPY,
     FROM username [ /password ] [ @database_specification ]
 44,COPY,
          specifies the username, password, and database with the data to be
 45,COPY,
          copied.  If the FROM clause is omitted, the source defaults to the
 46,COPY,
          database SQL*Plus is connected to.  You must include this clause
 47,COPY,
          to specify a source database other than the default.
 48,COPY,

 49,COPY,
     TO username [ /password ] [ @database_specification ]
 50,COPY,
          specifies the database containing the destination table.  If you
 51,COPY,
          omit the TO clause, the destination defaults to the database
 52,COPY,
          SQL*Plus is connected to.  You must include this clause to specify
 53,COPY,
          a destination database other than the default.
 54,COPY,

 55,COPY,
     APPEND
 56,COPY,
         inserts the rows from query into destination_table if the table
 57,COPY,
         exists.  If destination_table does not exist, COPY creates it.
 58,COPY,

 59,COPY,
     CREATE
 60,COPY,
         inserts the rows from query into destination_table after creating
 61,COPY,
         the table.  If destination_table exists, COPY returns an error.
 62,COPY,

 63,COPY,
     INSERT
 64,COPY,
         inserts the rows from query into destination_table if the table
 65,COPY,
         exists. If destination_table doesn't exist, COPY returns an error.
 66,COPY,

 67,COPY,
     REPLACE
 68,COPY,
         deletes existing rows from destination_table, and inserts the rows
 69,COPY,
         from query into destination_table, if the table exists.  If the
 70,COPY,
         table does not exist, COPY creates it.
 71,COPY,

 72,COPY,

 73,COPY,
 The SQL*Plus SET system_variable LONG clause limits the length of LONG
 74,COPY,
 columns that are copied.  If any LONG columns have data longer than the
 75,COPY,
 LONG value, COPY truncates the data.  SQL*Plus performs a commit at the
 76,COPY,
 end of each successful COPY.  If you set the SQL*Plus SET system_variable
 77,COPY,
 COPYCOMMIT to a positive value n, SQL*Plus performs a commit after copying
 78,COPY,
 every n batches of records; the SET system_variable ARRAYSIZE clause
 79,COPY,
 determines the size of the batch.
 80,COPY,

 81,COPY,

 82,COPY,
 Examples: The command below copies the entire EMP table from database HQ
 83,COPY,
           to a table named WESTEMP in database WEST.  If WESTEMP already
 84,COPY,
           exists, SQL*Plus replaces its contents.  Columns in WESTEMP have
 85,COPY,
           the same names as the columns in the source table, EMP:
 86,COPY,

 87,COPY,
               SQL> COPY FROM SCOTT/TIGER@HQ TO JOHN/CHROME@WEST -
 88,COPY,
               > REPLACE WESTEMP -
 89,COPY,
               > USING SELECT * FROM EMP
 90,COPY,

 91,COPY,

 92,COPY,
           The following command copies selected records from EMP in
 93,COPY,
           database HQ to the database to which SQL*Plus is connected:
 94,COPY,
           SQL*Plus creates SALESMEN through the copy.  SQL*Plus copies
 95,COPY,
           only the columns EMPNO and ENAME and at the destination names
 96,COPY,
           them EMPNO and SALESMAN.
 97,COPY,

 98,COPY,
               SQL> COPY FROM SCOTT/TIGER@HQ -
 99,COPY,
               > CREATE SALESMEN (EMPNO,SALESMAN) -
100,COPY,
               > USING SELECT EMPNO, ENAME FROM EMP -
101,COPY,
               > WHERE JOB='SALES'
102,COPY,

103,COPY,

104,COPY,
           SQL*Plus creates SALESMEN through the copy, copies columns EMPNO
105,COPY,
           and ENAME, and names them EMPNO and SALESMAN at the destination.
106,COPY,

107,COPY,

108,COPY,
 See also: connect, disconnect, describe, edit, set (arraysize, copycommit,
109,COPY,
           long), commands, menu.
  1,CREATE CLUSTER,

  2,CREATE CLUSTER,

  3,CREATE CLUSTER,
                               CREATE CLUSTER
  4,CREATE CLUSTER,
                                                            SQL statement
  5,CREATE CLUSTER,
 CREATE CLUSTER user.cluster
  6,CREATE CLUSTER,
    column datatype, column datatype,...
  7,CREATE CLUSTER,
    PCTUSED integer  PCTFREE integer
  8,CREATE CLUSTER,
    SIZE integer
  9,CREATE CLUSTER,
    INITRANS integer MAXTRANS integer
 10,CREATE CLUSTER,
    TABLESPACE tablespace
 11,CREATE CLUSTER,
    STORAGE storage
 12,CREATE CLUSTER,

 13,CREATE CLUSTER,
 Creates a cluster that may contain one or more tables.  Clustering forces
 14,CREATE CLUSTER,
 rows of one or more tables with the same cluster key to be stored together
 15,CREATE CLUSTER,
 in the database.  Access time to rows with the same cluster key is faster.
 16,CREATE CLUSTER,
 Generally, it's good to cluster tables that are often joined together.
 17,CREATE CLUSTER,

 18,CREATE CLUSTER,
 Column is the name of one or more columns that are the cluster key.  The
 19,CREATE CLUSTER,
 datatype cannot be NULL or NOT NULL.  SIZE specifies the average space
 20,CREATE CLUSTER,
 required to store all rows with the same cluster key value.
 21,CREATE CLUSTER,

 22,CREATE CLUSTER,
 CREATE TABLE describes PCTUSED, PCTFREE, INITRANS, and MAXTRANS integers.
 23,CREATE CLUSTER,

 24,CREATE CLUSTER,
 See also: create index, create table, commands, menu.
  1,CREATE DATABASE,

  2,CREATE DATABASE,

  3,CREATE DATABASE,
                                  CREATE DATABASE
  4,CREATE DATABASE,
                                                        SQL statement
  5,CREATE DATABASE,
 CREATE DATABASE database
  6,CREATE DATABASE,
    CONTROLFILE REUSE                         WARNING:  If the specified
  7,CREATE DATABASE,
    LOGFILE filespec, filespec,...            database currently exists,
  8,CREATE DATABASE,
    MAXLOGFILES integer                       using CREATE DATABASE will
  9,CREATE DATABASE,
    DATAFILE filespec, filespec,...           destroy any data within it.
 10,CREATE DATABASE,
 MAXDATAFILES integer
 11,CREATE DATABASE,
 MAXINSTANCES integer
 12,CREATE DATABASE,
    ARCHIVELOG | NOARCHIVELOG                 --default is NOARCHIVELOG
 13,CREATE DATABASE,
    SHARED | EXCLUSIVE                        --default is SHARED
 14,CREATE DATABASE,

 15,CREATE DATABASE,
 CREATE DATABASE prepares a database for initial use.
 16,CREATE DATABASE,

 17,CREATE DATABASE,
     database
 18,CREATE DATABASE,
         is a database name, up to 8 characters. If omitted, the database
 19,CREATE DATABASE,
         name is the one specified by the INIT.ORA parameter DB_NAME.
 20,CREATE DATABASE,

 21,CREATE DATABASE,
     CONTROLFILE REUSE
 22,CREATE DATABASE,
         reuses files specified by the INIT.ORA parameter CONTROL_FILES,
 23,CREATE DATABASE,
         erasing any data they may currently hold.  Ususlly omitted the
 24,CREATE DATABASE,
         first time a database is created.
 25,CREATE DATABASE,

 26,CREATE DATABASE,
     LOGFILE filespec
 27,CREATE DATABASE,
         specifies one or more files as redo log files; if omitted, ORACLE
 28,CREATE DATABASE,
         creates two default log files with names and sizes that depend on
 29,CREATE DATABASE,
         the operating system.
 30,CREATE DATABASE,

 31,CREATE DATABASE,
     MAXLOGFILES integer
 32,CREATE DATABASE,
         sets the maximum number of redo log files that can be created for
 33,CREATE DATABASE,
         the database; the range is 2 - 256.  The number can be increased
 34,CREATE DATABASE,
         only by recreating the database.  The overhead incurred by a large
 35,CREATE DATABASE,
         number is negligible.
 36,CREATE DATABASE,

 37,CREATE DATABASE,
     filespec
 38,CREATE DATABASE,
         specifies a file, written 'filename' SIZE integer K | M REUSE.
 39,CREATE DATABASE,
         Integer specifies the SIZE in bytes; K = integer x 1024 bytes;
 40,CREATE DATABASE,
         M = integer x 1,048,576 bytes.  If integer is omitted, ORACLE
 41,CREATE DATABASE,
         uses a default of 10M for database files and 500K for log files.
 42,CREATE DATABASE,

 43,CREATE DATABASE,
     DATAFILE filespec
 44,CREATE DATABASE,
         specifies one or more files as database files; if omitted, ORACLE
 45,CREATE DATABASE,
         creates one file with a name that depends on the operating system.
 46,CREATE DATABASE,

 47,CREATE DATABASE,
     MAXDATAFILES integer
 48,CREATE DATABASE,
         sets the maximum number of database files that can be created for
 49,CREATE DATABASE,
         the database; the range is typically 1 - 255.  The number can't be
 50,CREATE DATABASE,
         increased without recreating the database.  The overhead incurred
 51,CREATE DATABASE,
         by a large number is negligible.
 52,CREATE DATABASE,

 53,CREATE DATABASE,
     MAXINSTANCES integer
 54,CREATE DATABASE,
         sets the maximum number of instances which can mount and open the
 55,CREATE DATABASE,
         database at the same time; the range is 1 - 255.
 56,CREATE DATABASE,

 57,CREATE DATABASE,
     ARCHIVELOG or NOARCHIVELOG
 58,CREATE DATABASE,
         specifies the initial mode of redo log files use.  ARCHIVELOG sets
 59,CREATE DATABASE,
         log files to be archived before they are reused, NOARCHIVELOG does
 60,CREATE DATABASE,
         not; NOARCHIVELOG is the default.  ALTER DATABASE changes the mode.
 61,CREATE DATABASE,

 62,CREATE DATABASE,
     SHARED or EXCLUSIVE
 63,CREATE DATABASE,
         sets the availability of the database at the end of creation.  If
 64,CREATE DATABASE,
         SHARED, multiple instances can access the database; if EXCLUSIVE,
 65,CREATE DATABASE,
         only one instance can access it.  After creation, use the SQL*DBA
 66,CREATE DATABASE,
         command STARTUP to set access to the database.
 67,CREATE DATABASE,

 68,CREATE DATABASE,

 69,CREATE DATABASE,
 See also: alter database, create rollback, create tablespace, commands.
  1,CREATE DB LINK,

  2,CREATE DB LINK,

  3,CREATE DB LINK,
                               CREATE DB LINK
  4,CREATE DB LINK,
                                                             SQL statement
  5,CREATE DB LINK,
 CREATE PUBLIC DATABASE LINK linkname
  6,CREATE DB LINK,
    CONNECT TO username IDENTIFIED BY password
  7,CREATE DB LINK,
    USING 'sql*net_string'
  8,CREATE DB LINK,

  9,CREATE DB LINK,
 CREATE DATABASE LINK sets up a link from the local database to a username
 10,CREATE DB LINK,
 on a remote database.  To query a remote table, add @linkname after its
 11,CREATE DB LINK,
 name in the FROM clause of a SELECT statement.
 12,CREATE DB LINK,

 13,CREATE DB LINK,
    PUBLIC
 14,CREATE DB LINK,
        makes the link available to all users except those who've defined
 15,CREATE DB LINK,
        a private database link with the same name.  If PUBLIC is omitted,
 16,CREATE DB LINK,
        the link is private--available only to its creator.
 17,CREATE DB LINK,

 18,CREATE DB LINK,
    username, password
 19,CREATE DB LINK,
        must exist on the remote database.  If omitted, the database link
 20,CREATE DB LINK,
        will use the current username and password when invoked.
 21,CREATE DB LINK,

 22,CREATE DB LINK,
    'sql*net_string'
 23,CREATE DB LINK,
        specifies a remote database accessible through SQL*Net.
 24,CREATE DB LINK,

 25,CREATE DB LINK,
 See also: distributed query, select, from, create synonym, commands, menu.
  1,CREATE INDEX,

  2,CREATE INDEX,

  3,CREATE INDEX,
                                CREATE INDEX
  4,CREATE INDEX,
                                                             SQL statement
  5,CREATE INDEX,
 CREATE UNIQUE INDEX index ON table (column ASC|DESC, column ASC|DESC,...)
  6,CREATE INDEX,
     | CLUSTER cluster
  7,CREATE INDEX,
     INITRANS integer  MAXTRANS integer
  8,CREATE INDEX,
     TABLESPACE tablespace
  9,CREATE INDEX,
     STORAGE storage
 10,CREATE INDEX,
     PCTFREE = 10 | n
 11,CREATE INDEX,
     NOSORT
 12,CREATE INDEX,

 13,CREATE INDEX,
 CREATE INDEX creates an index for a table or a cluster index.  An index
 14,CREATE INDEX,
 reduces access time by giving direct access to rows in a table; you can
 15,CREATE INDEX,
 also use an index to enforce uniqueness.  An index may contain up to 16
 16,CREATE INDEX,
 columns.  You may create multiple indexes on combinations of columns in
 17,CREATE INDEX,
 the same table, but each index increases processing time during updates.
 18,CREATE INDEX,

 19,CREATE INDEX,
     UNIQUE
 20,CREATE INDEX,
         ensures that the table never has two rows with identical values
 21,CREATE INDEX,
         in all index columns.
 22,CREATE INDEX,

 23,CREATE INDEX,
     index, table
 24,CREATE INDEX,
         are the names of the index and the table for which the index is
 25,CREATE INDEX,
         being created.
 26,CREATE INDEX,

 27,CREATE INDEX,
     column
 28,CREATE INDEX,
         is the name of a column in the table.
 29,CREATE INDEX,

 30,CREATE INDEX,
     ASC or DESC
 31,CREATE INDEX,
         are for DB2 compatibility. Indexes are created in ascending order.
 32,CREATE INDEX,

 33,CREATE INDEX,
     cluster
 34,CREATE INDEX,
         is the name of a cluster for which the index is being created.
 35,CREATE INDEX,

 36,CREATE INDEX,
     tablespace
 37,CREATE INDEX,
         is the name of the tablespace that will hold the index.
 38,CREATE INDEX,

 39,CREATE INDEX,
     PCTFREE
 40,CREATE INDEX,
         sets the percentage of space in each index block to leave free for
 41,CREATE INDEX,
         updates and insertions.
 42,CREATE INDEX,

 43,CREATE INDEX,
     NOSORT
 44,CREATE INDEX,
         prevents ORACLE from sorting the rows when generating the index,
 45,CREATE INDEX,
         because the rows are already stored in ascending order.  NOSORT
 46,CREATE INDEX,
         can greatly reduce the time required to create an index. NOSORT
 47,CREATE INDEX,
         cannot be used when creating a cluster index.
 48,CREATE INDEX,

 49,CREATE INDEX,

 50,CREATE INDEX,
 See CREATE TABLE for descriptions of INITRANS and MAXTRANS; see STORAGE
 51,CREATE INDEX,
 for the syntax of the STORAGE clause.
 52,CREATE INDEX,

 53,CREATE INDEX,

 54,CREATE INDEX,
 See also: alter index, drop index, validate index, commands, menu.
  1,CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT,

  2,CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT,

  3,CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
                          CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT
  4,CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
                                                              SQL statement
  5,CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
 CREATE PUBLIC ROLLBACK SEGMENT rollback_segment_name
  6,CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
     TABLESPACE tablespace
  7,CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
     STORAGE storage
  8,CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT,

  9,CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
 CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT creates a rollback segment.  The tablespace must
 10,CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
 be on-line when a rollback segment is added to it.
 11,CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT,

 12,CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
     PUBLIC
 13,CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
         specifies that the rollback segment be available to any instance
 14,CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
         requesting it. If omitted, the rollback segment is private.
 15,CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT,

 16,CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
     rollback_segment_name
 17,CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
         is an ORACLE identifier of up to 30 characters.
 18,CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT,

 19,CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
     tablespace
 20,CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
         is the tablespace in which the rollback segment is being created.
 21,CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
         If omitted, the SYSTEM tablespace is used.
 22,CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT,

 23,CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
 See also: create tablespace, create database, alter rollback segment,
 24,CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
           drop rollback segment, rollback, savepoint, commands, menu.
  1,CREATE SEQUENCE,

  2,CREATE SEQUENCE,

  3,CREATE SEQUENCE,
                               CREATE SEQUENCE
  4,CREATE SEQUENCE,
                                                           SQL statement
  5,CREATE SEQUENCE,
 CREATE SEQUENCE user.sequence_name
  6,CREATE SEQUENCE,
     INCREMENT BY n
  7,CREATE SEQUENCE,
     START WITH n
  8,CREATE SEQUENCE,
     MAXVALUE n | NOMAXVALUE
  9,CREATE SEQUENCE,
     MINVALUE n | NOMINVALUE
 10,CREATE SEQUENCE,
     CYCLE | NOCYCLE
 11,CREATE SEQUENCE,
     CACHE 20 | n | NOCACHE
 12,CREATE SEQUENCE,
     ORDER | NOORDER
 13,CREATE SEQUENCE,

 14,CREATE SEQUENCE,
 CREATE SEQUENCE sets up an ORACLE object from which users can generate
 15,CREATE SEQUENCE,
 unique integers.  You can use sequence numbers to generate primary keys
 16,CREATE SEQUENCE,
 automatically.
 17,CREATE SEQUENCE,

 18,CREATE SEQUENCE,
     user
 19,CREATE SEQUENCE,
         is the sequence owner.  The default is the user who is running
 20,CREATE SEQUENCE,
         the CREATE SEQUENCE statement.
 21,CREATE SEQUENCE,

 22,CREATE SEQUENCE,
     INCREMENT BY n
 23,CREATE SEQUENCE,
         sets the interval between sequence numbers.  If n is positive, the
 24,CREATE SEQUENCE,
         sequence ascends; if negative, it descends.  The default is 1.
 25,CREATE SEQUENCE,

 26,CREATE SEQUENCE,
     START WITH n
 27,CREATE SEQUENCE,
         is the first sequence number to be created.  The default for an
 28,CREATE SEQUENCE,
         ascending sequence is MINVALUE; for a descending sequence, the
 29,CREATE SEQUENCE,
         default is MAXVALUE.
 30,CREATE SEQUENCE,

 31,CREATE SEQUENCE,
     MAXVALUE n | NOMAXVALUE
 32,CREATE SEQUENCE,
         is the largest number the sequence will generate.  The default is
 33,CREATE SEQUENCE,
         10e27-1 for an ascending sequence, 1 for a descending sequence.
 34,CREATE SEQUENCE,

 35,CREATE SEQUENCE,
     MINVALUE n | NOMINVALUE
 36,CREATE SEQUENCE,
         is the smallest number the sequence will generate.  The default is
 37,CREATE SEQUENCE,
         1 for an ascending sequence, 10e27-1 for a descending sequence.
 38,CREATE SEQUENCE,

 39,CREATE SEQUENCE,
     CYCLE | NOCYCLE
 40,CREATE SEQUENCE,
         If CYCLE, the sequence goes to MINVALUE after reaching MAXVALUE
 41,CREATE SEQUENCE,
         for ascending sequences, or to MAXVALUE after reaching MINVALUE
 42,CREATE SEQUENCE,
         for descending sequences.  If NOCYCLE (the default), no numbers
 43,CREATE SEQUENCE,
         will be generated after the end of the sequence is reached.
 44,CREATE SEQUENCE,

 45,CREATE SEQUENCE,
     CACHE n | NOCACHE
 46,CREATE SEQUENCE,
         CACHE pre-allocates sequence numbers so they may be kept in memory
 47,CREATE SEQUENCE,
         to improve generation speed.  The CACHE value must be less than
 48,CREATE SEQUENCE,
         MAXVALUE minus MINVALUE.  The default is CACHE 20.
 49,CREATE SEQUENCE,

 50,CREATE SEQUENCE,
     ORDER | NOORDER
 51,CREATE SEQUENCE,
         ORDER guarantees that sequence numbers will be generated in order
 52,CREATE SEQUENCE,
         of request, important for sequence numbers used as timestamps.
 53,CREATE SEQUENCE,
         Even with NOORDER (the default), sequence numbers are usually
 54,CREATE SEQUENCE,
         generated in order.
 55,CREATE SEQUENCE,

 56,CREATE SEQUENCE,

 57,CREATE SEQUENCE,
 See also: sequences, nextval, keys, alter sequence, audit, drop sequence,
 58,CREATE SEQUENCE,
           commands, menu.
  1,CREATE SYNONYM,

  2,CREATE SYNONYM,

  3,CREATE SYNONYM,
                               CREATE SYNONYM
  4,CREATE SYNONYM,
                                                            SQL statement
  5,CREATE SYNONYM,
 CREATE PUBLIC SYNONYM user.synonym_name
  6,CREATE SYNONYM,
     FOR user.table_or_view @databaselink
  7,CREATE SYNONYM,

  8,CREATE SYNONYM,
 CREATE SYNONYM creates a synonym for a table or view.  A private synonym
  9,CREATE SYNONYM,
 name must be different from any other object owned by the same user.
 10,CREATE SYNONYM,

 11,CREATE SYNONYM,
     PUBLIC
 12,CREATE SYNONYM,
         specifies that the synonym be accessible by all users. If omitted,
 13,CREATE SYNONYM,
         the synonym is private, accessible only by the synonym's creator.
 14,CREATE SYNONYM,

 15,CREATE SYNONYM,
     user
 16,CREATE SYNONYM,
         is a username.  If omitted, ORACLE assumes you own the table/view.
 17,CREATE SYNONYM,

 18,CREATE SYNONYM,
     databaselink
 19,CREATE SYNONYM,
         is an existing link to a remote database.  If user is omitted, the
 20,CREATE SYNONYM,
         synonym refers to a table belonging to the databaselink username.
 21,CREATE SYNONYM,

 22,CREATE SYNONYM,

 23,CREATE SYNONYM,
 See also: synonyms, user id, create database link, create table,
 24,CREATE SYNONYM,
           create view, remote databases, menu.
  1,CREATE TABLE,

  2,CREATE TABLE,

  3,CREATE TABLE,
                                CREATE TABLE
  4,CREATE TABLE,
                                                           SQL statement
  5,CREATE TABLE,
 CREATE TABLE user.table_name column_element | table_element,
  6,CREATE TABLE,
                              column_element | table_element,...
  7,CREATE TABLE,
     PCTFREE n   PCTUSED n
  8,CREATE TABLE,
     INITRANS n  MAXTRANS n
  9,CREATE TABLE,
     TABLESPACE tablespace
 10,CREATE TABLE,
     STORAGE storage
 11,CREATE TABLE,
     CLUSTER cluster column, column,...
 12,CREATE TABLE,
     AS query
 13,CREATE TABLE,

 14,CREATE TABLE,
 CREATE TABLE creates a table, with 1 to 254 columns.  Unless a query is
 15,CREATE TABLE,
 specified, the table is created with no data.  Rows are normally added
 16,CREATE TABLE,
 with the INSERT statement.
 17,CREATE TABLE,

 18,CREATE TABLE,
     user
 19,CREATE TABLE,
         is the table's owner; the default is the current user.
 20,CREATE TABLE,

 21,CREATE TABLE,
     column_element
 22,CREATE TABLE,
         defines the columns and optional column constraints of the table.
 23,CREATE TABLE,

 24,CREATE TABLE,
     table_element
 25,CREATE TABLE,
         defines the table constraints.
 26,CREATE TABLE,

 27,CREATE TABLE,
     PCTFREE n
 28,CREATE TABLE,
         specifies a positive integer from 0 - 100 as the percentage of
 29,CREATE TABLE,
         room for future updates in every block allocated to the table;
 30,CREATE TABLE,
         the default is 10.  100 is not a useful setting; no rows could
 31,CREATE TABLE,
         be inserted.  The combination of PCTFREE and PCTUSED determines
 32,CREATE TABLE,
         whether inserted rows go into existing blocks or into new blocks.
 33,CREATE TABLE,

 34,CREATE TABLE,
     PCTUSED n
 35,CREATE TABLE,
         sets a positive integer from 0 - 100 as the minimum level of space
 36,CREATE TABLE,
         usage maintained for each block of the table; the default is 40.
 37,CREATE TABLE,
         A block is listed as free (it can accept row insertions) when its
 38,CREATE TABLE,
         space usage falls below PCTUSED.  Blocks are removed from the free
 39,CREATE TABLE,
         block list when insertions run space usage to the PCTFREE limit.
 40,CREATE TABLE,
         A higher PCTUSED value results in more efficient use of space in
 41,CREATE TABLE,
         the table at the expense of reduced performance.
 42,CREATE TABLE,

 43,CREATE TABLE,
     INITRANS n
 44,CREATE TABLE,
         sets the initial number of transaction entries allocated within
 45,CREATE TABLE,
         each block.  The range is 1 - 255; the default is 1.  ORACLE
 46,CREATE TABLE,
         reserves 23 bytes in the block's free space for each transaction
 47,CREATE TABLE,
         when the block is first used.  When the number of concurrent
 48,CREATE TABLE,
         transactions exceeds INITRANS, transaction entries are dynamically
 49,CREATE TABLE,
         allocated up to MAXTRANS, or until the block runs out of free
 50,CREATE TABLE,
         space.
 51,CREATE TABLE,

 52,CREATE TABLE,
     MAXTRANS n
 53,CREATE TABLE,
         sets the maximun number of transactions that may update a block
 54,CREATE TABLE,
         concurrently.  The range is 1 - 255; the default is 255.
 55,CREATE TABLE,

 56,CREATE TABLE,
     tablespace
 57,CREATE TABLE,
         is where the table will exist.  The default tablespace is STORAGE.
 58,CREATE TABLE,

 59,CREATE TABLE,
     STORAGE
 60,CREATE TABLE,
         sets future space allocation for the table.
 61,CREATE TABLE,

 62,CREATE TABLE,
     CLUSTER cluster column, column,...
 63,CREATE TABLE,
         includes the table in the specified cluster, owned by the user.
 64,CREATE TABLE,
         Specify one table column for each column in the cluster key, with
 65,CREATE TABLE,
         the first table column corresponding to the first cluster column,
 66,CREATE TABLE,
         and so on; table and cluster column names need not match.  The
 67,CREATE TABLE,
         cluster columns of a table are usually one or more columns in the
 68,CREATE TABLE,
         table's primary key.
 69,CREATE TABLE,

 70,CREATE TABLE,
     query
 71,CREATE TABLE,
         is a SELECT clause. The columns named in the query must match the
 72,CREATE TABLE,
         columns in the CREATE TABLE statement; the datatypes and sizes of
 73,CREATE TABLE,
         the new table's columns are copied from the columns in the query.
 74,CREATE TABLE,
         If the query's columns have fully-defined and unique names, the
 75,CREATE TABLE,
         columns may be omitted after CREATE TABLE, and the query's column
 76,CREATE TABLE,
         names will be the column names in the new table.  After creation,
 77,CREATE TABLE,
         the results of the query are inserted in the new table.  The query
 78,CREATE TABLE,
         may not contain an ORDER BY or a FOR UPDATE OF clause.
 79,CREATE TABLE,

 80,CREATE TABLE,
         If a query is used, table_element may contain column names only.
 81,CREATE TABLE,
         Use ALTER TABLE...ADD to add column and table constraints.  To
 82,CREATE TABLE,
         change column and table constraints, DROP the constraints and then
 83,CREATE TABLE,
         ADD them.  The query, if used, must contain the last CREATE TABLE
 84,CREATE TABLE,
         clause.
 85,CREATE TABLE,

 86,CREATE TABLE,
 Example:  To define the table staff, as user scott, you could enter:
 87,CREATE TABLE,

 88,CREATE TABLE,
               CREATE TABLE staff (
 89,CREATE TABLE,
                  empno    NUMBER       NOT NULL   PRIMARY KEY,
 90,CREATE TABLE,
                  ename    CHAR(20)     NOT NULL   CHECK (ename = UPPER),
 91,CREATE TABLE,
                  job      CHAR(10),
 92,CREATE TABLE,
                  mgr      NUMBER       REFERENCES scott.staff(empno),
 93,CREATE TABLE,
                  hiredate DATE         CHECK (hiredate >= SYSDATE - 7),
 94,CREATE TABLE,
                  sal      NUMBER(10,2) CHECK (sal > 800),
 95,CREATE TABLE,
                  comm     NUMBER(9,2)  DEFAULT NULL,
 96,CREATE TABLE,
                  deptno   NOT NULL     REFERENCES scott.dept(deptno)
 97,CREATE TABLE,
               )
 98,CREATE TABLE,
               PCTFREE 5 PCTUSED 75
 99,CREATE TABLE,

100,CREATE TABLE,
 See also: alter table, create cluster, create index, create tablespace,
101,CREATE TABLE,
           drop table, constraint, tables, commands, menu.
  1,CREATE TABLESPACE,

  2,CREATE TABLESPACE,

  3,CREATE TABLESPACE,
                              CREATE TABLESPACE
  4,CREATE TABLESPACE,
                                                            SQL statement
  5,CREATE TABLESPACE,
 CREATE TABLESPACE tablespace
  6,CREATE TABLESPACE,
     DATAFILE (filespec, filespec,...)
  7,CREATE TABLESPACE,
     DEFAULT STORAGE storage
  8,CREATE TABLESPACE,
     ONLINE | OFFLINE
  9,CREATE TABLESPACE,

 10,CREATE TABLESPACE,
 CREATE TABLESPACE creates a tablespace with the names of the files in it,
 11,CREATE TABLESPACE,
 default storage parameters, and whether the tablespace will be online or
 12,CREATE TABLESPACE,
 offline after its creation.  DBA privileges are required.
 13,CREATE TABLESPACE,

 14,CREATE TABLESPACE,
     filespec
 15,CREATE TABLESPACE,
         is a database file as:  'filename SIZE integer K | M REUSE
 16,CREATE TABLESPACE,
         REUSE specifies that any existing file with that name is reused,
 17,CREATE TABLESPACE,
         erasing any data it may contain.
 18,CREATE TABLESPACE,

 19,CREATE TABLESPACE,
 A tablespace is the unit of backup and recovery in a database, containing
 20,CREATE TABLESPACE,
 table, index, rollback, and temporary segments.  The tablespace SYSTEM is
 21,CREATE TABLESPACE,
 created when a database is created. System files may be added dynamically
 22,CREATE TABLESPACE,
 when a tablespace is online or offline.  Take a tablespace offline before
 23,CREATE TABLESPACE,
 dropping it.  Create at least one rollback segment for a tablespace.
 24,CREATE TABLESPACE,

 25,CREATE TABLESPACE,
 See also: alter tablespace, drop tablespace, commands, menu.
  1,CREATE VIEW,

  2,CREATE VIEW,

  3,CREATE VIEW,
                                 CREATE VIEW
  4,CREATE VIEW,
                                                             SQL statement
  5,CREATE VIEW,
 CREATE VIEW user.view_name alias, alias,...
  6,CREATE VIEW,
     AS query
  7,CREATE VIEW,
     WITH CHECK OPTION CONSTRAINT constraint
  8,CREATE VIEW,

  9,CREATE VIEW,
 CREATE VIEW defines a logical window to one or more tables or other views.
 10,CREATE VIEW,

 11,CREATE VIEW,
     query
 12,CREATE VIEW,
         is a SELECT statement (without ORDER BY or FOR UPDATE OF) that
 13,CREATE VIEW,
         identifies the columns and rows of the table(s) the view uses.
 14,CREATE VIEW,

 15,CREATE VIEW,
     WITH CHECK OPTION
 16,CREATE VIEW,
         specifies that inserts and updates done through the view will not
 17,CREATE VIEW,
         result in rows the view cannot access, useful if the view is based
 18,CREATE VIEW,
         on another view.
 19,CREATE VIEW,

 20,CREATE VIEW,
 You may use a view instead of a table in SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE
 21,CREATE VIEW,
 statements, but you may SELECT from a view only if the view query has:
 22,CREATE VIEW,

 23,CREATE VIEW,
     -  a join
 24,CREATE VIEW,
     -  a GROUP BY, CONNECT BY, or START WITH clause
 25,CREATE VIEW,
     -  the DISTINCT clause, pseudo-columns (like ROWNUM), or expressions
 26,CREATE VIEW,
        in the column list.  You may UPDATE a view that has pseudo-columns
 27,CREATE VIEW,
        or expressions if the UPDATE does not refer to them.
 28,CREATE VIEW,

 29,CREATE VIEW,
 See also: views, create table, create synonym, drop view, rename, menu.
  1,Commands,

  2,Commands,

  3,Commands,
                                   Commands
  4,Commands,
                                                     (Type help and then all
  5,Commands,
 SQL*Plus COMMANDS      SQL and PL/SQL STATEMENTS    or part of a topic name)
  6,Commands,
 ---------------------  -----------------------------------------------------
  7,Commands,
 @           get        alter cluster     create sequence    noaudit
  8,Commands,
 /           host       alter database    create synonym     null
  9,Commands,
 accept      input      alter index       create table       open
 10,Commands,
 append      list       alter rollback    create tablespace  raise
 11,Commands,
 break       pause      alter sequence    create view        rename
 12,Commands,
 btitle      prompt     alter table       declare            revoke
 13,Commands,
 change      remark     alter tablespace  delete             rollback
 14,Commands,
 clear       run        alter user        drop (objectname)  savepoint
 15,Commands,
 column      runform    audit             end                select
 16,Commands,
 compute     save       begin             exception          set transaction
 17,Commands,
 connect     set        close             exit               update
 18,Commands,
 copy        show       comment           fetch              validate index
 19,Commands,
 define      spool      commit            goto               constraints
 20,Commands,
 del         sqlplus    create cluster    grant
 21,Commands,
 describe    start      create database   if          ====== SEE ALSO ======
 22,Commands,
 disconnect  timing     create db link    insert       menu (of help topics)
 23,Commands,
 edit        undefine   create index      lock table   old commands (SQLPlus)
 24,Commands,
 exit        whenever   create rollback   loop         examples (SQL-PL/SQL)
  1,Comments,

  2,Comments,

  3,Comments,
                     Comments (SQL and PL/SQL)
  4,Comments,

  5,Comments,
 Comments are notes inserted for clarification; they have no effect
  6,Comments,
 on statement processing. In PL/SQL, you can begin a comment with --
  7,Comments,
 (two hyphens); this type of comment ends with the end of the line:
  8,Comments,

  9,Comments,
          x NUMBER := 0;        --initializes local copy of x
 10,Comments,
       BEGIN
 11,Comments,
          FOR i IN 1..4 LOOP
 12,Comments,
          x := x+1;             --increments local x
 13,Comments,

 14,Comments,
 In SQL and PL/SQL, you can begin a comment with /* and use as many
 15,Comments,
 lines as you wish to comment, then end with */ as shown below. Use
 16,Comments,
 /* and */ to surround parts of code you wish to temporary exclude.
 17,Comments,

 18,Comments,
       SELECT ename, sal, mgr  /* Get the name, salary, and manager
 19,Comments,
                                  for employees earning $2000 or more. */
 20,Comments,
          FROM emp
 21,Comments,
          WHERE sal >= 2000;
 22,Comments,

 23,Comments,

 24,Comments,
 See also: comment, commands, menu.
  1,Comparison Operators,

  2,Comparison Operators,

  3,Comparison Operators,
                           Comparison Operators
  4,Comparison Operators,

  5,Comparison Operators,
 Operator  Meaning/Function in SQL        Operator    Meaning/Function
  6,Comparison Operators,
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  7,Comparison Operators,
  =        Equal to                       BETWEEN     Greater than or equal
  8,Comparison Operators,
 !=  <>    Not equal to                               to term 1, less than
  9,Comparison Operators,
 >=        Greater than or equal to                   or equal to term 2
 10,Comparison Operators,
 <=        Less than or equal to
 11,Comparison Operators,
 IN        Equal to any member of         NOT         Not greater or equal
 12,Comparison Operators,
 NOT IN    Not equal to any member of     BETWEEN     to term 1, not less
 13,Comparison Operators,
                                                      or equal to term 2
 14,Comparison Operators,
 ANY       Compares a value to each
 15,Comparison Operators,
           list value; must preface       EXISTS      True if subquery re-
 16,Comparison Operators,
           with =, !=, >, <, <=, >=                   turns 1 or more rows
 17,Comparison Operators,
 ALL       Compares a value to every      IS NULL     True if value is null
 18,Comparison Operators,
           list value; must preface                   (= NULL won't work)
 19,Comparison Operators,
           with =, !=, >, <, <=, >=       IS NOT NULL True if value is not
 20,Comparison Operators,
                                                      null (avoid != NULL)
 21,Comparison Operators,
 All return TRUE, FALSE or NULL.
 22,Comparison Operators,

 23,Comparison Operators,
 See also: like, boolean comparisons, subquery, nulls, menu.
  1,Conditions,

  2,Conditions,

  3,Conditions,
                               Conditions
  4,Conditions,

  5,Conditions,
 A SQL condition is one or more expressions and logical operators
  6,Conditions,
 that returns either TRUE or FALSE.  You can use conditions:
  7,Conditions,

  8,Conditions,
    - in the WHERE clause of SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE:
  9,Conditions,

 10,Conditions,
         SELECT ename, sal FROM emp WHERE job = 'ANALYST'...
 11,Conditions,

 12,Conditions,
    - in the CONNECT BY, START WITH, and HAVING clauses of SELECT:
 13,Conditions,

 14,Conditions,
         SELECT ename, mgr FROM emp
 15,Conditions,
            CONNECT BY PRIOR empno = mgr  START WITH ename = 'KING';
 16,Conditions,

 17,Conditions,
 In PL/SQL, IF statements and WHILE loops also require conditions.
 18,Conditions,

 19,Conditions,

 20,Conditions,
 See also: logical operators, where, select, insert, update, delete,
 21,Conditions,
           connect by, if, while (loops), comparison (operators),
 22,Conditions,
           boolean comparisons, menu.
  1,Constraints,

  2,Constraints,

  3,Constraints,
                                 Constraints
  4,Constraints,
                                                            SQL language
  5,Constraints,
 Table Constraint Syntax:
  6,Constraints,

  7,Constraints,
     UNIQUE | PRIMARY KEY column, column,...
  8,Constraints,
     CONSTRAINT constraint_name
  9,Constraints,
     FOREIGN KEY column, column,...
 10,Constraints,
        REFERENCES user.table column, column,...
 11,Constraints,
     CONSTRAINT constraint_name
 12,Constraints,
     CHECK condition CONSTRAINT constraint_name
 13,Constraints,

 14,Constraints,
 Column Constraint Syntax:
 15,Constraints,

 16,Constraints,
     column NULL | NOT NULL  CONSTRAINT constraint_name
 17,Constraints,
     UNIQUE | PRIMARY KEY  CONSTRAINT constraint_name
 18,Constraints,
     REFERENCES user.table column  CONSTRAINT constraint_name
 19,Constraints,
     CHECK condition CONSTRAINT constraint_name
 20,Constraints,

 21,Constraints,

 22,Constraints,
 A constraint clause restricts the range of valid values for one column
 23,Constraints,
 (a column constraint) or for a group of columns (a table constraint).
 24,Constraints,
 Any INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statement evaluates a relevant constraint;
 25,Constraints,
 the constraint must be satisfied for the statement to succeed.
 26,Constraints,

 27,Constraints,
 Table constraint definitions are part of the global table definition,
 28,Constraints,
 as in:    CREATE TABLE project_employee (PROJECT NUMBER,
 29,Constraints,
           EMPLOYEE NUMBER, PRIMARY KEY (PROJECT, EMPLOYEE))
 30,Constraints,

 31,Constraints,
 Column constraints are local to a specific column, as in:
 32,Constraints,
           CREATE TABLE dept (DEPTNO NUMBER PRIMARY KEY,...)
 33,Constraints,

 34,Constraints,
 Constraints must be used in CREATE TABLE or ALTER TABLE.  Use ALTER TABLE
 35,Constraints,
 to add or drop constraints from a table.  Constraints are recorded in the
 36,Constraints,
 data dictionary.  If you don't name a constraint, it is assigned the name
 37,Constraints,
 SYS_Cn, where n is an integer that makes the name unique in the database.
 38,Constraints,

 39,Constraints,

 40,Constraints,
     column
 41,Constraints,
         is the name of a column to which the constraint applies.
 42,Constraints,

 43,Constraints,
     NULL or NOT NULL
 44,Constraints,
         enables or prohibits a column from containing null values.
 45,Constraints,

 46,Constraints,
    UNIQUE
 47,Constraints,
         each row must have a distinct value for the column; each column
 48,Constraints,
         must be declared NOT NULL; the column must not be a PRIMARY KEY.
 49,Constraints,

 50,Constraints,
     PRIMARY KEY
 51,Constraints,
         specifies the column as the primary key.
 52,Constraints,

 53,Constraints,
     FOREIGN KEY column, column... REFERENCES user.table column, column...
 54,Constraints,
         specifies the column(s) as a foreign key of user.table column.
 55,Constraints,
         Default column(s) = the table's primary key.  Details below.
 56,Constraints,

 57,Constraints,
     CHECK condition
 58,Constraints,
         sets a condition the column must satisfy to exist in the table.
 59,Constraints,
         In a column CHECK constraint, the condition may only refer to the
 60,Constraints,
         column to which the constraint belongs.  A table CHECK constraint
 61,Constraints,
         condition may refer to multiple columns.
 62,Constraints,

 63,Constraints,

 64,Constraints,
 The FOREIGN KEY/REFERENCES constraint:
 65,Constraints,

 66,Constraints,
   - rejects an INSERT or UPDATE of a value if a corresponding value does
 67,Constraints,
         not currently exist in the primary key table;
 68,Constraints,

 69,Constraints,
   - rejects a DELETE if it would invalidate a REFERENCES constraint;
 70,Constraints,

 71,Constraints,
   - must reference a PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE column(s) in primary key table;
 72,Constraints,

 73,Constraints,
  - will reference the PRIMARY KEY of the primary key table if no column
 74,Constraints,
         or group of columns is specified in the constraint;
 75,Constraints,

 76,Constraints,
   - must reference a table, not a view or cluster;
 77,Constraints,

 78,Constraints,
   - requires that you own the primary key table, have REFERENCE privilege
 79,Constraints,
         on it, or have column-level REFERENCE privilege on the referenced
 80,Constraints,
         columns in the primary key table;
 81,Constraints,

 82,Constraints,
  - doesn't restrict how other constraints may reference the same tables;
 83,Constraints,

 84,Constraints,
   - requires that the foreign key column(s) and the constraint column(s)
 85,Constraints,
         have matching datatypes;
 86,Constraints,

 87,Constraints,
   - may reference the same table named in the CREATE TABLE statement;
 88,Constraints,

 89,Constraints,
   - must not reference the same column more than once (in one constraint).
 90,Constraints,

 91,Constraints,

 92,Constraints,
 See also: tables, keys, nulls, create table, commands, menu.
  1,Conversion Functions,

  2,Conversion Functions,

  3,Conversion Functions,
                          Conversion Functions
  4,Conversion Functions,

  5,Conversion Functions,
 SQL Conversion functions convert a value from one datatype to another:
  6,Conversion Functions,

  7,Conversion Functions,
 TO_CHAR(expr, fmt)   Turns a number or date expr into characters shown
  8,Conversion Functions,
                         in the format specified by fmt (optional).
  9,Conversion Functions,
 TO_DATE(char, fmt)   Turns a char date in fmt format into a date value.
 10,Conversion Functions,
 TO_NUMBER(char)      Turns a CHAR number into its NUMBER datatype value.
 11,Conversion Functions,

 12,Conversion Functions,
 CHARTOROWID(char)    Turns character values in char into ROWID values.
 13,Conversion Functions,
 ROWIDTOCHAR(ROWID)   Turns ROWID values into character values.
 14,Conversion Functions,

 15,Conversion Functions,
 CONVERT(char,        Converts char to a new character set implementation
 16,Conversion Functions,
    new, source)         from its source implementation.
 17,Conversion Functions,

 18,Conversion Functions,
 HEXTORAW(char)       Turns char hexadecimal digits into binary (raw).
 19,Conversion Functions,
 RAWTOHEX(raw)        Turns raw (binary) into character (hex) values.
 20,Conversion Functions,

 21,Conversion Functions,

 22,Conversion Functions,
 See also: char, date, number, implicit conversions, pseudo-columns,
 23,Conversion Functions,
           format numbers, format dates, format modifiers, menu.
  1,Correlated Subquery,

  2,Correlated Subquery,

  3,Correlated Subquery,
                          Correlated Subquery
  4,Correlated Subquery,

  5,Correlated Subquery,
 A correlated subquery evaluates a query for EVERY ROW in the parent
  6,Correlated Subquery,
 statement.  Use a table or alias name with each column for clarity:
  7,Correlated Subquery,

  8,Correlated Subquery,
     SELECT column_list  FROM table1 alias1  WHERE expr operator
  9,Correlated Subquery,
        (SELECT column_list
 10,Correlated Subquery,
         FROM table2 alias2
 11,Correlated Subquery,
         WHERE alias1.column operator alias2.column);
 12,Correlated Subquery,

 13,Correlated Subquery,
     UPDATE column_list  SET column =
 14,Correlated Subquery,
        (SELECT expr
 15,Correlated Subquery,
         FROM table2 alias2
 16,Correlated Subquery,
         WHERE alias1.column = alias2.column);
 17,Correlated Subquery,

 18,Correlated Subquery,
     DELETE FROM table1 alias1 WHERE column operator
 19,Correlated Subquery,
        (SELECT expr
 20,Correlated Subquery,
         FROM table2 alias2
 21,Correlated Subquery,
         WHERE alias1.column = alias2.column);
 22,Correlated Subquery,

 23,Correlated Subquery,
 See also: example correlated subquery, example delete, query, alias,
 24,Correlated Subquery,
           select, where, update, delete, uses of select, menu.
  1,Cursor Attributes,

  2,Cursor Attributes,

  3,Cursor Attributes,
                                     Cursor Attributes
  4,Cursor Attributes,

  5,Cursor Attributes,
  Expression            Cursor opened;     Last FETCH      Last FETCH
  6,Cursor Attributes,
                        before 1st FETCH   returned row    returned no row
  7,Cursor Attributes,
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  8,Cursor Attributes,
  cursor_name%FOUND     Returns NULL       Returns TRUE    Returns FALSE
  9,Cursor Attributes,

 10,Cursor Attributes,
  cursor_name%NOTFOUND  Returns NULL       Returns FALSE   Returns TRUE
 11,Cursor Attributes,

 12,Cursor Attributes,
  cursor_name%ROWCOUNT  Returns a 0        Returns total
 13,Cursor Attributes,
                                           number of rows
 14,Cursor Attributes,
                                           FETCHed since
 15,Cursor Attributes,
                                           OPEN (cumulative)
 16,Cursor Attributes,
  cursor_name%ISOPEN    Returns TRUE
 17,Cursor Attributes,
                        if cursor is
 18,Cursor Attributes,
                        OPEN, FALSE
 19,Cursor Attributes,
                        if closed
 20,Cursor Attributes,

 21,Cursor Attributes,

 22,Cursor Attributes,
 %FOUND, %NOTFOUND, and %ROWCOUNT raise the INVALID_CURSOR exception
 23,Cursor Attributes,
 (ORA-01001) if the cursor is not OPEN.
 24,Cursor Attributes,

 25,Cursor Attributes,
 See also: open, fetch, nulls, cursors, error handling,
 26,Cursor Attributes,
           attributes (%type and %rowtype), commands, menu.
  1,Cursor FOR,

  2,Cursor FOR,

  3,Cursor FOR,
                             Cursor FOR
  4,Cursor FOR,
                                                    PL/SQL statement
  5,Cursor FOR,

  6,Cursor FOR,
 FOR record_name IN cursor_name(parameter, parameter,...) LOOP
  7,Cursor FOR,
    sequence_of_statements
  8,Cursor FOR,
 END LOOP;
  9,Cursor FOR,

 10,Cursor FOR,
 In a cursor FOR loop, PL/SQL issues an implicit  OPEN cursor at the
 11,Cursor FOR,
 beginning, then an implicit FETCH cursor INTO record_name for every
 12,Cursor FOR,
 row that satisfies the query associated with cursor_name, executing
 13,Cursor FOR,
 the sequence_of_statements.  When no rows are left to fetch, PL/SQL
 14,Cursor FOR,
 issues an implicit CLOSE cursor and exits the loop. The cursor_name
 15,Cursor FOR,
 must be previously declared and closed as the loop begins. Optional
 16,Cursor FOR,
 parameter values are used as the cursor is implicitly opened before
 17,Cursor FOR,
 the loop's first execution.  Parameter datatypes must be compatible
 18,Cursor FOR,
 or convertible to previously declared cursor parameter datatypes.
 19,Cursor FOR,

 20,Cursor FOR,
 Record_name is implicitly declared as cursor_name%ROWTYPE datatype.
 21,Cursor FOR,
 You reference the returned values by record_name.column_name.
 22,Cursor FOR,

 23,Cursor FOR,
 For other loops see: loop, while, numeric for.
 24,Cursor FOR,
 See also: example cursor for, open, fetch, implicit conversions,
 25,Cursor FOR,
           attributes, managing cursors, commands, menu.
  1,Cursors,

  2,Cursors,

  3,Cursors,
                              Cursors
  4,Cursors,

  5,Cursors,
 The cursor is a PL/SQL work area that holds the row currently being
  6,Cursors,
 processed.  The topics below describe cursor control during UPDATE,
  7,Cursors,
 INSERT, and DELETE operations.  Type help, a space, and then the
  8,Cursors,
 topic you want to see:
  9,Cursors,

 10,Cursors,
        declare cursor
 11,Cursors,
        open
 12,Cursors,
        fetch
 13,Cursors,
        close
 14,Cursors,
        cursor for loops
 15,Cursors,
        cursor attributes (explicit)
 16,Cursors,
        sql% cursor (implicit)
 17,Cursors,
        where current of
 18,Cursors,

 19,Cursors,

 20,Cursors,
 See also: update, insert, delete, menu.
  1,DATE,

  2,DATE,

  3,DATE,
                                DATE
  4,DATE,
 DATE
  5,DATE,

  6,DATE,
 For each date value, a DATE column stores the century, year, month,
  7,DATE,
 day, hour, minute, and second. The 24-hour format is used for time.
  8,DATE,

  9,DATE,
 Defaults: If you insert a date with no time:  00:00:00 midnight
 10,DATE,
           If you insert a time with no date:  current date (SYSDATE)
 11,DATE,
           If you don't specify a date format: DD-MON-YY ('09-JAN-42')
 12,DATE,

 13,DATE,
 You can add and subtract numbers to and from dates, and subtract
 14,DATE,
 dates from dates:  SYSDATE + 1 = tomorrow;
 15,DATE,
                    SYSDATE - HIREDATE = total days employed
 16,DATE,

 17,DATE,

 18,DATE,
 The appearance of dates in reports is controlled by date functions,
 19,DATE,
 date formats, and modifiers of date formats.
 20,DATE,

 21,DATE,

 22,DATE,
 See also: date functions, format dates, format modifiers, char, number,
 23,DATE,
           boolean, raw, menu.
  1,DBA,

  2,DBA,

  3,DBA,
                                     DBA
  4,DBA,

  5,DBA,
 DBA username SYSTEM owns and has all privileges on PRODUCT_USER_PROFILE.
  6,DBA,
 Other users should have only SELECT access to this table.  Command file
  7,DBA,
 PUPBLD, when run, grants SELECT access on PRODUCT_USER_PROFILE to PUBLIC.
  8,DBA,

  9,DBA,
 To disable a SQL or SQL*Plus command for a given user, the DBA inserts a
 10,DBA,
 row with the username in the USERID column, the command in the ATTRIBUTE
 11,DBA,
 column, and DISABLED in the CHAR_VALUE column.  The SCOPE, NUMERIC_VALUE,
 12,DBA,
 and DATE_VALUE columns should contain null.  For example:
 13,DBA,

 14,DBA,
                                             NUMERIC   CHAR      DATE
 15,DBA,
      PRODUCT    USERID   ATTRIBUTE   SCOPE  VALUE     VALUE     VALUE
 16,DBA,
      --------   ------   ---------   -----  -------   --------  -----
 17,DBA,
      SQL*Plus   SCOTT    HOST                         DISABLED
 18,DBA,
      SQL*Plus   %        INSERT                       DISABLED
 19,DBA,
      SQL*Plus   %        UPDATE                       DISABLED
 20,DBA,
      SQL*Plus   %        DELETE                       DISABLED
 21,DBA,

 22,DBA,

 23,DBA,
 To re-enable a command, the DBA deletes the row with the restriction.
 24,DBA,

 25,DBA,
 The DBA can use the PRODUCT_USER_PROFILE table to disable the following:
 26,DBA,

 27,DBA,
      SQL*Plus Commands          SQL Commands
 28,DBA,
      -----------------          ------------------------------
 29,DBA,
      CONNECT    QUIT            ALTER      DROP       RENAME
 30,DBA,
      EDIT       RUN             AUDIT      GRANT      REVOKE
 31,DBA,
      EXIT       SAVE            CONNECT    INSERT     SELECT
 32,DBA,
      GET        SPOOL           CREATE     LOCK       UPDATE
 33,DBA,
      HOST       START           DELETE     NOAUDIT    VALIDATE
 34,DBA,

 35,DBA,
 Columns in the PRODUCT_USER_PROFILE table:
 36,DBA,

 37,DBA,
     PRODUCT contains the product name (SQL*Plus in this case).  Wildcards
 38,DBA,
         and nulls are not permitted.
 39,DBA,

 40,DBA,
     USERID contains the username (in CAPITALS) for whom the command is
 41,DBA,
         being disabled.  To disable the command for more than one user,
 42,DBA,
         use the % SQL wildcard or make multiple entries.
 43,DBA,

 44,DBA,
     ATTRIBUTE contains the command (in CAPITALS) being disabled.
 45,DBA,
         Wildcards are not permitted.
 46,DBA,

 47,DBA,
     SCOPE is ignored for SQL*Plus.  We recommend a NULL here.
 48,DBA,

 49,DBA,
     NUMERIC_VALUE is ignored for SQL*Plus.  We recommend a NULL here.
 50,DBA,

 51,DBA,
     CHAR_VALUE must contain "DISABLED".  Wildcards are not permitted.
 52,DBA,

 53,DBA,
     DATE_VALUE is ignored for SQL*Plus.  We recommend a NULL here.
 54,DBA,

 55,DBA,
     See also:  commands, menu.
  1,DECLARE,

  2,DECLARE,
                               DECLARE
  3,DECLARE,
                                                      PL/SQL statement
  4,DECLARE,
 DECLARE
  5,DECLARE,
     constant_name CONSTANT datatype;
  6,DECLARE,
     variable_name datatype;
  7,DECLARE,
     CURSOR cursor_name;
  8,DECLARE,
     exception_name EXCEPTION;
  9,DECLARE,
 BEGIN
 10,DECLARE,
     ...
 11,DECLARE,

 12,DECLARE,
 DECLARE starts declarations of variables and constants which can only
 13,DECLARE,
 be referenced in the current block and its sub-blocks, but not by the
 14,DECLARE,
 enclosing block.
 15,DECLARE,

 16,DECLARE,
 The DECLARE section is optional.  It ends with a BEGIN statement.
 17,DECLARE,

 18,DECLARE,

 19,DECLARE,
 See also: example while, variables, char, number, date, exception,
 20,DECLARE,
           declare cursor, begin, blocks, commands, menu.
  1,DECLARE CURSOR,

  2,DECLARE CURSOR,

  3,DECLARE CURSOR,
                           DECLARE CURSOR
  4,DECLARE CURSOR,
                                                     PL/SQL statement
  5,DECLARE CURSOR,
 DECLARE
  6,DECLARE CURSOR,
     CURSOR cursor_name
  7,DECLARE CURSOR,
     (parameter_name datatype),...      --optional
  8,DECLARE CURSOR,
     IS SELECT_statement
  9,DECLARE CURSOR,
     FOR UPDATE OF column_name;         --required if UPDATE or DELETE
 10,DECLARE CURSOR,
     ...                                  statements in this block use
 11,DECLARE CURSOR,
                                          the WHERE CURRENT OF clause.
 12,DECLARE CURSOR,

 13,DECLARE CURSOR,
 DECLARE CURSOR names a cursor and associates a query with it.  If you
 14,DECLARE CURSOR,
 use parameter_names in the declaration, you must also use them in the
 15,DECLARE CURSOR,
 SELECT_statement which defines the query associated with cursor_name.
 16,DECLARE CURSOR,
 For clarity, make parameter_names different from column names.
 17,DECLARE CURSOR,

 18,DECLARE CURSOR,
 Datatype is CHAR, NUMBER, DATE, or BOOLEAN, with no restrictions.
 19,DECLARE CURSOR,

 20,DECLARE CURSOR,

 21,DECLARE CURSOR,
 See also: cursors, example cursors, update, delete, where current of,
 22,DECLARE CURSOR,
           query, char, number, date, boolean, declare, commands, menu.
  1,DEFINE,

  2,DEFINE,

  3,DEFINE,
                                   DEFINE
  4,DEFINE,

  5,DEFINE,
 DEF[INE] [ variable ] | [ variable = text ]
  6,DEFINE,

  7,DEFINE,
 DEFINE specifies a user variable and assigns it a CHAR value, or lists
  8,DEFINE,
 the value and variable type of a single variable or all variables.
  9,DEFINE,

 10,DEFINE,
     variable
 11,DEFINE,
         is the user variable whose value you wish to assign or list.
 12,DEFINE,
         Enter DEFINE followed by variable to list the value and type of
 13,DEFINE,
         variable.  Enter DEFINE with no clauses to list the values and
 14,DEFINE,
         types of all user variables.
 15,DEFINE,

 16,DEFINE,
     variable = text
 17,DEFINE,
         defines (names) a user variable and assigns it a CHAR value.
 18,DEFINE,

 19,DEFINE,
     text
 20,DEFINE,
         is the CHAR value you wish to assign to variable.  Enclose text in
 21,DEFINE,
         'single quotes' if it contains punctuation or blanks.
 22,DEFINE,

 23,DEFINE,
 DEFINEd variables retain their values until you:
 24,DEFINE,

 25,DEFINE,
     -   enter a new DEFINE command referencing the variable, or
 26,DEFINE,
     -   enter an UNDEFINE command referencing the variable, or
 27,DEFINE,
     -   enter an ACCEPT command referencing the variable, or
 28,DEFINE,
     -   reference the variable in the NEW_VALUE or OLD_VALUE clause of
 29,DEFINE,
         the COLUMN command, and reference the column in a subsequent SQL
 30,DEFINE,
         SELECT statement, or
 31,DEFINE,
     -   EXIT SQL*Plus.
 32,DEFINE,

 33,DEFINE,
 When you run a stored query or a command file, SQL*Plus substitutes the
 34,DEFINE,
 value of variable for each substitution variable referencing &variable or
 35,DEFINE,
 &&variable.  SQL*Plus will not prompt you for the value of variable in
 36,DEFINE,
 the session until you UNDEFINE variable.  You can DEFINE a maximum of 240
 37,DEFINE,
 variables.  Note that you can use DEFINE to define the _EDITOR variable,
 38,DEFINE,
 which establishes the host system editor invoked by the EDIT command.
 39,DEFINE,

 40,DEFINE,
 If you continue the value of a DEFINEd variable on multiple lines with the
 41,DEFINE,
 SQL*Plus command continuation character, each continuation character and
 42,DEFINE,
 carriage return you enter are replaced with a space in the resulting
 43,DEFINE,
 variable.  For example, SQL*Plus interprets
 44,DEFINE,

 45,DEFINE,
     SQL> DEFINE TEXT = 'ONE-
 46,DEFINE,
     > TWO-
 47,DEFINE,
     > THREE'
 48,DEFINE,

 49,DEFINE,
 as:  SQL> DEFINE TEXT = 'ONE TWO THREE'
 50,DEFINE,

 51,DEFINE,
 Examples: To assign the value MANAGER to the variable POS, enter:
 52,DEFINE,

 53,DEFINE,
               SQL> DEFINE POS = MANAGER
 54,DEFINE,

 55,DEFINE,
           If you execute a command with a reference to &POS, SQL*Plus
 56,DEFINE,
           substitutes the value MANAGER for &POS, and will not prompt you
 57,DEFINE,
           for a POS value.  To assign the CHAR value 20 to the variable
 58,DEFINE,
           DEPTNO, enter:
 59,DEFINE,

 60,DEFINE,
               SQL> DEFINE DEPTNO = 20
 61,DEFINE,

 62,DEFINE,
           Even though you enter the number 20, SQL*Plus assigns a CHAR
 63,DEFINE,
           value to DEPTNO consisting of two characters, 2 and 0.  To see
 64,DEFINE,
           the definition of DEPTNO, enter:
 65,DEFINE,

 66,DEFINE,
               SQL> DEFINE DEPTNO
 67,DEFINE,

 68,DEFINE,
           Result:
 69,DEFINE,

 70,DEFINE,
               DEFINE DEPTNO = "20" (CHAR)
 71,DEFINE,

 72,DEFINE,

 73,DEFINE,
 See also: accept, column, edit, parameters, undefine, commands, menu.
  1,DEL,

  2,DEL,

  3,DEL,
                                     DEL
  4,DEL,

  5,DEL,
 DEL
  6,DEL,

  7,DEL,
 DEL deletes the current line of the buffer, making the following line of
  8,DEL,
 the buffer (if any) the current line.  To delete several consecutive
  9,DEL,
 lines, enter DEL several times.
 10,DEL,

 11,DEL,

 12,DEL,
 Examples: The SQL buffer contains the following query:
 13,DEL,

 14,DEL,
               SQL> LIST
 15,DEL,
                 1  SELECT ENAME, DEPTNO
 16,DEL,
                 2  FROM EMP
 17,DEL,
                 3  WHERE JOB = 'SALESMAN'
 18,DEL,
                 4* ORDER BY DEPTNO
 19,DEL,

 20,DEL,
           To make the line with the WHERE clause the current line, enter:
 21,DEL,

 22,DEL,
               SQL> LIST 3
 23,DEL,
                 3* WHERE JOB = 'SALESMAN'
 24,DEL,

 25,DEL,
           To delete the WHERE clause, enter:
 26,DEL,

 27,DEL,
               SQL> DEL
 28,DEL,

 29,DEL,
           The SQL buffer now contains:
 30,DEL,

 31,DEL,
               SQL> LIST
 32,DEL,
                 1  SELECT ENAME, DEPTNO
 33,DEL,
                 2  FROM EMP
 34,DEL,
                 3* ORDER BY DEPTNO
 35,DEL,

 36,DEL,

 37,DEL,
 See also: append, change, edit, input, list, save, set (buffer), spool,
 38,DEL,
           commands, menu.
  1,DELETE,

  2,DELETE,

  3,DELETE,
                              DELETE
  4,DELETE,

  5,DELETE,
 SQL version:                       PL/SQL version:
  6,DELETE,

  7,DELETE,
 DELETE FROM table_or_view          DELETE FROM table_or_view
  8,DELETE,
    WHERE clause;                      WHERE CURRENT OF cursor_name;
  9,DELETE,

 10,DELETE,

 11,DELETE,
 DELETE removes one or more rows from the table or view you specify.
 12,DELETE,
 The WHERE clause specifies the rows to remove.  To remove all rows,
 13,DELETE,
 omit the WHERE clause.
 14,DELETE,

 15,DELETE,
 In PL/SQL, use  DELETE with the WHERE CURRENT OF cursor_name clause
 16,DELETE,
 to remove only the current row--the one last accessed with a FETCH.
 17,DELETE,

 18,DELETE,
 Use the implicit SQL% cursor and explicit cursor attributes to gain
 19,DELETE,
 information about the execution of a PL/SQL DELETE statement.
 20,DELETE,

 21,DELETE,
 See also: example delete, where, where current of, sql% cursor,
 22,DELETE,
           cursor attributes, bnf syntax, examples, menu.
  1,DESCRIBE,

  2,DESCRIBE,

  3,DESCRIBE,
                                  DESCRIBE
  4,DESCRIBE,

  5,DESCRIBE,
 DESC[RIBE] [user.] object [@database_link_name]
  6,DESCRIBE,

  7,DESCRIBE,
 DESCRIBE lists the column definitions for a table, view, or synonym.
  8,DESCRIBE,

  9,DESCRIBE,
     user
 10,DESCRIBE,
         is the owner of the object.  Omit user if you own the object.
 11,DESCRIBE,

 12,DESCRIBE,
     object
 13,DESCRIBE,
         is a table, view, or synonym.
 14,DESCRIBE,

 15,DESCRIBE,
     database_link_name
 16,DESCRIBE,
         is the node name and database where object exists.  The syntax
 17,DESCRIBE,
         depends on the SQL*Net your computer uses.  See LINKS for more
 18,DESCRIBE,
         information on database links.
 19,DESCRIBE,

 20,DESCRIBE,
 For each column, the description lists:
 21,DESCRIBE,

 22,DESCRIBE,
     -   the column's name
 23,DESCRIBE,
     -   whether null values are allowed (NULL or NOT NULL) for the column
 24,DESCRIBE,
     -   the column's datatype
 25,DESCRIBE,
     -   the column's precision (and scale, if any, for a numeric column)
 26,DESCRIBE,

 27,DESCRIBE,

 28,DESCRIBE,
 Example:  To describe the EMP table, enter:
 29,DESCRIBE,

 30,DESCRIBE,
           SQL> DESCRIBE EMP
 31,DESCRIBE,

 32,DESCRIBE,
       Output:  Name        Null?      Type
 33,DESCRIBE,
                ----------  --------   -----------
 34,DESCRIBE,
                EMPNO       NOT NULL   NUMBER(4)
 35,DESCRIBE,
                ENAME                  CHAR(10)
 36,DESCRIBE,
                JOB                    CHAR(9)
 37,DESCRIBE,
                MGR                    NUMBER(4)
 38,DESCRIBE,
                HIREDATE               DATE
 39,DESCRIBE,
                SAL                    NUMBER(7,2)
 40,DESCRIBE,
                COMM                   NUMBER(7,2)
 41,DESCRIBE,
                DEPTNO                 NUMBER(2)
 42,DESCRIBE,

 43,DESCRIBE,

 44,DESCRIBE,
 See also: links, tables, views (and indexes), commands, menu.
  1,DISCONNECT,

  2,DISCONNECT,

  3,DISCONNECT,
                                 DISCONNECT
  4,DISCONNECT,

  5,DISCONNECT,
 DISC[ONNECT]
  6,DISCONNECT,

  7,DISCONNECT,
 DISCONNECT commits pending changes to the database and logs the current
  8,DISCONNECT,
 user off ORACLE, but does not exit SQL*Plus.  Use EXIT or QUIT to log off
  9,DISCONNECT,
 ORACLE and return control to your host computer's operating system.
 10,DISCONNECT,

 11,DISCONNECT,

 12,DISCONNECT,
 Example:  Your command file might begin with a CONNECT command and end
 13,DISCONNECT,
           with a DISCONNECT:
 14,DISCONNECT,

 15,DISCONNECT,
               SQL> GET MYFILE
 16,DISCONNECT,
                 1  CONNECT ...
 17,DISCONNECT,
                    .
 18,DISCONNECT,
                    .
 19,DISCONNECT,
                    .
 20,DISCONNECT,
                15* DISCONNECT
 21,DISCONNECT,

 22,DISCONNECT,

 23,DISCONNECT,
 See also: connect, exit, host, quit, SQLPlus, commands, menu.
  1,DROP CLUSTER,

  2,DROP CLUSTER,

  3,DROP CLUSTER,
                                DROP CLUSTER
  4,DROP CLUSTER,
                                                             SQL statement
  5,DROP CLUSTER,
 DROP CLUSTER user.cluster INCLUDING TABLES
  6,DROP CLUSTER,

  7,DROP CLUSTER,
 DROP CLUSTER removes the specified cluster from the database.  Dropping a
  8,DROP CLUSTER,
 cluster also drops the cluster index and returns all cluster space to the
  9,DROP CLUSTER,
 appropriate tablespace(s).  You need DBA privileges to drop a cluster that
 10,DROP CLUSTER,
 was created by another user.
 11,DROP CLUSTER,

 12,DROP CLUSTER,
     INCLUDING TABLES
 13,DROP CLUSTER,
         drops all tables that belong to the cluster.  If omitted, the
 14,DROP CLUSTER,
         tables must have been dropped before you can drop the cluster.
 15,DROP CLUSTER,

 16,DROP CLUSTER,
 Dropping a clustered table also removes it from the cluster.  You cannot
 17,DROP CLUSTER,
 uncluster an individual table; to get the same result, create a new table
 18,DROP CLUSTER,
 like the old one, but without the CLUSTER option:
 19,DROP CLUSTER,

 20,DROP CLUSTER,
               CREATE TABLE new AS SELECT * FROM old
 21,DROP CLUSTER,

 22,DROP CLUSTER,
     Then drop the old table:   DROP TABLE old
 23,DROP CLUSTER,
     and rename the new table:  RENAME new TO old
 24,DROP CLUSTER,

 25,DROP CLUSTER,
 See also: drop table, create cluster, alter cluster, commands, menu.
  1,DROP DATABASE LINK,

  2,DROP DATABASE LINK,

  3,DROP DATABASE LINK,
                             DROP DATABASE LINK
  4,DROP DATABASE LINK,
                                                           SQL statement
  5,DROP DATABASE LINK,
 DROP PUBLIC DATABASE LINK link_name
  6,DROP DATABASE LINK,

  7,DROP DATABASE LINK,

  8,DROP DATABASE LINK,
 DROP DATABASE LINK removes the specified database link.  PUBLIC must be
  9,DROP DATABASE LINK,
 included if the database link is accessible to all users; you must have
 10,DROP DATABASE LINK,
 DBA privileges to use the PUBLIC clause, or to drop a database link that
 11,DROP DATABASE LINK,
 you do not own.
 12,DROP DATABASE LINK,

 13,DROP DATABASE LINK,

 14,DROP DATABASE LINK,
 See also: links, remote databases, create db link, commands, menu.
  1,DROP INDEX,

  2,DROP INDEX,

  3,DROP INDEX,
                                 DROP INDEX
  4,DROP INDEX,
                                                           SQL statement
  5,DROP INDEX,
 DROP INDEX user.index
  6,DROP INDEX,

  7,DROP INDEX,

  8,DROP INDEX,
 DROP INDEX removes the specified index from the database.  You must own
  9,DROP INDEX,
 an index to drop it, unless you have DBA privileges.  If user is omitted,
 10,DROP INDEX,
 the user issuing DROP INDEX is assumed.
 11,DROP INDEX,

 12,DROP INDEX,
 When an index is dropped, all blocks allocated to it are returned to the
 13,DROP INDEX,
 index's tablespace.
 14,DROP INDEX,

 15,DROP INDEX,

 16,DROP INDEX,
 See also: alter index, create index, create table, commands, menu.
  1,DROP ROLLBACK SEGMENT,

  2,DROP ROLLBACK SEGMENT,

  3,DROP ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
                            DROP ROLLBACK SEGMENT
  4,DROP ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
                                                             SQL statement
  5,DROP ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
 DROP PUBLIC ROLLBACK SEGMENT segment
  6,DROP ROLLBACK SEGMENT,

  7,DROP ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
 DROP ROLLBACK SEGMENT removes the specified rollback segment.  The PUBLIC
  8,DROP ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
 clause must be included if the rollback segment is public.  Only a DBA can
  9,DROP ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
 drop a rollback segment; only rollback segments not in use can be dropped.
 10,DROP ROLLBACK SEGMENT,

 11,DROP ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
 All space allocated to a dropped rollback segment is returned to its
 12,DROP ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
 tablespace.
 13,DROP ROLLBACK SEGMENT,

 14,DROP ROLLBACK SEGMENT,

 15,DROP ROLLBACK SEGMENT,

 16,DROP ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
 See also: rollback, alter rollback, create rollback, create tablespace,
 17,DROP ROLLBACK SEGMENT,
           dba, commands, menu.
  1,DROP SEQUENCE,

  2,DROP SEQUENCE,

  3,DROP SEQUENCE,
                               DROP SEQUENCE
  4,DROP SEQUENCE,
                                                            SQL statement
  5,DROP SEQUENCE,
 DROP SEQUENCE user.sequence
  6,DROP SEQUENCE,

  7,DROP SEQUENCE,

  8,DROP SEQUENCE,
 DROP SEQUENCE removes the specified sequence from the database.  You must
  9,DROP SEQUENCE,
 own an index to drop it, unless you have DBA privileges.  The user issuing
 10,DROP SEQUENCE,
 DROP SEQUENCE is assumed if user is omitted.
 11,DROP SEQUENCE,

 12,DROP SEQUENCE,
     One way to restart a sequence is to drop and recreate it; for example,
 13,DROP SEQUENCE,
     if sequence POWERS (which you own) is at 288, and you want to restart
 14,DROP SEQUENCE,
     it at 12, you can:
 15,DROP SEQUENCE,

 16,DROP SEQUENCE,
               DROP SEQUENCE powers
 17,DROP SEQUENCE,

 18,DROP SEQUENCE,
               CREATE SEQUENCE powers . . .
 19,DROP SEQUENCE,
               START WITH 12
 20,DROP SEQUENCE,

 21,DROP SEQUENCE,

 22,DROP SEQUENCE,
 See also: sequences, alter sequence, create sequence, commands, menu.
  1,DROP SYNONYM,

  2,DROP SYNONYM,

  3,DROP SYNONYM,
                                DROP SYNONYM
  4,DROP SYNONYM,
                                                              SQL statement
  5,DROP SYNONYM,
 DROP PUBLIC SYNONYM user.synonym
  6,DROP SYNONYM,

  7,DROP SYNONYM,
 DROP SYNONYM removes the specified synonym from the database.  PUBLIC must
  8,DROP SYNONYM,
 be specified if the synonym is accessible to all users.  You must have DBA
  9,DROP SYNONYM,
 privilege to use the PUBLIC clause, or to drop a synonym you do not own.
 10,DROP SYNONYM,

 11,DROP SYNONYM,
 To alter a synonym, drop and recreate it.
 12,DROP SYNONYM,

 13,DROP SYNONYM,

 14,DROP SYNONYM,
 See also: synonyms, create synonym, commands, menu.
  1,DROP TABLE,

  2,DROP TABLE,

  3,DROP TABLE,
                                 DROP TABLE
  4,DROP TABLE,
                                                            SQL statement
  5,DROP TABLE,
 DROP TABLE user.table
  6,DROP TABLE,

  7,DROP TABLE,
 DROP TABLE removes the specified table from the database and deletes all
  8,DROP TABLE,
 it's rows.  To drop a table, you must own it or have DBA privileges.
  9,DROP TABLE,

 10,DROP TABLE,
 All indexes are dropped with the table.  Views and synonyms referring to
 11,DROP TABLE,
 the table are not dropped, but become invalid; you should drop them also,
 12,DROP TABLE,
 or redefine them so they become valid again.
 13,DROP TABLE,

 14,DROP TABLE,
 Blocks allocated to the table are returned to the tablespaces containing
 15,DROP TABLE,
 the data and the indexes, unless the table was clustered.
 16,DROP TABLE,

 17,DROP TABLE,
 DROP CLUSTER INCLUDING TABLES drops all tables in a cluster.
 18,DROP TABLE,

 19,DROP TABLE,
 It is wise to check the data dictionary table USER_CROSS_REFS to see if
 20,DROP TABLE,
 any views depend on the table you are about to drop.
 21,DROP TABLE,

 22,DROP TABLE,

 23,DROP TABLE,
 See also: drop cluster, alter table, create index, create table, tables,
 24,DROP TABLE,
           commands, menu.
  1,DROP TABLESPACE,

  2,DROP TABLESPACE,

  3,DROP TABLESPACE,
                               DROP TABLESPACE
  4,DROP TABLESPACE,
                                                             SQL statement
  5,DROP TABLESPACE,
 DROP TABLESPACE tablespace INCLUDING CONTENTS
  6,DROP TABLESPACE,

  7,DROP TABLESPACE,
 DROP TABLESPACE removes the specified tablespace from the database.  The
  8,DROP TABLESPACE,
 tablespace SYSTEM may not be dropped.  Only a DBA may drop a tablespace.
  9,DROP TABLESPACE,

 10,DROP TABLESPACE,
     INCLUDING CONTENTS
 11,DROP TABLESPACE,
         drops all objects in the tablespace, including tables, clusters,
 12,DROP TABLESPACE,
         rollback segments, and temporary segments. If INCLUDING CONTENTS
 13,DROP TABLESPACE,
         is omitted, the tablespace must be empty in order to be dropped.
 14,DROP TABLESPACE,

 15,DROP TABLESPACE,

 16,DROP TABLESPACE,
 Take a tablespace offline before trying to drop it; a tablespace cannot
 17,DROP TABLESPACE,
 be dropped while users are accessing its data, index, rollback segments,
 18,DROP TABLESPACE,
 or temporary segments.
 19,DROP TABLESPACE,

 20,DROP TABLESPACE,

 21,DROP TABLESPACE,
 See also: alter tablespace, create database, create tablespace, dba,
 22,DROP TABLESPACE,
           commands, menu.
  1,DROP VIEW,

  2,DROP VIEW,

  3,DROP VIEW,
                                  DROP VIEW
  4,DROP VIEW,
                                                           SQL statement
  5,DROP VIEW,
 DROP VIEW user.view
  6,DROP VIEW,

  7,DROP VIEW,
 DROP VIEW removes the specified view from the database.  To drop a view,
  8,DROP VIEW,
 you must own it or have DBA privileges.
  9,DROP VIEW,

 10,DROP VIEW,
 When you drop a view, any views and synonyms that refer to the view are
 11,DROP VIEW,
 not dropped, but become invalid. You should drop them also, or redefine
 12,DROP VIEW,
 them so they become valid again.
 13,DROP VIEW,

 14,DROP VIEW,
 To alter a view, drop and recreate it.
 15,DROP VIEW,

 16,DROP VIEW,
 It's wise to check the data dictionary table USER_CROSS_REFS to see if
 17,DROP VIEW,
 other views depend on the one you are about to drop.
 18,DROP VIEW,

 19,DROP VIEW,

 20,DROP VIEW,

 21,DROP VIEW,
 See also: views, synonyms, create table, create view, create synonym,
 22,DROP VIEW,
           data dictionary, commands, menu.
  1,Data Dictionary,

  2,Data Dictionary,

  3,Data Dictionary,
                            Data Dictionary
  4,Data Dictionary,

  5,Data Dictionary,
 The data dictionary stores information about ORACLE objects and events,
  6,Data Dictionary,
 accessible to the user through a variety of views.  For a complete list
  7,Data Dictionary,
 of data dictionary tables and views, query DICTIONARY.
  8,Data Dictionary,

  9,Data Dictionary,
 Name of View          Description
 10,Data Dictionary,
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 11,Data Dictionary,
 ACCESSIBLE_COLUMNS    columns of all tables, views, and clusters
 12,Data Dictionary,
 ACCESSIBLE_TABLES     tables and views accessible to the user
 13,Data Dictionary,
 AUDIT_ACTIONS         maps action type numbers to action type names
 14,Data Dictionary,
 ALL_CATALOG           accessible tables, views, synonyms, and sequences
 15,Data Dictionary,
 ALL_COL_COMMENTS      comments on columns of accessible tables & views
 16,Data Dictionary,
 ALL_COL_GRANTS        grants on columns where the user is the grantor,
 17,Data Dictionary,
                           grantee, or owner, or PUBLIC is the grantee
 18,Data Dictionary,
 ALL_COL_GRANTS_MADE   grants on columns where user is grantor or owner
 19,Data Dictionary,
 ALL_COL_GRANTS_RECD   grants on columns where user or PUBLIC is grantee
 20,Data Dictionary,
 ALL_DB_LINKS          database links accessible to the user
 21,Data Dictionary,
 ALL_DEF_AUDIT_OPTS    table and system level default auditing options
 22,Data Dictionary,
 ALL_INDEXES           descriptions of indexes on accessible tables
 23,Data Dictionary,
 ALL_IND_COLUMNS       columns comprising indexes on accessible tables
 24,Data Dictionary,
 ALL_OBJECTS           objects accessible to the user
 25,Data Dictionary,
 ALL_SEQUENCES         descriptions of the user's own sequences
 26,Data Dictionary,

 27,Data Dictionary,
 Name of View          Description of Data Dictionary View
 28,Data Dictionary,
 --------------------------------------------------------------------------
 29,Data Dictionary,
 ALL_SYNONYMS          synonyms accessible to the user
 30,Data Dictionary,
 ALL_TABLES            description of tables accessible to the user
 31,Data Dictionary,
 ALL_TAB_AUDIT_OPTS    auditing options for accessible tables and views
 32,Data Dictionary,
 ALL_TAB_COLUMNS       columns of all tables, views, and clusters
 33,Data Dictionary,
 ALL_TAB_COMMENTS      comments on tables and views accessible to user
 34,Data Dictionary,
 ALL_TAB_GRANTS        grants on objects where the user is the grantor,
 35,Data Dictionary,
                           grantee, or owner, or PUBLIC is the grantee
 36,Data Dictionary,
 ALL_TAB_GRANTS_MADE   user's grants and grants on user's objects
 37,Data Dictionary,
 ALL_TAB_GRANTS_RECD   grants on objects where user or PUBLIC is grantee
 38,Data Dictionary,
 ALL_USERS             information about all users of the database
 39,Data Dictionary,
 ALL_VIEWS             text of views available to the user
 40,Data Dictionary,
 AUDIT_ACTIONS         each action code and its description
 41,Data Dictionary,
 COLUMN_PRIVILEGES     same as ALL_COL_GRANTS
 42,Data Dictionary,
 CONSTRAINT_COLUMNS    accessible columns in constraint definitions
 43,Data Dictionary,
 CONSTRAINT_DEFS       constraint definitions on accessible tables
 44,Data Dictionary,
 DICTIONARY            description of data dictionary tables and views
 45,Data Dictionary,
 DICT_COLUMNS          columns in data dictionary tables and views
 46,Data Dictionary,
 TABLE_PRIVILEGES      same as ALL_TAB_GRANTS
 47,Data Dictionary,
 USER_AUDIT_CONNECT    audit trails for user logons and logoffs
 48,Data Dictionary,
 USER_AUDIT_TRAIL      audit trail entries relevant to the user
 49,Data Dictionary,
 USER_CATALOG          accessible tables, views, synonyms, and sequences
 50,Data Dictionary,

 51,Data Dictionary,
 Name of View          Description of Data Dictionary View
 52,Data Dictionary,
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------
 53,Data Dictionary,
 USER_CLUSTERS         descriptions of user's own clusters
 54,Data Dictionary,
 USER_CLU_COLUMNS      mapping of table columns to cluster columns
 55,Data Dictionary,
 USER_COL_COMMENTS     comments on columns of user's tables and views
 56,Data Dictionary,
 USER_COL_GRANTS       grants on columns where the user is the owner,
 57,Data Dictionary,
                          grantor, or grantee
 58,Data Dictionary,
 USER_COL_GRANTS_MADE  grants on columns of objects owned by the user
 59,Data Dictionary,
 USER_COL_GRANTS_RECD  grants on columns where the user is the grantee
 60,Data Dictionary,
 USER_CROSS_REF        cross ref for user's views, synonyms, constraints
 61,Data Dictionary,
 USER_DB_LINKS         database links owned by the user
 62,Data Dictionary,
 USER_EXTENTS          extents comprising segments owned by the user
 63,Data Dictionary,
 USER_FREE_SPACE       free extents in tablespaces owned by the user
 64,Data Dictionary,
 USER_INDEXES          descriptions of the user's own indexes
 65,Data Dictionary,
 USER_IND_COLUMNS      columns comprising indexes on the user's tables
 66,Data Dictionary,
 USER_OBJECTS          objects owned by the user
 67,Data Dictionary,
 USER_SEGMENTS         storage allocated for all database segments
 68,Data Dictionary,
 USER_SEQUENCES        descriptions of the user's own sequences
 69,Data Dictionary,
 USER_SYNONYMS         the user's private synonyms
 70,Data Dictionary,
 USER_TABLES           descriptions of the user's own tables
 71,Data Dictionary,
 USER_TABLESPACES      description of accessible tablespaces
 72,Data Dictionary,
 USER_TAB_AUDIT_OPTS   auditing options for the user's tables and views
 73,Data Dictionary,
 USER_TAB_COLUMNS      columns of the user's tables, views, and clusters
 74,Data Dictionary,

 75,Data Dictionary,
 Name of View          Description of Data Dictionary View
 76,Data Dictionary,
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------
 77,Data Dictionary,
 USER_TAB_COMMENTS     comments on tables and views owned by the user
 78,Data Dictionary,
 USER_TAB_GRANTS       grants on objects where the user is the owner,
 79,Data Dictionary,
                          grantor, or grantee
 80,Data Dictionary,
 USER_TAB_GRANTS_MADE  grants on objects owned by the user
 81,Data Dictionary,
 USER_TAB_GRANTS_RECD  grants on objects where the user is the grantee
 82,Data Dictionary,
 USER_TS_QUOTAS        tablespace quotas for the user
 83,Data Dictionary,
 USER_USERS            information about the current user
 84,Data Dictionary,
 USER_VIEWS            text of views owned by the user
 85,Data Dictionary,

 86,Data Dictionary,

 87,Data Dictionary,
 See also: sequences, synonyms, commands, menu.
  1,Date Functions,

  2,Date Functions,

  3,Date Functions,
                              Date Functions
  4,Date Functions,

  5,Date Functions,
 Most of these return DATE values; MONTHS_BETWEEN returns a numeric value:
  6,Date Functions,

  7,Date Functions,
 ADD_MONTHS(d, n)       Returns date d with n months more; n = integer.
  8,Date Functions,
 LAST_DAY(d)            Returns date of the last day of d date's month.
  9,Date Functions,
 MONTHS_BETWEEN(d, e)   Returns number of months between dates d and e.
 10,Date Functions,
 NEW_TIME(d, a, b)      Given date d in time zone a, returns date/time in
 11,Date Functions,
                           zone b, using time zone abbreviations (below).
 12,Date Functions,
 NEXT_DAY(d, day)       Returns date of the day (Tue) coming after date d.
 13,Date Functions,
 SYSDATE                Returns the current date and time.
 14,Date Functions,
 ROUND(d, format)       Returns d rounded by a specified format (below).
 15,Date Functions,
 TRUNC(d, format)       Returns d truncated by a specified format (below);
 16,Date Functions,
                           TRUNC with no format strips time from a date.
 17,Date Functions,

 18,Date Functions,
 Time Zone  Standard  Daylight       Time Zone     Standard  Daylight
 19,Date Functions,
 -----------------------------       --------------------------------
 20,Date Functions,
 Atlantic    'AST'     'ADT'         Hawaii/Alaska  'HST'     'HDT'
 21,Date Functions,
 Bering      'BST'     'BDT'         Mountain       'MST'     'MDT'
 22,Date Functions,
 Central     'CST'     'CDT'         Newfoundland   'NST'      ---
 23,Date Functions,
 Eastern     'EST'     'EDT'         Pacific        'PST'     'PDT'
 24,Date Functions,
 Greenwich Mean Time = 'GMT'         Yukon          'YST'     'YDT'
 25,Date Functions,

 26,Date Functions,

 27,Date Functions,

 28,Date Functions,
 Format         ROUND or TRUNC to          Format        ROUND/TRUNC to
 29,Date Functions,
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
 30,Date Functions,
 CC             century                    WW            week of YEAR
 31,Date Functions,
 SCC            century B.C.               W             week of MONTH
 32,Date Functions,
 YYYY/YEAR/YYY  year (rounds up on 7/1)    DDD/DD/J      day
 33,Date Functions,
 YY/Y/SYEAR                                DAY/DY/D      nearest Sunday
 34,Date Functions,
 Q              quarter (rounds up on      HH/HH12/HH24  hour
 35,Date Functions,
                16th of 2nd mo)            MI            minute
 36,Date Functions,
 MONTH/MON/MM   month (rounds up on 16th)
 37,Date Functions,

 38,Date Functions,

 39,Date Functions,

 40,Date Functions,
 More functions: 1 row char, 1 row number, conversion, error reporting,
 41,Date Functions,
                 group, other functions.
 42,Date Functions,

 43,Date Functions,

 44,Date Functions,
  See also: date (datatype), format dates, format modifiers, menu.
  1,Delimiters,

  2,Delimiters,
                                Delimiters
  3,Delimiters,

  4,Delimiters,
 ( )      operator; encloses parameters
  5,Delimiters,
 + - * /  arithmetic operators
  6,Delimiters,
 = < >    logical operators
  7,Delimiters,
 ;        ends a SQL statement
  8,Delimiters,
 %        indicates a PL/SQL attribute
  9,Delimiters,
 ,        separates items in a list
 10,Delimiters,
 .        references table.field_names and PL/SQL record.field_names.
 11,Delimiters,
          (Use a . on a line by itself to end a PL/SQL block.)
 12,Delimiters,
 @        references remote databases; @ filename executes a command file
 13,Delimiters,
 ' '      encloses a 'character string'
 14,Delimiters,
 " "      allows anything in identifiers
 15,Delimiters,
 :        host variable/bind parameters
 16,Delimiters,
 <>  !=   ~=   ^=   <=   >=       PL/SQL relational operators
 17,Delimiters,
 << >>    encloses loop, block, and GOTO label names in PL/SQL
 18,Delimiters,
 --       comment to the end of a line in PL/SQL blocks
 19,Delimiters,
 /*       begin multi-line comment
 20,Delimiters,
 */       end multi-line comment
 21,Delimiters,
 ..       numeric FOR loop range in PL/SQL
 22,Delimiters,
 :=       variable assignment in PL/SQL
 23,Delimiters,
 **       exponentiation
 24,Delimiters,
 ||       string concatenation
 25,Delimiters,
 See also:  identifiers, arithmetic, commands, menu.
  1,Distributed Query,

  2,Distributed Query,
                         Distributed Query
  3,Distributed Query,

  4,Distributed Query,
 A distributed query requires the use of a database link between
  5,Distributed Query,
 systems with SQL*Net.  The syntax is the same as other queries;
  6,Distributed Query,
 a database link name or its synonym follows the table name:
  7,Distributed Query,

  8,Distributed Query,
      SELECT column2, column3,...
  9,Distributed Query,
         FROM remote_table@database_link, local_table
 10,Distributed Query,
         WHERE remote_table.column1 = local_table.column_1;
 11,Distributed Query,

 12,Distributed Query,

 13,Distributed Query,
 Remote table references are supported in FROM clauses of SELECT
 14,Distributed Query,
 and INSERT INTO...SELECT statements, and in table qualifiers of
 15,Distributed Query,
 column references in these statements.
 16,Distributed Query,

 17,Distributed Query,

 18,Distributed Query,

 19,Distributed Query,
 See also: links, remote databases, synonyms, select, insert, from,
 20,Distributed Query,
           uses of select, menu.
  1,EDIT,

  2,EDIT,

  3,EDIT,
                                EDIT
  4,EDIT,

  5,EDIT,
 EDIT [ file_name[.ext ] ]
  6,EDIT,

  7,EDIT,
 EDIT invokes a host operating system text editor on the contents of the
  8,EDIT,
 specified file or on the contents of the buffer.
  9,EDIT,

 10,EDIT,
     file_name[.ext ]
 11,EDIT,
         is the file to edit (typically a command file).  If you omit ext,
 12,EDIT,
         the default command file extension (normally SQL) is assumed.
 13,EDIT,
         See the SET command's SUFFIX variable for information on changing
 14,EDIT,
         the default extension.  Enter EDIT with no file_name to edit the
 15,EDIT,
         SQL buffer's contents with the host operating system editor.
 16,EDIT,

 17,EDIT,
 The user variable _EDITOR contains the name of the text editor invoked by
 18,EDIT,
 EDIT; to change the text editor, change the _EDITOR name.  See DEFINE for
 19,EDIT,
 information on changing the value of a user variable.  If _EDITOR is
 20,EDIT,
 undefined, EDIT tries to use the default host operating system editor.
 21,EDIT,

 22,EDIT,
 EDIT alone places the buffer's contents in a file named AFIEDT.BUF in your
 23,EDIT,
 current working directory, then invokes the text editor on the contents of
 24,EDIT,
 that file.  The text is saved back into the SQL buffer.  EDIT returns an
 25,EDIT,
 error message if you don't specify a file name and the buffer is empty. To
 26,EDIT,
 leave the editing session and return to SQL*Plus, terminate the editing
 27,EDIT,
 session in the way customary for the text editor.
 28,EDIT,

 29,EDIT,

 30,EDIT,
 Example:  To edit the file REPORT with the extension SQL using your host
 31,EDIT,
           operating system text editor, enter:
 32,EDIT,

 33,EDIT,
               SQL> EDIT REPORT
 34,EDIT,

 35,EDIT,

 36,EDIT,
 See also: append, change, del, define, input, list, save, spool, undefine,
 37,EDIT,
           commands, menu.
  1,END,

  2,END,
                           END
  3,END,
                                                PL/SQL statements
  4,END,

  5,END,
 <<label_name_1>>                 --<<label_name>> is optional; if
  6,END,
 BEGIN                              used before BEGIN it must also
  7,END,
     rest_of_block                  appear at the END of the block.
  8,END,
 END label_name_1;
  9,END,

 10,END,
     previous_LOOP_statement_part
 11,END,
 END LOOP label_name;             --label_name is optional
 12,END,

 13,END,
     previous_IF_statement_part
 14,END,
 END IF;
 15,END,

 16,END,
 END must be the last statement in each PL/SQL block. A label_name
 17,END,
 permits you to reference an enclosing block's declarations, or an
 18,END,
 outer loop's index.
 19,END,

 20,END,

 21,END,
 See also: example numeric for, begin, loop, if, blocks, declare,
 22,END,
           commands, menu.
  1,EXCEPTION,

  2,EXCEPTION,

  3,EXCEPTION,
                                EXCEPTION
  4,EXCEPTION,
                                                    PL/SQL statement
  5,EXCEPTION,

  6,EXCEPTION,
 EXCEPTION                                     --section is optional
  7,EXCEPTION,
    WHEN exception_name THEN statements;
  8,EXCEPTION,
    WHEN exception_name OR exception_name THEN statements;
  9,EXCEPTION,
    ...
 10,EXCEPTION,
    WHEN OTHERS THEN sequence_of_statements;   --optional
 11,EXCEPTION,

 12,EXCEPTION,
 Exception handling routines are specified before the END of a block.
 13,EXCEPTION,
 Each WHEN clause names an exception and defines actions to be taken
 14,EXCEPTION,
 when the exception is raised.  User-defined exceptions are declared
 15,EXCEPTION,
 in the current block's (or in an enclosing block's) DECLARE section.
 16,EXCEPTION,
 There are also predefined internal PL/SQL exceptions.
 17,EXCEPTION,

 18,EXCEPTION,
 OTHERS handles any exceptions not explicitly named; it must be last.
 19,EXCEPTION,

 20,EXCEPTION,

 21,EXCEPTION,
 See also: example error handling, error handling, blocks, declare,
 22,EXCEPTION,
           pl/sql exceptions, commands, menu.
  1,EXIT,

  2,EXIT,

  3,EXIT,
                                    EXIT
  4,EXIT,

  5,EXIT,
 {EXIT | QUIT} [SUCCESS | FAILURE | WARNING | n | variable]
  6,EXIT,

  7,EXIT,
 EXIT commits all pending database changes, leaves SQL*Plus, and returns
  8,EXIT,
 control to the operating system.
  9,EXIT,

 10,EXIT,
     {EXIT | QUIT}
 11,EXIT,
         can be used interchangeably.
 12,EXIT,

 13,EXIT,
     SUCCESS
 14,EXIT,
         exits normally.
 15,EXIT,

 16,EXIT,
      FAILURE
 17,EXIT,
         exits with a return code indicating failure.
 18,EXIT,

 19,EXIT,
     WARNING
 20,EXIT,
         exits with a return code indicating warning.  EXIT with no clauses
 21,EXIT,
         exits with a value of SUCCESS.
 22,EXIT,

 23,EXIT,
     n   is an integer you can specify as the return code.
 24,EXIT,

 25,EXIT,
     variable
 26,EXIT,
         is a user-defined or system variable, like SQL.SQLCODE.
 27,EXIT,
         EXIT variable exits with the value of variable as the return code.
 28,EXIT,

 29,EXIT,
 EXIT enables you to specify an operating system return code so you can run
 30,EXIT,
 SQL*Plus command files in batch mode and detect an unexpected event.  The
 31,EXIT,
 manner of detection is operating-system specific.  SUCCESS, WARNING, and
 32,EXIT,
 FAILURE represent operating system dependent values; on some systems,
 33,EXIT,
 WARNING and FAILURE are not distinguishable.  To exit conditionally, use
 34,EXIT,
 WHENEVER SQLERROR.
 35,EXIT,

 36,EXIT,

 37,EXIT,
 Example:  The following returns the error code of the last executed SQL
 38,EXIT,
           command or PL/SQL block:
 39,EXIT,

 40,EXIT,
               SQL> EXIT SQL.SQLCODE
 41,EXIT,

 42,EXIT,
           The location of the return code depends on your system.
 43,EXIT,

 44,EXIT,

 45,EXIT,
 See also: connect, disconnect, host, quit, save, spool, SQLPlus,
 46,EXIT,
           whenever sqlerror, commands, menu.
  1,EXIT PL/SQL,

  2,EXIT PL/SQL,

  3,EXIT PL/SQL,
                              EXIT PL/SQL
  4,EXIT PL/SQL,
                                                 PL/SQL statement
  5,EXIT PL/SQL,
 EXIT label_name WHEN plsql_condition;
  6,EXIT PL/SQL,

  7,EXIT PL/SQL,
 Without label_name and WHEN clause, EXIT leaves the current loop.
  8,EXIT PL/SQL,
 Use a label_name to exit an outer loop with that same label_name.
  9,EXIT PL/SQL,

 10,EXIT PL/SQL,
 If you use WHEN and specify a plsql_condition, an exit will occur
 11,EXIT PL/SQL,
 whenever the condition evaluates to TRUE.
 12,EXIT PL/SQL,

 13,EXIT PL/SQL,
 When executed in a cursor FOR loop, EXIT also closes the cursor.
 14,EXIT PL/SQL,

 15,EXIT PL/SQL,

 16,EXIT PL/SQL,
 See also: example where current of, loop, conditions, cursor for,
 17,EXIT PL/SQL,
           cursors, commands, menu.
  1,Error Handling,

  2,Error Handling,

  3,Error Handling,
                             Error Handling
  4,Error Handling,

  5,Error Handling,
 Exceptions are internally-defined or user-defined error conditions.
  6,Error Handling,
 In PL/SQL, you can specify what to do if an error condition occurs.
  7,Error Handling,

  8,Error Handling,
 You can define exceptions within a block's DECLARE section, then test
  9,Error Handling,
 for exceptions in the block's body.  If an exception exists, you execute
 10,Error Handling,
 a RAISE statement, stopping normal execution of the block and passing
 11,Error Handling,
 passing control to an exception handler in the block's EXCEPTION section.
 12,Error Handling,

 13,Error Handling,

 14,Error Handling,

 15,Error Handling,
 See also:  declare, exception, pragma exception_init, raise,
 16,Error Handling,
            pl/sql exceptions, error reporting (functions),
 21,Error Handling,
            example error handling, blocks, commands, menu.
 23,Error Handling,

 24,Error Handling,
 See also: blocks, menu.
  1,Error Reporting Functions,

  2,Error Reporting Functions,

  3,Error Reporting Functions,
                         Error Reporting Functions
  4,Error Reporting Functions,

  5,Error Reporting Functions,
 SQLCODE  returns the ORACLE error code of the internal exception that
  6,Error Reporting Functions,
          passed control to an exception handler. Or, if the exception
  7,Error Reporting Functions,
          is declared by the user within the current (or an enclosing)
  8,Error Reporting Functions,
          block, SQLCODE returns +1.  Outside an exception handler, it
  9,Error Reporting Functions,
          returns 0. SQLCODE lets you identify exceptions in an OTHERS
 10,Error Reporting Functions,
          handler.
 11,Error Reporting Functions,

 12,Error Reporting Functions,
 SQLERRM(error_code)  returns the error message for the error_code you
 13,Error Reporting Functions,
          specify.  To have SQLERRM return the current SQLCODE value's
 14,Error Reporting Functions,
          message, omit the error_code.  Outside an exception handler,
 15,Error Reporting Functions,
          SQLERRM gives the message "normal, successful completion".
 16,Error Reporting Functions,

 17,Error Reporting Functions,
 To use SQLCODE or SQLERRM in a SQL statement, assign it to a variable:
 18,Error Reporting Functions,
          sql_code_num := SQLCODE
 19,Error Reporting Functions,

 20,Error Reporting Functions,

 21,Error Reporting Functions,

 22,Error Reporting Functions,
 More functions: 1 row char, 1 row number, conversion, date functions,
 23,Error Reporting Functions,
                 group, other functions.
 24,Error Reporring Functions,

 25,Error Reporting Functions,
 See also:  error handling, variable, exception, commands, menu.
  1,Example CONNECT BY,

  2,Example CONNECT BY,

  3,Example CONNECT BY,
                             Example CONNECT BY
  4,Example CONNECT BY,

  5,Example CONNECT BY,
 To show an indented list of employees in manager/employee order,
  6,Example CONNECT BY,
 use a tree-structured query:
  7,Example CONNECT BY,

  8,Example CONNECT BY,
 SELECT LPAD(' ', 2*LEVEL)||ename organization, level, empno, mgr
  9,Example CONNECT BY,
    FROM emp
 10,Example CONNECT BY,
    CONNECT BY PRIOR empno = mgr START WITH ename = 'KING';
 11,Example CONNECT BY,

 12,Example CONNECT BY,
            ORGANIZATION  LEVEL EMPNO   MGR
 13,Example CONNECT BY,
            -------------------------------
 14,Example CONNECT BY,
            KING             1  7839           (root node = KING)
 15,Example CONNECT BY,
              JONES          2  7566   7839
 16,Example CONNECT BY,
                SCOTT        3  7788   7566
 17,Example CONNECT BY,
                  ADAMS      4  7876   7788
 18,Example CONNECT BY,
                FORD         3  7902   7566
 19,Example CONNECT BY,
                  SMITH      4  7369   7902
 20,Example CONNECT BY,
              BLAKE          2  7698   7839
 21,Example CONNECT BY,
                ALLEN        3  7499   7698
 22,Example CONNECT BY,
                WARD         3  7521   7698
 23,Example CONNECT BY,

 24,Example CONNECT BY,
 See also: connect by, tree-structured query, select, menu.
  1,Example CURSOR FOR,

  2,Example CURSOR FOR,

  3,Example CURSOR FOR,
                            Example CURSOR FOR
  4,Example CURSOR FOR,

  5,Example CURSOR FOR,
 DECLARE
  6,Example CURSOR FOR,
   CURSOR emp_cursor(dnum NUMBER) IS                 Computes total wages
  7,Example CURSOR FOR,
     SELECT sal, comm FROM emp WHERE deptno=dnum;    (sal + comm) paid to
  8,Example CURSOR FOR,
   total_wages       NUMBER(11,2) := 0;              employees in dept.20
  9,Example CURSOR FOR,
   high_paid         NUMBER(4)    := 0;              and how many receive
 10,Example CURSOR FOR,
 BEGIN                                               a salary over $2000.
 11,Example CURSOR FOR,
   FOR emp_record IN emp_cursor(20) LOOP
 12,Example CURSOR FOR,
      emp_record.comm := NVL(emp_record.comm, 0);
 13,Example CURSOR FOR,
      total_wages := total_wages + emp_record.sal + emp_record.comm;
 14,Example CURSOR FOR,
      IF emp_record.sal > 2000.00 THEN high_paid := high_paid + 1;
 15,Example CURSOR FOR,
      END IF;
 16,Example CURSOR FOR,
   END LOOP;
 17,Example CURSOR FOR,
   INSERT INTO temp VALUES (high_paid, higher_comm,
 18,Example CURSOR FOR,
      'Total Wages: ' || TO_CHAR(total_wages));
 19,Example CURSOR FOR,
   COMMIT;
 20,Example CURSOR FOR,
 END;
 21,Example CURSOR FOR,

 22,Example CURSOR FOR,

 23,Example CURSOR FOR,
 See also: cursor for, cursors, declare, loop, if, insert, examples, menu.
  1,Example Conversion,

  2,Example Conversion,

  3,Example Conversion,
                    Example Conversion (Functions)
  4,Example Conversion,

  5,Example Conversion,
 To compute the number of days remaining in 1989 (on 5/31/89):
  6,Example Conversion,

  7,Example Conversion,
 SELECT SYSDATE, TO_DATE('01-JAN-90') - ROUND(SYSDATE) days_left
  8,Example Conversion,
   FROM dummy;
  9,Example Conversion,
                                               SYSDATE    DAYS_LEFT
 10,Example Conversion,
                                               --------------------
 11,Example Conversion,
                                               31-May-89        214
 12,Example Conversion,

 13,Example Conversion,

 14,Example Conversion,
 To count the employees hired each year:
 15,Example Conversion,
                                                     HIRED COUNT(*)
 16,Example Conversion,
 SELECT TO_CHAR(hiredate, 'YYYY') hired, COUNT(*)    --------------
 17,Example Conversion,
   FROM emp                                          1986         1
 18,Example Conversion,
   GROUP BY TO_CHAR(hiredate, 'YYYY');               1987        10
 19,Example Conversion,
                                                     1988         1
 20,Example Conversion,
                                                     1989         2
 21,Example Conversion,

 22,Example Conversion,

 23,Example Conversion,
 See also: conversion (functions), select, group by, examples, menu.
  1,Example Correlated Subquery,

  2,Example Correlated Subquery,

  3,Example Correlated Subquery,
                        Example Correlated Subquery
  4,Example Correlated Subquery,

  5,Example Correlated Subquery,
 This correlated subquery displays all employees whose salary is
  6,Example Correlated Subquery,
 greater than the average salary of their own department.
  7,Example Correlated Subquery,

  8,Example Correlated Subquery,
 SELECT ename, deptno, sal                    DEPTNO ENAME   SAL
  9,Example Correlated Subquery,
   FROM emp emp_twin                          ------------------
 10,Example Correlated Subquery,
   WHERE sal > (SELECT AVG(sal)                   10 KING   5000
 11,Example Correlated Subquery,
         FROM emp                                 20 JONES  2975
 12,Example Correlated Subquery,
         WHERE emp.deptno = emp_twin.deptno)      20 SCOTT  3000
 13,Example Correlated Subquery,
   ORDER BY deptno;                               20 FORD   3000
 14,Example Correlated Subquery,

 15,Example Correlated Subquery,

 16,Example Correlated Subquery,
  The ROWID with DELETE example shows another correlated subquery.
 17,Example Correlated Subquery,

 18,Example Correlated Subquery,

 19,Example Correlated Subquery,
 See also: correlated subquery, select, example delete, examples,
 20,Example Correlated Subquery,
           menu.
  1,Example Cursors,

  2,Example Cursors,

  3,Example Cursors,
                            Example Cursors
  4,Example Cursors,

  5,Example Cursors,
 DECLARE                                Returns the five highest paid
  6,Example Cursors,
   CURSOR c1 IS                         employees from the emp table,
  7,Example Cursors,
     SELECT ename, sal FROM emp         and stores the result in tmp,
  8,Example Cursors,
     ORDER BY sal DESC;                 a table created for transfer.
  9,Example Cursors,
   name       emp.ename%TYPE;
 10,Example Cursors,
   salary     emp.sal%TYPE;             Output:  SELECT * FROM tmp
 11,Example Cursors,
 BEGIN                                           ORDER BY earns DESC;
 12,Example Cursors,
   OPEN c1;
 13,Example Cursors,
   FOR i IN 1..5 LOOP                            EMPLOYEE       EARNS
 14,Example Cursors,
     FETCH c1 INTO name, salary;                 --------------------
 15,Example Cursors,
     EXIT WHEN c1%NOTFOUND;                      KING            5000
 16,Example Cursors,
     INSERT INTO tmp VALUES(name, salary);       SCOTT           3000
 17,Example Cursors,
     COMMIT;                                     FORD            3000
 18,Example Cursors,
   END LOOP;                                     JONES           2975
 19,Example Cursors,
   CLOSE c1;                                     BLAKE           2850
 20,Example Cursors,
 END;
 21,Example Cursors,

 22,Example Cursors,

 23,Example Cursors,
 See also: cursors, declare, open, loop, fetch, exit plsql, insert,
 24,Example Cursors,
           commit, close, examples, menu.
  1,Example DELETE,

  2,Example DELETE,

  3,Example DELETE,
                           Example DELETE
  4,Example DELETE,

  5,Example DELETE,
 This statement uses ROWID within a correlated subquery to eliminate
  6,Example DELETE,
 any duplicate rows in the dept table:
  7,Example DELETE,

  8,Example DELETE,

  9,Example DELETE,
 DELETE FROM dept x  WHERE ROWID > (SELECT MIN(ROWID)
 10,Example DELETE,
                                      FROM dept y
 11,Example DELETE,
                                      WHERE x.deptno = y.deptno
 12,Example DELETE,
                                        AND x.dname  = y.dname
 13,Example DELETE,
                                        AND x.loc    = y.loc);
 14,Example DELETE,

 15,Example DELETE,

 16,Example DELETE,

 17,Example DELETE,
 For an example of a correlated subquery in a SELECT statement, see
 18,Example DELETE,
 example correlated subquery.
 19,Example DELETE,

 20,Example DELETE,
 See also: rowid, correlated subquery, delete, examples, menu.
  1,Example Datatype,

  2,Example Datatype,

  3,Example Datatype,
                            Example Datatype
  4,Example Datatype,

  5,Example Datatype,
 From a script file for building example tables:
  6,Example Datatype,

  7,Example Datatype,
 DROP TABLE accounts;
  8,Example Datatype,
 CREATE TABLE accounts(
  9,Example Datatype,
    account_id  NUMBER(4) NOT NULL,   --up to 4 digits; cannot be null
 10,Example Datatype,
    bal         NUMBER(11, 2));       --up to 11 digits, 2 of which
 11,Example Datatype,
 DROP TABLE action;                     are after the decimal point
 12,Example Datatype,
 CREATE TABLE action(
 13,Example Datatype,
    account_id  NUMBER(4) NOT NULL,
 14,Example Datatype,
    oper_type   CHAR(1) NOT NULL,     --must be one character
 15,Example Datatype,
    new_value   NUMBER(11, 2),
 16,Example Datatype,
    status      CHAR(45),
 17,Example Datatype,
    time_tag    DATE NOT NULL);       --must be a date; cannot be null
 18,Example Datatype,
 ...
 19,Example Datatype,

 20,Example Datatype,

 21,Example Datatype,
 See also: variables, number, char, date, create table, drop table,
 22,Example Datatype,
           nulls, examples, menu.
  1,Example Date Functions,

  2,Example Date Functions,

  3,Example Date Functions,
                          Example Date Functions
  4,Example Date Functions,

  5,Example Date Functions,
 Use a date functions calculation to list employees hired since 1982:
  6,Example Date Functions,

  7,Example Date Functions,
 SELECT ename, hiredate                               ENAME    HIREDATE
  8,Example Date Functions,
   FROM emp                                           ------------------
  9,Example Date Functions,
   WHERE hiredate BETWEEN '1-JAN-82' AND SYSDATE      MILLER   23-JAN-89
 10,Example Date Functions,
   ORDER BY hiredate;                                 SCOTT    05-JAN-89
 11,Example Date Functions,
                                                      WARD     08-JAN-89
 12,Example Date Functions,
                                                         . . .
 13,Example Date Functions,
 To list each employee's first review date:
 14,Example Date Functions,

 15,Example Date Functions,
 SELECT ename, hiredate,                    ENAME   HIREDATE   REVIEW_1
 16,Example Date Functions,
     ADD_MONTHS(hiredate, 6) "1st Rev"      ----------------------------
 17,Example Date Functions,
   FROM emp                                 ADAMS   12-JAN-83  12-JUL-83
 18,Example Date Functions,
   ORDER BY ename;                          ALLEN   20-FEB-81  20-AUG-81
 19,Example Date Functions,
                                            BLAKE   01-MAY-81  01-NOV-81
 20,Example Date Functions,
 "1st Rev" is a column alias.               . . .
 21,Example Date Functions,

 22,Example Date Functions,

 23,Example Date Functions,
 See also: date functions, select, alias, examples, menu.
  1,Example Error Handling,

  2,Example Error Handling,

  3,Example Error Handling,
                            Example Error Handling
  4,Example Error Handling,

  5,Example Error Handling,
 DECLARE
  6,Example Error Handling,
    bad_employee_num    EXCEPTION;             --user-defined
  7,Example Error Handling,
    bad_acct_num        EXCEPTION;             --user-defined
  8,Example Error Handling,
    . . .                                      --other declarations
  9,Example Error Handling,
 BEGIN
 10,Example Error Handling,
    . . .                                      --PL/SQL statements
 11,Example Error Handling,
 EXCEPTION
 12,Example Error Handling,
    WHEN bad_employee_num OR bad_acct_num THEN ROLLBACK;
 13,Example Error Handling,
    WHEN ZERO_DIVIDE THEN                      --a PL/SQL exception
 14,Example Error Handling,
        INSERT INTO inventory_table VALUES (product_name, quantity);
 15,Example Error Handling,
        COMMIT;
 16,Example Error Handling,
 END;
 17,Example Error Handling,

 18,Example Error Handling,

 19,Example Error Handling,
 See also: error handling, declare, exception, pl/sql exceptions,
 20,Example Error Handling,
           rollback, insert, commit, examples, menu.
  1,Example GROUP BY,

  2,Example GROUP BY,

  3,Example GROUP BY,
                          Example GROUP BY
  4,Example GROUP BY,

  5,Example GROUP BY,
 To display the minimum and maximum salaries of clerks for each of
  6,Example GROUP BY,
 the departments in the emp table:
  7,Example GROUP BY,
                                        DEPTNO  MIN(SAL)  MAX(SAL)
  8,Example GROUP BY,
 SELECT deptno, MIN(sal), MAX(sal)      --------------------------
  9,Example GROUP BY,
   FROM emp WHERE job = 'CLERK'             10      1300      1300
 10,Example GROUP BY,
   GROUP BY deptno;                         20       800      1100
 11,Example GROUP BY,
                                            30       950       950
 12,Example GROUP BY,

 13,Example GROUP BY,
 To limit the query to departments
 14,Example GROUP BY,
 whose lowest salary is under 1000:
 15,Example GROUP BY,
                                        DEPTNO  MIN(SAL)  MAX(SAL)
 16,Example GROUP BY,
 SELECT deptno, MIN(sal), MAX(sal)      --------------------------
 17,Example GROUP BY,
   FROM emp WHERE job = 'CLERK'             20       800      1100
 18,Example GROUP BY,
   GROUP BY deptno                          30       950       950
 19,Example GROUP BY,
   HAVING MIN(sal) < 1000;
 20,Example GROUP BY,

 21,Example GROUP BY,

 22,Example GROUP BY,

 23,Example GROUP BY,
 See also: group by, group functions, select, examples, menu.
  1,Example Group Functions,

  2,Example Group Functions,

  3,Example Group Functions,
                       Example Group Functions
  4,Example Group Functions,

  5,Example Group Functions,
 Here are some of the ways group functions can be used in queries:
  6,Example Group Functions,

  7,Example Group Functions,
 SELECT 12 * AVG(sal)             Finds average        12*AVG(sal)
  8,Example Group Functions,
   FROM emp                       yearly pay of       ------------
  9,Example Group Functions,
   WHERE job = 'CLERK';           clerks.                    12450
 10,Example Group Functions,

 11,Example Group Functions,

 12,Example Group Functions,
 SELECT COUNT(comm) eligible      Counts those who        ELIGIBLE
 13,Example Group Functions,
   FROM emp;                      are eligible for        --------
 14,Example Group Functions,
                                  a commission.                  4
 15,Example Group Functions,

 16,Example Group Functions,
 SELECT COUNT(*)                  Counts employees        COUNT(*)
 17,Example Group Functions,
   FROM emp                       in Department 20.       --------
 18,Example Group Functions,
   WHERE deptno = 20;             COUNT(*) tallies               5
 19,Example Group Functions,
                                  rows meeting the
 20,Example Group Functions,
                                  WHERE condition.
 21,Example Group Functions,

 22,Example Group Functions,

 23,Example Group Functions,
 See also: group functions, query, select, where, examples, menu.
  1,Example INSERT,

  2,Example INSERT,

  3,Example INSERT,
                            Example INSERT
  4,Example INSERT,

  5,Example INSERT,
 To add a new employee to the emp table:
  6,Example INSERT,

  7,Example INSERT,
 INSERT INTO emp(empno, ename, job, mgr, hiredate, sal, comm, deptno)
  8,Example INSERT,
   VALUES(7979, 'POWERS', 'ANALYST', 7839, '1-JUN-89', 3600, NULL, 10);
  9,Example INSERT,

 10,Example INSERT,

 11,Example INSERT,
 To insert information from another table, replace the VALUES list
 12,Example INSERT,
 with a subquery:
 13,Example INSERT,

 14,Example INSERT,
 INSERT INTO bonus (ename, job, sal, comm)
 15,Example INSERT,
   SELECT ename, job, sal, comm
 16,Example INSERT,
     FROM emp
 17,Example INSERT,
     WHERE ename = 'KING';
 18,Example INSERT,

 19,Example INSERT,

 20,Example INSERT,

 21,Example INSERT,
 See also: insert, subquery, select, examples, menu.
  1,Example LIKE,

  2,Example LIKE,

  3,Example LIKE,
                           Example LIKE
  4,Example LIKE,

  5,Example LIKE,
 To find employees who have hyphenated names:
  6,Example LIKE,

  7,Example LIKE,
         SELECT ename
  8,Example LIKE,
           FROM emp
  9,Example LIKE,
           WHERE ename LIKE '%-%'
 10,Example LIKE,
           ORDER BY ename;
 11,Example LIKE,

 12,Example LIKE,

 13,Example LIKE,
  To find employees who have names beginning  with 'M':
 14,Example LIKE,

 15,Example LIKE,
          SELECT ename, job, deptno
 16,Example LIKE,
            FROM emp
 17,Example LIKE,
            WHERE ename LIKE 'M%';
 18,Example LIKE,

 19,Example LIKE,

 20,Example LIKE,
  See also: like, select, order by, examples, menu.
  1,Example LOCK TABLE,

  2,Example LOCK TABLE,

  3,Example LOCK TABLE,
                           Example LOCK TABLE
  4,Example LOCK TABLE,

  5,Example LOCK TABLE,
 This statement prohibits any activity except queries on the emp table;
  6,Example LOCK TABLE,
 NOWAIT returns control if the table is already locked by another user:
  7,Example LOCK TABLE,

  8,Example LOCK TABLE,
         LOCK TABLE emp IN EXCLUSIVE MODE NOWAIT;
  9,Example LOCK TABLE,
         rest_of_transaction
 10,Example LOCK TABLE,
         COMMIT;
 11,Example LOCK TABLE,

 12,Example LOCK TABLE,

 13,Example LOCK TABLE,
 The following statement locks the accounts table in share mode, which
 14,Example LOCK TABLE,
 permits queries, but prohibits inserts, updates, and deletes:
 15,Example LOCK TABLE,

 16,Example LOCK TABLE,
         LOCK TABLE accounts IN SHARE MODE;
 17,Example LOCK TABLE,
         rest_of_transaction
 18,Example LOCK TABLE,
         COMMIT;
 19,Example LOCK TABLE,

 20,Example LOCK TABLE,

 21,Example LOCK TABLE,
 See also: lock table, query, commit, examples, menu.
  1,Example NEXTVAL,

  2,Example NEXTVAL,

  3,Example NEXTVAL,
                           Example NEXTVAL
  4,Example NEXTVAL,

  5,Example NEXTVAL,
 Suppose a sequence named custnoseq is defined:
  6,Example NEXTVAL,

  7,Example NEXTVAL,
   CREATE SEQUENCE custnoseq INCREMENT BY 10;
  8,Example NEXTVAL,

  9,Example NEXTVAL,
 If there is a customer table  with columns custno, fname, and lname,
 10,Example NEXTVAL,
 custnoseq.NEXTVAL is used with INSERT to assign a new, unique custno
 11,Example NEXTVAL,
 for Stanley Daleson. The client number will be equal to the previous
 12,Example NEXTVAL,
 highest client number plus 10:
 13,Example NEXTVAL,

 14,Example NEXTVAL,
   INSERT INTO cust VALUES (custnoseq.NEXTVAL, 'Stanley', 'Daleson');
 15,Example NEXTVAL,

 16,Example NEXTVAL,
 Assuming a table named custbal with columns custno and bal, execute
 17,Example NEXTVAL,
 this statement next to insert a new row with an outstanding balance
 18,Example NEXTVAL,
 and the same custno just added to the customers table:
 19,Example NEXTVAL,

 20,Example NEXTVAL,
   INSERT INTO custbal VALUES (custnoseq.CURRVAL, 144.12);
 21,Example NEXTVAL,

 22,Example NEXTVAL,

 23,Example NEXTVAL,
 See also: nextval, insert, sequences, pseudo-columns, examples, menu.
  1,Example Nulls,

  2,Example Nulls,

  3,Example Nulls,
                             Example Nulls
  4,Example Nulls,

  5,Example Nulls,
 The comm column has a value of null for any employee ineligible for
  6,Example Nulls,
 a commission.  To see only employees eligible for commissions:
  7,Example Nulls,

  8,Example Nulls,
     SELECT ename, comm, sal, deptno      ENAME   COMM   SAL  DEPTNO
  9,Example Nulls,
       FROM emp                           --------------------------
 10,Example Nulls,
       WHERE comm IS NOT NULL             MARTIN  1400  1250      30
 11,Example Nulls,
       ORDER BY comm DESC;                WARD     500  1250      30
 12,Example Nulls,
                                          ALLEN    300  1600      30
 13,Example Nulls,
                                          TURNER     0  1500      30
 14,Example Nulls,

 15,Example Nulls,
 Use IS NOT or IS; using <> or = with NULL always evaluates to FALSE.
 16,Example Nulls,

 17,Example Nulls,
 Two adjacent apostrophes (0 length CHAR value) set a column to null:
 18,Example Nulls,

 19,Example Nulls,
     INSERT INTO emp VALUES (8905, 'POST', '', 7698,...);
 20,Example Nulls,

 21,Example Nulls,

 22,Example Nulls,
 See also: nulls, select, insert, examples, menu.
  1,Example Numeric FOR,

  2,Example Numeric FOR,

  3,Example Numeric FOR,
                      Example Numeric FOR
  4,Example Numeric FOR,

  5,Example Numeric FOR,
 DECLARE
  6,Example Numeric FOR,
    x   NUMBER := 100;
  7,Example Numeric FOR,
 BEGIN
  8,Example Numeric FOR,
    FOR i in 1..4 LOOP
  9,Example Numeric FOR,
       IF MOD(i/2) = 0 THEN                     --i is even
 10,Example Numeric FOR,
          INSERT INTO temp VALUES (i, x, 'an even index');
 11,Example Numeric FOR,
       ELSE
 12,Example Numeric FOR,
          INSERT INTO temp VALUES (i, x, 'an odd index');
 13,Example Numeric FOR,
       END IF;
 14,Example Numeric FOR,
       x := x + 25;
 15,Example Numeric FOR,
    END LOOP;
 16,Example Numeric FOR,
    COMMIT;                     COL1   COL2    MESSAGE
 17,Example Numeric FOR,
 END;                           ----------------------------
 18,Example Numeric FOR,
                                   1    100    an odd index
 19,Example Numeric FOR,
 SQL>  SELECT * FROM temp          2    125    an even index
 20,Example Numeric FOR,
         ORDER BY col1;            3    150    an odd index
 21,Example Numeric FOR,
                                   4    175    an even index
 22,Example Numeric FOR,

 23,Example Numeric FOR,

 24,Example Numeric FOR,
 See also: numeric for, number, if, insert, examples, menu.
  1,Example Outer Join,

  2,Example Outer Join,

  3,Example Outer Join,
                          Example Outer Join
  4,Example Outer Join,

  5,Example Outer Join,
 To join tables EMP and DEPT (an outer join) and list departments 30
  6,Example Outer Join,
 and 40, with or without employees:
  7,Example Outer Join,
                                          ENAME  DEPTNO   DNAME
  8,Example Outer Join,
                                          --------------------------
  9,Example Outer Join,
 SELECT ename, deptno, dname                              OPERATIONS
 10,Example Outer Join,
   FROM emp, dept                         ALLEN      30   SALES
 11,Example Outer Join,
   WHERE dept.deptno = emp.deptno (+)     BLAKE      30   SALES
 12,Example Outer Join,
   AND dept.deptno IN (30, 40)            JAMES      30   SALES
 13,Example Outer Join,
   ORDER BY ename;                        MARTIN     30   SALES
 14,Example Outer Join,
                                          TURNER     30   SALES
 15,Example Outer Join,
                                          WARD       30   SALES
 16,Example Outer Join,

 17,Example Outer Join,

 18,Example Outer Join,

 19,Example Outer Join,
 See also: outer join, join, select, examples, menu.
  1,Example Query,

  2,Example Query,

  3,Example Query,
                             Example Query
  4,Example Query,

  5,Example Query,
 Find managers     SELECT ename, sal, job       ENAME      SAL  JOB
  6,Example Query,
 and employees       FROM emp                   -------------------------
  7,Example Query,
 with a salary       WHERE job = 'MANAGER'      KING      5000  PRESIDENT
  8,Example Query,
 $5000 or more;      OR sal >= 5000             JONES     2975  MANAGER
  9,Example Query,
 show in order       ORDER BY sal DESC;         BLAKE     2850  MANAGER
 10,Example Query,
 of salary  in                                  CLARK     2450  MANAGER
 11,Example Query,
 query results.
 12,Example Query,

 13,Example Query,

 14,Example Query,
 List names and    SELECT ename, job, deptno    ENAME     JOB      DEPTNO
 15,Example Query,
 departments of      FROM emp                   -------------------------
 16,Example Query,
 employees  who      WHERE job IN ('ANALYST',   ADAMS     CLERK        20
 17,Example Query,
 are  analysts,      'CLERK', 'PRESIDENT')      FORD      ANALYST      20
 18,Example Query,
 clerks, or the      ORDER BY ename;            JAMES     CLERK        20
 19,Example Query,
 president.                                     KING      PRESIDENT    10
 20,Example Query,
                                                ...
 21,Example Query,

 22,Example Query,

 23,Example Query,
 See also: query, select, from, examples, menu.
  1,Example ROLLBACK,

  2,Example ROLLBACK,

  3,Example ROLLBACK,
                           Example ROLLBACK
  4,Example ROLLBACK,

  5,Example ROLLBACK,
 In updating salaries, you can include a number of savepoints, each
  6,Example ROLLBACK,
 with a unique name.  To discard changes made to the database since
  7,Example ROLLBACK,
 a particular savepoint, issue a ROLLBACK statement that references
  8,Example ROLLBACK,
 the name of that SAVEPOINT:
  9,Example ROLLBACK,

 10,Example ROLLBACK,
      UPDATE emp SET sal = 2000 WHERE ename = 'BLAKE';
 11,Example ROLLBACK,
      SAVEPOINT blakesal;
 12,Example ROLLBACK,
      UPDATE emp SET sal = 1500 WHERE ename = 'CLARK';
 13,Example ROLLBACK,
      SELECT SUM(sal) FROM emp;
 14,Example ROLLBACK,
      ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT blakesal;   --undoes change to Clark's sal
 15,Example ROLLBACK,
      COMMIT;
 16,Example ROLLBACK,

 17,Example ROLLBACK,

 18,Example ROLLBACK,
 See also: rollback, savepoint, update, commit, examples, menu.
  1,Example SELECT INTO,

  2,Example SELECT INTO,

  3,Example SELECT INTO,
                           Example SELECT INTO
  4,Example SELECT INTO,

  5,Example SELECT INTO,
 DECLARE
  6,Example SELECT INTO,
    dept_rec       dept%ROWTYPE;
  7,Example SELECT INTO,
    name           emp.ename%TYPE;
  8,Example SELECT INTO,
    job_title      empjob%TYPE;
  9,Example SELECT INTO,
    wages          emp.sal%TYPE;
 10,Example SELECT INTO,
 BEGIN
 11,Example SELECT INTO,
    SELECT * INTO dept_rec
 12,Example SELECT INTO,
      FROM dept
 13,Example SELECT INTO,
      WHERE deptno = 20;
 14,Example SELECT INTO,
    SELECT ename, job, sal INTO name, job_title, wages
 15,Example SELECT INTO,
      FROM emp
 16,Example SELECT INTO,
      WHERE empno = 1440;
 17,Example SELECT INTO,
    ...          --rest of block
 18,Example SELECT INTO,
 END;
 19,Example SELECT INTO,

 20,Example SELECT INTO,

 21,Example SELECT INTO,
 See also: select into, attributes (%ROWTYPE, %TYPE), examples, menu.
  1,Example SELECT List,

  2,Example SELECT List,

  3,Example SELECT List,
                          Example SELECT List
  4,Example SELECT List,

  5,Example SELECT List,
 The SELECT list may contain...
  6,Example SELECT List,

  7,Example SELECT List,

  8,Example SELECT List,
  -  Column names and aliases:      SELECT ename, deptno no, dname dept
  9,Example SELECT List,
                                      FROM emp...
 10,Example SELECT List,

 11,Example SELECT List,

 12,Example SELECT List,
  -  Group functions:               SELECT 12 * AVG(sal + comm)
 13,Example SELECT List,
                                      FROM emp
 14,Example SELECT List,
                                      WHERE job = 'SALESMAN'
 15,Example SELECT List,

 16,Example SELECT List,

 17,Example SELECT List,
  -  Non-Group functions:           SELECT TO_CHAR(hiredate, 'YYYY'),
 18,Example SELECT List,
                                           INITCAP(ename), sal
 19,Example SELECT List,
                                      FROM emp...
 20,Example SELECT List,

 21,Example SELECT List,

 22,Example SELECT List,
 See also: select list, alias, select, group functions, examples, menu.
  1,Example SET TRANSACTION,

  2,Example SET TRANSACTION,

  3,Example SET TRANSACTION,
                       Example SET TRANSACTION
  4,Example SET TRANSACTION,

  5,Example SET TRANSACTION,
 A company runs the following statements at the end of each month to
  6,Example SET TRANSACTION,
 inventory the number of ships and containers it owns:
  7,Example SET TRANSACTION,

  8,Example SET TRANSACTION,
         COMMIT;
  9,Example SET TRANSACTION,
         SET TRANSACTION READ ONLY;
 10,Example SET TRANSACTION,
         SELECT COUNT(*) FROM ship;
 11,Example SET TRANSACTION,
         SELECT COUNT(*) FROM container;
 12,Example SET TRANSACTION,
         COMMIT;
 13,Example SET TRANSACTION,

 14,Example SET TRANSACTION,
 The last COMMIT is used to end the read-only transaction; there are
 15,Example SET TRANSACTION,
 no changes to the database to make permanent.
 16,Example SET TRANSACTION,

 17,Example SET TRANSACTION,
 Every SELECT in a read-only transaction refers to the same snapshot
 18,Example SET TRANSACTION,
 of the database, giving a multi-table, multi-query, read-consistent
 19,Example SET TRANSACTION,
 view.
 20,Example SET TRANSACTION,

 21,Example SET TRANSACTION,

 22,Example SET TRANSACTION,
 See also: set transaction, group functions, commit, examples, menu.
  1,Example Set Operators,

  2,Example Set Operators,

  3,Example Set Operators,
                          Example Set Operators
  4,Example Set Operators,

  5,Example Set Operators,
 If you have three tables like emp, and want to list an emp employee
  6,Example Set Operators,
 with the same salary as Scott in Belmont, Jones in Chicago, or Smith
  7,Example Set Operators,
 in New York:
  8,Example Set Operators,
                    SELECT ename, job, sal
  9,Example Set Operators,
                       FROM emp
 10,Example Set Operators,
                       WHERE sal IN
 11,Example Set Operators,
                           (SELECT sal
 12,Example Set Operators,
                               FROM belmont
 13,Example Set Operators,
                               WHERE ename = 'SCOTT'
 14,Example Set Operators,
                    UNION
 15,Example Set Operators,
                    SELECT sal
 16,Example Set Operators,
                       FROM chicago
 17,Example Set Operators,
                       WHERE ename = 'JONES'
 18,Example Set Operators,
                    UNION
 19,Example Set Operators,
                    SELECT sal
 20,Example Set Operators,
                       FROM new_york
 21,Example Set Operators,
                       WHERE ename = 'SMITH');
 22,Example Set Operators,

 23,Example Set Operators,
 A query with the set operators UNION, INTERSECT, or MINUS must select
 24,Example Set Operators,
 the same number of columns, and corresponding columns must have the
 25,Example Set Operators,
 same datatype.
 26,Example Set Operators,

 27,Example Set Operators,
 See also: set operators, select, query, examples, menu.
  1,Example Simple Join,

  2,Example Simple Join,

  3,Example Simple Join,
                       Example Simple Join
  4,Example Simple Join,

  5,Example Simple Join,
 To list with salary, department, and location each employees who earns
  6,Example Simple Join,
 $3000 or more per month, use a simple join:
  7,Example Simple Join,

  8,Example Simple Join,
 SELECT ename, sal, dname, loc       ENAME   SAL   DNAME       LOC
  9,Example Simple Join,
   FROM emp, dept                    ----------------------------------
 10,Example Simple Join,
   WHERE emp.deptno = dept.deptno    KING   5000   ACCOUNTING  NEW YORK
 11,Example Simple Join,
   AND sal >= 3000;                  SCOTT  3000   RESEARCH    DALLAS
 12,Example Simple Join,
                                     FORD   3000   RESEARCH    DALLAS
 13,Example Simple Join,

 14,Example Simple Join,

 15,Example Simple Join,
 To find each employee's salary grade:
 16,Example Simple Join,
                                            ENAME   JOB     GRADE   SAL
 17,Example Simple Join,
 SELECT ename, job, grade, sal              ---------------------------
 18,Example Simple Join,
   FROM emp, salgrade                       ADAMS   CLERK       1  1100
 19,Example Simple Join,
   WHERE sal BETWEEN losal AND hisal        ALLEN   SALESMAN    3  1600
 20,Example Simple Join,
   ORDER BY ename                           BLAKE   MANAGER     4  2850
 21,Example Simple Join,
                                            CLARK   MANAGER     4  2450
 22,Example Simple Join,

 23,Example Simple Join,
 See also: simple join, select, examples, menu.
  1,Example Subquery,

  2,Example Subquery,

  3,Example Subquery,
                         Example Subquery
  4,Example Subquery,

  5,Example Subquery,
 This subquery gives each MANAGER in the DALLAS office a salary equal
  6,Example Subquery,
 to the company's highest paid employee:
  7,Example Subquery,

  8,Example Subquery,
    UPDATE emp
  9,Example Subquery,
       SET sal = (SELECT MAX(sal) FROM emp)
 10,Example Subquery,
       WHERE JOB = 'MANAGER'
 11,Example Subquery,
         AND DEPTNO IN (SELECT deptno FROM dept WHERE loc = 'DALLAS');
 12,Example Subquery,

 13,Example Subquery,
 Use = to equate a field with a subquery if the subquery returns only
 14,Example Subquery,
 one value; use IN instead of = if a subquery returns multiple values.
 15,Example Subquery,

 16,Example Subquery,
 To list employees who got a bonus without changing jobs:
 17,Example Subquery,

 18,Example Subquery,
    SELECT empno, ename
 19,Example Subquery,
      FROM emp
 20,Example Subquery,
      WHERE (job, ename) = (SELECT job, ename FROM bonus);
 21,Example Subquery,

 22,Example Subquery,

 23,Example Subquery,
 See also: subquery, update, select, where, comparison, examples, menu.
  1,Example WHERE CURRENT OF,

  2,Example WHERE CURRENT OF,

  3,Example WHERE CURRENT OF,
                           Example WHERE CURRENT OF
  4,Example WHERE CURRENT OF,

  5,Example WHERE CURRENT OF,
  This PL/SQL code does the actions listed in a table called today,
  6,Example WHERE CURRENT OF,
  setting status to DONE for actions completed; for example, actions
  7,Example WHERE CURRENT OF,
  to be taken on a table of account balances at the end of the day.
  8,Example WHERE CURRENT OF,

  9,Example WHERE CURRENT OF,
          DECLARE
 10,Example WHERE CURRENT OF,
            CURSOR c1 IS SELECT action, acct FROM today
 11,Example WHERE CURRENT OF,
               FOR UPDATE OF status;
 12,Example WHERE CURRENT OF,
            the_action   today.act%TYPE;
 13,Example WHERE CURRENT OF,
            acct_num     today.acct%TYPE;
 14,Example WHERE CURRENT OF,
          BEGIN
 15,Example WHERE CURRENT OF,
            OPEN c1;
 16,Example WHERE CURRENT OF,
            LOOP
 17,Example WHERE CURRENT OF,
              FETCH c1 INTO the_action, acct_num;
 18,Example WHERE CURRENT OF,
                EXIT WHEN c1%NOTFOUND;
 19,Example WHERE CURRENT OF,
              ...       --statements to perform actions
 20,Example WHERE CURRENT OF,
              UPDATE today SET status = 'done'
 21,Example WHERE CURRENT OF,
                WHERE CURRENT OF c1;
 22,Example WHERE CURRENT OF,
            END LOOP;
 23,Example WHERE CURRENT OF,
            CLOSE c1;
 24,Example WHERE CURRENT OF,
            COMMIT;
 25,Example WHERE CURRENT OF,
          END;
 26,Example WHERE CURRENT OF,

 27,Example WHERE CURRENT OF,
 See also: where current of, cursors, declare, for update of, open, loop,
 28,Example WHERE CURRENT OF,
           fetch, exit plsql, update, examples, menu.
  1,Example WHILE,

  2,Example WHILE,

  3,Example WHILE,
                            Example WHILE
  4,Example WHILE,

  5,Example WHILE,
 Suppose you now have over $50,000 to spend on employee salaries, and
  6,Example WHILE,
 wish to increase everyone's salary proportionally.  Use this loop to
  7,Example WHILE,
 increase each person's salary by 10% until the total of all salaries
  8,Example WHILE,
 equals or exceeds $50,000:
  9,Example WHILE,

 10,Example WHILE,
          DECLARE
 11,Example WHILE,
             total_sal    NUMBER(5);
 12,Example WHILE,
          BEGIN
 13,Example WHILE,
             SELECT SUM(sal) INTO total_sal FROM emp;
 14,Example WHILE,
             WHILE total_sal < 50000 LOOP
 15,Example WHILE,
                UPDATE emp SET sal = sal * 1.10;
 16,Example WHILE,
                SELECT SUM(sal) INTO total_sal FROM emp;
 17,Example WHILE,
             END LOOP;
 18,Example WHILE,
          END;
 19,Example WHILE,

 20,Example WHILE,

 21,Example WHILE,
 See also: while, declare, number, select into, update, examples, menu.
  1,Examples,

  2,Examples,

  3,Examples,
                                 Examples
  4,Examples,

  5,Examples,
 Below are examples of SQL and PL/SQL.  Enter help example and a topic name
  6,Examples,
 for an example; enter help exam to see examples in alphabetical order; enter
  7,Examples,
 a topic name without example for a description of that topic.  Words in
  8,Examples,
 (parentheses) are for clarity; they're not part of the text you enter.
  9,Examples,

 10,Examples,
 example connect by (and start with)   example nextval (and currval)
 11,Examples,
 example conversion (functions)        example nulls (null values)
 12,Examples,
 example correlated subquery           example numeric for (loop with if)
 13,Examples,
 example cursor for (loop)             example outer join
 14,Examples,
 example cursors (with insert into)    example query
 15,Examples,
 example datatype (parameters)         example rollback (to a savepoint)
 16,Examples,
 example date functions (arithmetic)   example select list
 17,Examples,
 example delete (with rowid)           example select into
 18,Examples,
 example error handling                example set operators
 19,Examples,
 example formats (number and date)     example set transaction (read only)
 20,Examples,
 example group by (and having)         example simple join
 21,Examples,
 example group functions               example subquery
 22,Examples,
 example insert                        example where current of
 23,Examples,
 example like (operator)               example while (loop)
 24,Examples,
 example lock table                    See also:  select, commands, menu.
  1,Example Formats,

  2,Example Formats,

  3,Example Formats,
                          Example Formats
  4,Example Formats,

  5,Example Formats,
 Note how the number formats and date formats affect the output:
  6,Example Formats,

  7,Example Formats,

  8,Example Formats,
 SELECT TO_CHAR(hiredate, 'MM-DD-YY') hired,    HIRED    MONTHLY  ENAME
  9,Example Formats,
        TO_CHAR(sal, '$9999') monthly, ename    -----------------------
 10,Example Formats,
   FROM emp                                     06-09-89   $2450  CLARK
 11,Example Formats,
   WHERE sal >= 2000                            05-01-89   $2850  BLAKE
 12,Example Formats,
   ORDER BY sal;                                04-02-89   $2975  JONES
 13,Example Formats,
                                                01-05-89   $3000  SCOTT
 14,Example Formats,
                                                12-03-89   $3000  FORD
 15,Example Formats,
                                                11-17-89   $5000  KING
 16,Example Formats,

 17,Example Formats,

 18,Example Formats,
 See also: format dates, format numbers, format modifiers, conversion,
 19,Example Formats,
           select, examples, menu.
  1,Expression Forms,

  2,Expression Forms,

  3,Expression Forms,
                               Expression Forms
  4,Expression Forms,

  5,Expression Forms,
     Form of Expression    Possible SQL Elements
  6,Expression Forms,
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  7,Expression Forms,
     Column, constant,     table.column, table.ROWID, ROWNUM, text, number,
  8,Expression Forms,
     or special value      sequence.NEXTVAL, sequence.CURRVAL, NULL, LEVEL,
  9,Expression Forms,
                           SYSDATE, UID, USER
 10,Expression Forms,

 11,Expression Forms,
     Bind variable         :variable
 12,Expression Forms,

 13,Expression Forms,
     Function reference    function_name(DISTINCT or ALL expr, expr...)
 14,Expression Forms,

 15,Expression Forms,
     A combination of      (expr), +expr, -expr, PRIOR expr, expr*expr,
 16,Expression Forms,
     other expressions     expr/expr, expr+expr, expr-expr, expr||expr
 17,Expression Forms,

 18,Expression Forms,
     List of expressions
 19,Expression Forms,
     within parentheses    (expr1, expr2, expr3, expr4,...)
 20,Expression Forms,

 21,Expression Forms,

 22,Expression Forms,
 See also: expressions, nextval, pseudo-columns, menu.
  1,Expressions,

  2,Expressions,
                               Expressions
  3,Expressions,

  4,Expressions,
 A SQL expression is a combination of literals, variables, constants,
  5,Expressions,
 and operations on their values. Expressions return a value with the
  6,Expressions,
 same datatype as the expression's components.
  7,Expressions,

  8,Expressions,
     You can use expressions in:
  9,Expressions,
        -  the SELECT list
 10,Expressions,
        -  conditions of the WHERE and HAVING clauses
 11,Expressions,
        -  the CONNECT BY, START WITH and ORDER BY clauses
 12,Expressions,
        -  the VALUE clause of the INSERT statement
 13,Expressions,
        -  the SET clause of the UPDATE statement
 14,Expressions,

 15,Expressions,
     Order of evaluation (precedence)
 16,Expressions,
           1st:  elements enclosed in parentheses
 17,Expressions,
           2nd:  exponents
 18,Expressions,
           3rd:  unary operators
 19,Expressions,
           4th:  multiplication and division
 20,Expressions,
           5th:  addition, subtraction, concatenation
 21,Expressions,

 22,Expressions,
 See also: expression forms, literals, variables, select list, where,
 23,Expressions,
           conditions, connect by, order by, insert, update, menu.
  1,FETCH,

  2,FETCH,

  3,FETCH,
                               FETCH
  4,FETCH,
                                                     PL/SQL statement
  5,FETCH,

  6,FETCH,
 FETCH cursor_name INTO variable_name1, variable_name2,...;
  7,FETCH,
 FETCH cursor_name INTO record_name;
  8,FETCH,

  9,FETCH,
 FETCH retrieves the next row of data from an explicitly declared and
 10,FETCH,
 currently open cursor set, and places the data:
 11,FETCH,

 12,FETCH,
  - INTO variable_name: a list of scalar variables.  For every column
 13,FETCH,
    returned by the cursor-associated query, there must be a variable
 14,FETCH,
    of the same datatype as the column, or automatically convertible.
 15,FETCH,

 16,FETCH,
  - INTO record_name: a record variable declared using %ROWTYPE.
 17,FETCH,

 18,FETCH,
 Use a cursor FOR loop to retrieve data from multiple rows; you don't
 19,FETCH,
 need to OPEN, FETCH, and CLOSE the cursor for each row.
 20,FETCH,

 21,FETCH,

 22,FETCH,
 See also: example cursors, cursors, implicit conversions, attributes,
 23,FETCH,
           cursor for, menu.
  1,FOR UPDATE OF,

  2,FOR UPDATE OF,

  3,FOR UPDATE OF,
                           FOR UPDATE OF
  4,FOR UPDATE OF,
                                                         SQL clauses
  5,FOR UPDATE OF,
 SELECT list  FROM...
  6,FOR UPDATE OF,
    FOR UPDATE OF column, column,...        --one column is required
  7,FOR UPDATE OF,
    NOWAIT;
  8,FOR UPDATE OF,

  9,FOR UPDATE OF,

 10,FOR UPDATE OF,
 FOR UPDATE OF locks the selected rows of a table before one or more
 11,FOR UPDATE OF,
 UPDATE...WHERE statements.  Other users cannot lock or update those
 12,FOR UPDATE OF,
 rows until they are freed by a COMMIT or ROLLBACK. You can also use
 13,FOR UPDATE OF,
 FOR UPDATE OF with INSERT and DELETE.
 14,FOR UPDATE OF,

 15,FOR UPDATE OF,
 You cannot use FOR UPDATE OF with set functions, nor with DISTINCT,
 16,FOR UPDATE OF,
 GROUP BY, UNION, INTERSECT or MINUS clauses.
 17,FOR UPDATE OF,

 18,FOR UPDATE OF,
 NOWAIT leaves the statement instead of waiting if any row cannot be
 19,FOR UPDATE OF,
 locked because someone else is using it.
 20,FOR UPDATE OF,

 21,FOR UPDATE OF,

 22,FOR UPDATE OF,
 See also: example delete, select, update, commit, rollback, insert,
 23,FOR UPDATE OF,
           delete, commands, menu.
  1,FROM,

  2,FROM,

  3,FROM,
                                FROM
  4,FROM,
                                                         SQL clause
  5,FROM,
 SELECT list
  6,FROM,
    FROM table WHERE...                      --SELECT requires FROM
  7,FROM,
    ...
  8,FROM,

  9,FROM,
 DELETE FROM table WHERE...                  --FROM, WHERE optional
 10,FROM,
    ...
 11,FROM,

 12,FROM,
    FROM user.table alias @databaselink,...  --option within SELECT
 13,FROM,
    ...                                        and DELETE
 14,FROM,

 15,FROM,
 The FROM clause identifies one or more tables from which to SELECT
 16,FROM,
 rows, or the table from which to DELETE rows.  If the table is not
 17,FROM,
 yours, you must specify the user (owner).  @databaselink refers to
 18,FROM,
 a valid remote database.
 19,FROM,

 20,FROM,

 21,FROM,
 See also: example query, select list, delete, user id, alias, links,
 22,FROM,
           remote databases, select, menu.
  1,Files,

  2,Files,

  3,Files,
                                 Files
  4,Files,

  5,Files,
 Files Used by SQL*Plus
  6,Files,

  7,Files,
 Through SQL*Plus, you can store commands in a command file.  You can
  8,Files,
 also create output files (spool files) to save your query results.
  9,Files,
 Command files and spool files are operating system files and follow
 10,Files,
 standard naming conventions.  Edit with your system's file commands.
 11,Files,

 12,Files,

 13,Files,
 Command Entry and Execution
 14,Files,

 15,Files,
     Enter SQL, PL/SQL, and SQL*Plus commands at the command prompt: SQL>
 16,Files,
     SQL*Plus stores the SQL commands and PL/SQL blocks you enter in the
 17,Files,
     default buffer (the SQL buffer).  You can define other buffers, but
 18,Files,
     SQL*Plus does not require them.
 19,Files,

 20,Files,

 21,Files,
 See also: buffer, commands, menu.
  1,Format Dates,

  2,Format Dates,

  3,Format Dates,
                       Format Dates
  4,Format Dates,

  5,Format Dates,
   Element         Meaning in TO_CHAR       Element   Meaning in TO_CHAR
  6,Format Dates,
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  7,Format Dates,
   CC or SCC       Century or -BC century     Q       Quarter (1-4)
  8,Format Dates,
   YYYY or SYYYY   Year or -year BC           MM      Month (01-12)
  9,Format Dates,
   YYY or YY or Y  Last 3,2,1 yr digits       MONTH   Month name (pad to 9)
 10,Format Dates,
   Y,YYY           Year with comma here       MON     Month in 3 chars (JAN)
 11,Format Dates,
   YEAR or SYEAR   Spelled out year           WW      Week of year (1-52)
 12,Format Dates,
   AD or BC        AD or BC indicator         W       Week of month (1-5)
 13,Format Dates,
   A.D. or B.C.    A.D. or B.C.               DDD     Day of year (1-366)
 14,Format Dates,
   AM or PM        Meridian indicator         DD      Day of month (1-31)
 15,Format Dates,
   A.M. or P.M.    With periods               D       Day of week (1-7)
 16,Format Dates,
   HH or HH12      Hour of day (1-12)         DAY     Day name (pad to 9)
 17,Format Dates,
   HH24            Hour of day (0-23)         DY      Day in 3 chars (WED)
 18,Format Dates,
   MI              Minute (00-59)             J       Julian: number of days
 19,Format Dates,
   SS              Second (00-59)                     since Jan 1, 4712 B.C.
 20,Format Dates,
   SSSSS           Seconds past midnight (0-86399)
 21,Format Dates,

 22,Format Dates,

 23,Format Dates,
 See also: format modifiers, conversion (functions), format numbers, menu.
  1,Format Modifiers,

  2,Format Modifiers,

  3,Format Modifiers,
                         Format Modifiers
  4,Format Modifiers,

  5,Format Modifiers,
 Case modifiers in SQL:  MON = APRIL     Mon = April     mon = april
  6,Format Modifiers,
                         DAY = FRIDAY    Day = Friday    day = friday
  7,Format Modifiers,

  8,Format Modifiers,
   Element       Meaning
  9,Format Modifiers,
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
 10,Format Modifiers,
   fm            Prefix that suppresses blank padding of MONTH, etc.,
 11,Format Modifiers,
                 leaving a variable-length result; mode persists in
 12,Format Modifiers,
                 the format until the next fm restores blank padding.
 13,Format Modifiers,

 14,Format Modifiers,
   TH            Produces ordinal number (DDth for 5th)
 15,Format Modifiers,

 16,Format Modifiers,
   SP            Spells out a number (ddSP for five)
 17,Format Modifiers,

 18,Format Modifiers,
   THSP, SPTH    Spells out an ordinal number (DdthSP for Fifth)
 19,Format Modifiers,

 20,Format Modifiers,
   'string'      Show string in result
 21,Format Modifiers,

 22,Format Modifiers,

 23,Format Modifiers,
 See also: format dates, date functions, date (datatype), menu.
  1,Format Numbers,

  2,Format Numbers,

  3,Format Numbers,
                        Format Numbers
  4,Format Numbers,

  5,Format Numbers,
 Use these SQL format elements in TO_CHAR datatype conversion parameters:
  6,Format Numbers,

  7,Format Numbers,
 Element     Example    Action
  8,Format Numbers,
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------
  9,Format Numbers,
 9        99999      The number of 9s sets the display width.
 10,Format Numbers,
 0        099        Displays number with leading zeros.
 11,Format Numbers,
 $        $999       Displays dollar sign in front of number.
 12,Format Numbers,
 B        B99        Displays zeros as blank, not 0.
 13,Format Numbers,
 MI       999MI      Displays a minus sign after a negative number.
 14,Format Numbers,
 PR       999PR      Displays a negative number in <angle brackets>.
 15,Format Numbers,
 ,        9,999      Displays a comma in the position indicated.
 16,Format Numbers,
 .        9.999      Displays a period in the position indicated.
 17,Format Numbers,
 V        99V99      Multiplies value by 10 times no. of 9s after V.
 18,Format Numbers,
 E        9.99EEEE   Displays number in scientific notation.
 19,Format Numbers,
 DATE     DATE       Stores date in number value in MM/DD/YY format.
 20,Format Numbers,

 21,Format Numbers,

 22,Format Numbers,

 23,Format Numbers,
 See also: conversion (functions), format dates, menu.
  1,GET,

  2,GET,

  3,GET,
                                    GET
  4,GET,

  5,GET,
 GET file_name[.ext ] [ LIS[T] | NOL[IST] ]
  6,GET,

  7,GET,
 GET loads a host operating system file into the buffer.
  8,GET,

  9,GET,
     file_name[.ext ]
 10,GET,
         is the file to load (typically a command file).  If you omit .ext,
 11,GET,
         SQL*Plus uses the default command-file extension (normally SQL).
 12,GET,
         For information on changing the default extension, see the SET
 13,GET,
         command's SUFFIX clause.
 14,GET,

 15,GET,
     LIS[T]
 16,GET,
         lists the contents of the file.   This is the default.
 17,GET,

 18,GET,
     NOL[IST]
 19,GET,
         suppresses the listing of the file's contents.
 20,GET,

 21,GET,

 22,GET,
 Example:  To load a file called YEARENDRPT with the extension SQL into
 23,GET,
           the buffer, type:
 24,GET,

 25,GET,
               SQL> GET YEARENDRPT
 26,GET,

 27,GET,

 28,GET,
 See also: @, /, accept, input, list, run, save, set (buffer), spool,
 29,GET,
           commands, menu.
  1,GOTO,

  2,GOTO,

  3,GOTO,
                                 GOTO
  4,GOTO,
 <<label_name>>                                  PL/SQL statement
  5,GOTO,
 statement...
  6,GOTO,
 ...
  7,GOTO,
 GOTO label_name;
  8,GOTO,

  9,GOTO,
 When executed, GOTO transfers control to the statement following
 10,GOTO,
 the <<label_name>>.
 11,GOTO,

 12,GOTO,
 The <<label_name>> must be in the same sequence of statements as
 13,GOTO,
 the GOTO which specifies it, or inside a sequence of statements.
 14,GOTO,
 In a LOOP or IF statement, GOTO label_3 will transfer control to
 15,GOTO,
 <<label_3>> only if <<label_3>> is in that LOOP or IF statement.
 16,GOTO,

 17,GOTO,
 Be sure each <<label_name>> in a block is unique.  The same name
 18,GOTO,
 declaration may appear in enclosing blocks and other blocks.
 19,GOTO,

 20,GOTO,

 21,GOTO,
 See also: example, loop, if, blocks, identifiers, commands, menu.
  1,GRANT,

  2,GRANT,

  3,GRANT,
                                  GRANT
  4,GRANT,
                                                              SQL statement
  5,GRANT,
 There are three ways to use GRANT:  1) to provide access to the database;
  6,GRANT,
 2) to provide access to tablespaces, with the option of setting a limit on
  7,GRANT,
 the amount of space available to particular users; and 3) to provide access
  8,GRANT,
 to database objects (like tables, views, and sequences).
  9,GRANT,

 10,GRANT,
 *First Method*
 11,GRANT,

 12,GRANT,
 GRANT database_privilege, database_privilege,...
 13,GRANT,
     TO username, username,...
 14,GRANT,
     IDENTIFIED BY password, password,...
 15,GRANT,

 16,GRANT,
 This type of GRANT provides access to the database.  Anyone may use GRANT to
 17,GRANT,
 change his or her own password; other uses of GRANT require DBA privileges.
 18,GRANT,

 19,GRANT,
     database_privilege
 20,GRANT,
         specifies, CONNECT, RESOURCE and/or DBA privileges.
 21,GRANT,

 22,GRANT,
     password
 23,GRANT,
         specifies a password for each username; it may be omitted if GRANT
 24,GRANT,
         is being used to add privileges for an existing username.  When
 25,GRANT,
         multiple usernames and passwords are specified, the first password
 26,GRANT,
         is for the first username, the second password is for the second
 27,GRANT,
         username, and so on.
 28,GRANT,

 29,GRANT,
 CONNECT privilege establishes a new username in the database, enabling the
 30,GRANT,
 user to connect to the database, operate on objects to which that user has
 31,GRANT,
 been given privilege, and create views, synonyms, and database links.
 32,GRANT,

 33,GRANT,
 RESOURCE privilege enables the user to create database objects, including
 34,GRANT,
 tables, indexes, clusters, and sequences.
 35,GRANT,

 36,GRANT,
 DBA privileges enable the user to bypass many privileges normally required
 37,GRANT,
 to use database objects.  DBA users may also perform administrative tasks
 38,GRANT,
 like CREATE TABLESPACE and CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT.
 39,GRANT,

 40,GRANT,
 *Second Method*
 41,GRANT,

 42,GRANT,
 GRANT RESOURCE quota K | M
 43,GRANT,
     ON tablespace
 44,GRANT,
     TO PUBLIC | user, user,...
 45,GRANT,

 46,GRANT,
 This type of GRANT provides access to tablespaces, with the option of
 47,GRANT,
 setting a limit on the amount of space available to particular users.
 48,GRANT,

 49,GRANT,
     RESOURCE
 50,GRANT,
         enables the users to create objects in the specified tablespace.
 51,GRANT,

 52,GRANT,
     quota K or M
 53,GRANT,
         is the number of tablespace bytes the user(s) may allocate.  Omit
 54,GRANT,
         quota for unlimited space.  Use 0 to revoke RESOURCE privilege on
 55,GRANT,
         the tablespace.  K = quota x 1024.  M = quota x 1,048,576.
 56,GRANT,

 57,GRANT,
     TO PUBLIC or user, user,...
 58,GRANT,
         grants the resource to all database users, or to those listed.
 59,GRANT,

 60,GRANT,
 *Third Method*
 61,GRANT,

 62,GRANT,
 GRANT object_privilege, object_privilege,... | ALL
 63,GRANT,
     ON user.object
 64,GRANT,
     TO PUBLIC | user, user,...
 65,GRANT,
     WITH GRANT OPTION
 66,GRANT,

 67,GRANT,
 This type of GRANT provides access to database objects like tables, views,
 68,GRANT,
 and sequences.  You must own the object, have GRANT OPTION on it, or have
 69,GRANT,
 DBA privileges.
 70,GRANT,

 71,GRANT,
     object_privilege, object_privilege,...
 72,GRANT,
         for tables, either:    ALTER, DELETE, INDEX, INSERT, REFERENCES,
 73,GRANT,
                                    SELECT, or UPDATE
 74,GRANT,
         for views, either:     DELETE, INSERT, SELECT, or UPDATE
 75,GRANT,
         for sequences, either: ALTER or SELECT
 76,GRANT,

 77,GRANT,
         The UPDATE privilege can restrict updates to specific columns;
 78,GRANT,
         the syntax is:  GRANT UPDATE column, column,...
 79,GRANT,

 80,GRANT,
     ALL PRIVILEGES
 81,GRANT,
         grants all privileges possible on the specified object.
 82,GRANT,

 83,GRANT,
     WITH GRANT OPTION
 84,GRANT,
         enables the grantee to grant his/her privileges to another user.
 85,GRANT,

 86,GRANT,
 See also: alter user, revoke, create sequence, dba, commands, menu.
  1,GROUP BY,

  2,GROUP BY,

  3,GROUP BY,
                           GROUP BY (and HAVING)
  4,GROUP BY,
                                                         SQL clauses
  5,GROUP BY,

  6,GROUP BY,
 SELECT list...                            --only one expr required
  7,GROUP BY,
   FROM table, table...                    --only one table required
  8,GROUP BY,
   WHERE condition                         --not required
  9,GROUP BY,
   GROUP BY expr, expr,...                 --only one expr required
 10,GROUP BY,
   HAVING condition                        --not required
 11,GROUP BY,

 12,GROUP BY,
 With the GROUP BY clause, SELECT computes one summary row for each
 13,GROUP BY,
 group of selected rows.  Every SELECT list expression must either:
 14,GROUP BY,

 15,GROUP BY,
     - be a function or constant with no parameter, like SYSDATE;
 16,GROUP BY,
     - contain a group function like SUM, COUNT, or MAX;
 17,GROUP BY,
     - match a GROUP BY expr.
 18,GROUP BY,

 19,GROUP BY,
 The HAVING condition sets which GROUP BY groups appear in the result.
 20,GROUP BY,

 21,GROUP BY,

 22,GROUP BY,
 See also: example group by, select list, expressions, conditions,
 23,GROUP BY,
           group functions, select, commands, menu.
  1,Group Functions,

  2,Group Functions,

  3,Group Functions,
                           Group Functions
  4,Group Functions,

  5,Group Functions,
 SQL group functions return results based on groups of rows.  You can
  6,Group Functions,
 use them only in SQL queries and subqueries.
  7,Group Functions,

  8,Group Functions,
 AVG(D|A expr)        Gives average of expr values across rows.
  9,Group Functions,

 10,Group Functions,
 COUNT(D|A expr)      Gives number of rows where expr is not null.
 11,Group Functions,
 COUNT(*)             Gives total number of rows, including nulls.
 12,Group Functions,

 13,Group Functions,
 MAX(D|A expr)        Gives maximum expr value across rows.
 14,Group Functions,
 MIN(D|A expr)        Gives minimum expr value across rows.
 15,Group Functions,

 16,Group Functions,
 STDDEV(D|A expr)     Gives standard deviation of expr values in rows.
 17,Group Functions,
 SUM(D|A expr)        Gives the sum of expr values across rows.
 18,Group Functions,
 VARIANCE(D|A expr)   Gives variance of expr values across rows.
 19,Group Functions,

 20,Group Functions,
 D|A = DISTINCT values or ALL (default=ALL).  Null values are ignored
 21,Group Functions,
 except in COUNT(*).
 22,Group Functions,

 23,Group Functions,
 See also: example group functions, query, 1 row char, 1 row number,
 24,Group Functions,
           conversion, date functions, error reporting, other functions,
 25,Group Functions,
           examples, commands, menu.
  1,HAVING,

  2,HAVING,

  3,HAVING,
                          HAVING (and GROUP BY)
  4,HAVING,
                                                          SQL clauses
  5,HAVING,

  6,HAVING,
 SELECT list...                            --only one expr required
  7,HAVING,
   FROM table, table...                    --only one table required
  8,HAVING,
   WHERE condition                         --not required
  9,HAVING,
   GROUP BY expr, expr,...                 --only one expr required
 10,HAVING,
   HAVING condition                        --not required
 11,HAVING,

 12,HAVING,
 The HAVING condition sets which GROUP BY groups appear in the result.
 13,HAVING,

 14,HAVING,
 With the GROUP BY clause, SELECT computes one summary row for each
 15,HAVING,
 group of selected rows.  Every SELECT list expression must either:
 16,HAVING,

 17,HAVING,
     - be a function or constant with no parameter, like SYSDATE;
 18,HAVING,
     - contain a group function like SUM, COUNT, or MAX;
 19,HAVING,
     - match a GROUP BY expr.
 20,HAVING,

 21,HAVING,

 22,HAVING,
 See also: example group by, select list, expressions, conditions,
 23,HAVING,
           group functions, select, commands, menu.
  1,HELP,

  2,HELP,

  3,HELP,
                                    HELP
  4,HELP,

  5,HELP,
 HELP [topic] | help
  6,HELP,

  7,HELP,
 HELP displays information on the commands and conventions of SQL*Plus,
  8,HELP,
 SQL, and PL/SQL.  Type help, a space, all or part of any topic, and
  9,HELP,
 then press Enter.
 10,HELP,

 11,HELP,
 Typing only part of a topic will cause all help topics that match the
 12,HELP,
 partial topic to be displayed on your screen in alphabetical order.
 13,HELP,
 For example, HELP SE will retrieve help on the SELECT statement, the
 14,HELP,
 SET command, and the Set Operators--in that order.
 15,HELP,

 16,HELP,
     ENTER THIS...     TO DISPLAY THIS...
 17,HELP,
     --------------------------------------------------------------
 18,HELP,
     help menu         the main menu of help topics
 19,HELP,
     help commands     a list of SQL*Plus, SQL, and PL/SQL commands
 20,HELP,
     help comm         information on commands, comments, and commit
 21,HELP,
     help help         this screen
 22,HELP,
     help examples     the menu of examples
 23,HELP,

 24,HELP,

  1,HOST,

  2,HOST,

  3,HOST,
                                    HOST
  4,HOST,

  5,HOST,
 HO[ST] [ command ]
  6,HOST,

  7,HOST,
 HOST executes a host operating system command without leaving SQL*Plus.
  8,HOST,

  9,HOST,
     command
 10,HOST,
         is a host operating system command.  Enter HOST without command to
 11,HOST,
         display an operating system prompt.  You can then enter multiple
 12,HOST,
         operating system commands.  To return to SQL*Plus, type LOGOFF,
 13,HOST,
         EXIT, QUIT, or other command applicable to your operating system.
 14,HOST,

 15,HOST,
 With some operating systems, you can use $ or another character instead
 16,HOST,
 of HOST.  You may or may not have access to the HOST command, depending
 17,HOST,
 on your operating system, and privileges assigned by your system
 18,HOST,
 administrator.
 19,HOST,

 20,HOST,

 21,HOST,
 Example:  To execute an operating system command, ls *.sql, enter:
 22,HOST,

 23,HOST,
               SQL> HOST ls *.sql
 24,HOST,

 25,HOST,

 26,HOST,
 See also: change, del, edit, exit, commands, menu.
  1,IF,

  2,IF,

  3,IF,
                                  IF
  4,IF,
                                                    PL/SQL statement
  5,IF,
 When IF evaluates condition_1 as TRUE its series_of_statements is
  6,IF,
 executed.  When FALSE, it passes control to ELSIF which evaluates
  7,IF,
 condition_2 similarly, and so on until ELSE, whose statements are
  8,IF,
 executed only when no conditions of IF and ELSEIF evaluate to TRUE.
  9,IF,

 10,IF,
              IF condition_1 THEN
 11,IF,
                 series_of_statements;
 12,IF,

 13,IF,
                 ELSIF condition_2 THEN
 14,IF,
                    series_of_statements;
 15,IF,

 16,IF,
                 ELSIF condition_3 THEN
 17,IF,
                    series_of_statements;...
 18,IF,

 19,IF,
                 ELSE series_of_statements;
 20,IF,

 21,IF,
              ENDIF;
 22,IF,

 23,IF,
 See also: example numeric for, conditions, boolean comparisons, end,
 24,IF,
           nulls, commands, menu.
  1,INPUT,

  2,INPUT,

  3,INPUT,
                                  INPUT
  4,INPUT,

  5,INPUT,
 I[NPUT] [ text ]
  6,INPUT,

  7,INPUT,
 INPUT adds one or more lines of text after the current line in the buffer.
  8,INPUT,

  9,INPUT,
     text
 10,INPUT,
         is the text to add.  To add one line, enter INPUT, a space, and
 11,INPUT,
         the text. (To begin the line with one or more spaces, enter two
 12,INPUT,
         or more spaces after INPUT.)  To add several lines, enter INPUT
 13,INPUT,
         without text; INPUT prompts you for each line.  To leave INPUT,
 14,INPUT,
         enter an empty line.
 15,INPUT,

 16,INPUT,
 At the command prompt, if you enter a line number larger than the number
 17,INPUT,
 of lines in the buffer, and follow the number with text, SQL*Plus adds
 18,INPUT,
 the text in a new line at the end of the buffer.  If you specify zero (0)
 19,INPUT,
 for the line number and follow the zero with text, SQL*Plus inserts the
 20,INPUT,
 line at the beginning of the buffer; that line becomes line 1.
 21,INPUT,

 22,INPUT,
 Examples: The SQL buffer contains the following command:
 23,INPUT,

 24,INPUT,
               1  SELECT ENAME, DEPTNO, SAL, COMM
 25,INPUT,
               2  FROM EMP
 26,INPUT,

 27,INPUT,
           To add an ORDER BY clause to the query, enter:
 28,INPUT,

 29,INPUT,
               SQL> LIST 2
 30,INPUT,
                 2* FROM EMP
 31,INPUT,

 32,INPUT,
               SQL> INPUT ORDER BY ENAME
 33,INPUT,

 34,INPUT,
           LIST 2 ensures that line 2 is the current line.  INPUT adds a
 35,INPUT,
           line with the ORDER BY clause after the current line. The SQL
 36,INPUT,
           buffer now contains:
 37,INPUT,

 38,INPUT,
               1  SELECT ENAME, DEPTNO, SAL, COMM
 39,INPUT,
               2  FROM EMP
 40,INPUT,
               3* ORDER BY ENAME
 41,INPUT,

 42,INPUT,
           To add a two-line WHERE clause, enter:
 43,INPUT,

 44,INPUT,
               SQL> LIST 2
 45,INPUT,
                 2* FROM EMP
 46,INPUT,
               SQL> INPUT
 47,INPUT,
                 3  WHERE JOB = 'SALESMAN'
 48,INPUT,
                 4  AND COMM  500
 49,INPUT,
                 5
 50,INPUT,

 51,INPUT,
           INPUT continues to prompt you for new lines until you enter an
 52,INPUT,
           empty line.  The SQL buffer now contains the following lines:
 53,INPUT,

 54,INPUT,
               1  SELECT ENAME, DEPTNO, SAL, COMM
 55,INPUT,
               2  FROM EMP
 56,INPUT,
               3  WHERE JOB = 'SALESMAN'
 57,INPUT,
               4  AND COMM 500
 58,INPUT,
               5  ORDER BY ENAME
 59,INPUT,

 60,INPUT,

 61,INPUT,
 See also: change, del, edit, list, save, spool, get, input,
 62,INPUT,
           set (SQL buffer), prompt, commands, menu.
  1,INSERT,

  2,INSERT,

  3,INSERT,
                                INSERT
  4,INSERT,
                                                         SQL statement
  5,INSERT,

  6,INSERT,
 INSERT INTO t/v_name (column, column,...)    --(column list) optional
  7,INSERT,
    VALUES(value, value,...);
  8,INSERT,

  9,INSERT,
 INSERT INTO t/v_name (column, column,...) SELECT...;
 10,INSERT,

 11,INSERT,
 INSERT adds rows to the table or view specified.  Names in the column
 12,INSERT,
 list may be in any order.  Unlisted columns are set to NULL; you must
 13,INSERT,
 list any column created NOT NULL, and supply a value for it.
 14,INSERT,

 15,INSERT,
 VALUES inserts each item in its list of values into the corresponding
 16,INSERT,
 column in the list of columns. The datatypes of each pair of items in
 17,INSERT,
 the two lists must be compatible or convertible. CHAR and DATE values
 18,INSERT,
 must be enclosed in 'single quotes'.
 19,INSERT,

 20,INSERT,
 Use a subquery to INSERT rows from another table.  SELECT must return
 21,INSERT,
 a value for each column listed.
 22,INSERT,

 23,INSERT,
 See also: example insert, example cursor for, sql% cursor, nulls,
 24,INSERT,
           subquery, commands, menu.
  1,Identifiers,

  2,Identifiers,

  3,Identifiers,
                           Identifiers
  4,Identifiers,

  5,Identifiers,
 Identifiers are names of variables and constants, aliases, tables,
  6,Identifiers,
 columns, views, indexes, and other objects.  An identifier must be
  7,Identifiers,
 1-30 characters long and begin with a letter. It may have letters,
  8,Identifiers,
 numbers, and the $ _ # symbols.  It may not contain spaces or be a
  9,Identifiers,
 SQL or PL/SQL reserved word.  Case is ignored.
 10,Identifiers,

 11,Identifiers,
 An identifier enclosed within "quotation marks" may use a reserved
 12,Identifiers,
 word or contain any characters, including spaces. Identifiers must
 13,Identifiers,
 be separated from each other by at least 1 space or by punctuation.
 14,Identifiers,

 15,Identifiers,
         ALLOWED            NOT ALLOWED  and  WHY NOT
 16,Identifiers,
         -------------      ---------------------------------
 17,Identifiers,
         Balance_Due        BALANCE DUE       uses a space
 18,Identifiers,
         client_1           1st_client        begins with 1
 19,Identifiers,
         "row"              row               reserved word
 20,Identifiers,
         largest_$          $largest          begins with $
 21,Identifiers,

 22,Identifiers,

 23,Identifiers,
 See also: variables, alias, scoping rules, reserved words, menu.
  1,Implicit Conversions,

  2,Implicit Conversions,

  3,Implicit Conversions,
                         Implicit Conversions
  4,Implicit Conversions,

  5,Implicit Conversions,
 PL/SQL converts a variable of one datatype to an expected datatype
  6,Implicit Conversions,
 by implicitly calling a TO_NUMBER, TO_CHAR, or TO_DATE function in:
  7,Implicit Conversions,

  8,Implicit Conversions,
    Assignments (CHAR to NUMBER or DATE, NUMBER or DATE to CHAR)
  9,Implicit Conversions,
        variable := expression
 10,Implicit Conversions,
        INSERT INTO table VALUES...
 11,Implicit Conversions,
        UPDATE table SET column = expression...
 12,Implicit Conversions,
        SELECT expr INTO variable FROM...
 13,Implicit Conversions,

 14,Implicit Conversions,
    Expression Evaluation (CHAR to NUMBER, CHAR to DATE)
 15,Implicit Conversions,
        Simple expressions:  bal + '44'
 16,Implicit Conversions,
        Boolean expressions: bonus > salary / '20'
 17,Implicit Conversions,
        Function and procedure calls: MOD(counter, '3')
 18,Implicit Conversions,
        WHERE clause conditions: WHERE hiredate = '15-MAR-89'
 19,Implicit Conversions,

 20,Implicit Conversions,
 CHAR to DATE conversions require a string with the format DD-MON-YY.
 21,Implicit Conversions,

 22,Implicit Conversions,

 23,Implicit Conversions,
 See also: conversion (functions), expressions, where, menu.
  1,Index,

  2,Index,

  3,Index,
                                    Index
  4,Index,

  5,Index,
 Enter help, a space, and then part or all of the help topic you want:
  6,Index,

  7,Index,
 ACCEPT                    Boolean Comparisons     Constraints (clauses)
  8,Index,
 Alias                     BREAK                   Conversion Functions
  9,Index,
 ALTER CLUSTER             BTITLE                  COPY
 10,Index,
 ALTER DATABASE            Buffer                  Correlated Subquery
 11,Index,
 ALTER INDEX               CHANGE                  CREATE CLUSTER
 12,Index,
 ALTER ROLLBACK (SEGMENT)  CHAR                    CREATE DATABASE
 13,Index,
 ALTER SEQUENCE            CLEAR                   CREATE DB LINK
 14,Index,
 ALTER TABLE               CLOSE                   CREATE INDEX
 15,Index,
 ALTER TABLESPACE          COLUMN                  CREATE ROLLBACK (SEGMENT)
 16,Index,
 ALTER USER                Commands                CREATE SEQUENCE
 17,Index,
 APPEND                    COMMENT                 CREATE SYNONYM
 18,Index,
 Arithmetic (& char) Oper  Comments                CREATE TABLE
 19,Index,
 Attributes                COMMIT                  CREATE TABLESPACE
 20,Index,
 AUDIT                     Comparison (operators)  CREATE VIEW
 21,Index,
 BEGIN                     COMPUTE                 CREATE Attributes
 22,Index,
 Blocks                    Conditions              Cursor FOR
 23,Index,
 BNF Syntax                CONNECT                 Cursors
 24,Index,
 BOOLEAN                   CONNECT BY
 25,Index,

 26,Index,

 27,Index,
 Data Dictionary        DROP TABLE                   Example INSERT
 28,Index,
 DATE                   DROP TABLESPACE              Example LIKE
 29,Index,
 Date Functions         DROP VIEW                    Example LOCK TABLE
 30,Index,
 DBA                    EDIT                         Example NEXTVAL
 31,Index,
 DECLARE                END                          Example Nulls
 32,Index,
 DECLARE CURSOR         Error Handling               Example Numeric FOR
 33,Index,
 DEFINE                 Error Reporting (Functions)  Example Outer Join
 34,Index,
 DEL                    Example CONNECT BY           Example Query
 35,Index,
 DELETE                 Example Conversion           Example ROLLBACK
 36,Index,
 Delimiters             Example Correlated Subquery  Example SELECT INTO
 37,Index,
 DESCRIBE               Example CURSOR FOR           Example SELECT List
 38,Index,
 DISCONNECT             Example Cursors              Example Set Operators
 39,Index,
 Distributed Query      Example Datatype             Example SET TRANSACTION
 40,Index,
 DROP CLUSTER           Example Date Functions       Example Simple Join
 41,Index,
 DROP DATABASE LINK     Example DELETE               Example Subquery
 42,Index,
 DROP INDEX             Example Error Handling       Example WHERE CURRENT OF
 43,Index,
 DROP ROLLBACK SEGMENT  Example Formats              Example WHILE
 44,Index,
 DROP SEQUENCE          Example GROUP BY             Examples
 45,Index,
 DROP SYNONYM           Example Group Functions      EXCEPTION
 46,Index,

 47,Index,

 48,Index,
 EXIT                   Identifiers             Menu
 49,Index,
 EXIT PLSQL             IF                      NEXTVAL
 50,Index,
 Expression Forms       Implicit Conversions    NOAUDIT
 51,Index,
 Expressions            Index                   NOWAIT
 52,Index,
 FETCH                  INPUT                   NULL
 53,Index,
 Files                  INSERT                  Nulls
 54,Index,
 FOR UPDATE OF          Join                    NUMBER
 55,Index,
 Format Dates           Keys                    Numeric FOR
 56,Index,
 Format Modifiers       LIKE Operator           Old (SQL*Plus Commands)
 57,Index,
 Format Numbers         Limits (SQL*Plus)       OPEN
 58,Index,
 FROM                   Links                   ORDER BY
 59,Index,
 GET                    LIST                    Other Functions
 60,Index,
 GOTO                   Literals                Other Operators
 61,Index,
 GRANT                  LOCK TABLE              Outer Join
 62,Index,
 GROUP BY (& HAVING)    Logical Operators       Overview (of SQL*Plus)
 63,Index,
 Group Functions        Long                    Parameters
 64,Index,
 HAVING (& GOUP BY)     Long raw                PAUSE
 65,Index,
 HELP                   LOOP                    PL/SQL Exceptions
 66,Index,
 HOST                   Loops                   PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT
 67,Index,

 68,Index,

 69,Index,
 PROMPT                 SELECT INTO             Transactions
 70,Index,
 Pseudo-Columns         SELECT List             Tree-Structured Query
 71,Index,
 Query                  Sequences               TTITLE
 72,Index,
 QUIT                   SET                     UNDEFINE
 73,Index,
 RAISE                  Set Operators           UPDATE
 74,Index,
 RAW                    SET TRANSACTION         User ID
 75,Index,
 REMARK                 SHOW                    Uses of SELECT
 76,Index,
 Remote Databases       SPOOL                   VALIDATE INDEX
 77,Index,
 RENAME                 SQL in PL/SQL           Variables (and constants)
 78,Index,
 Reserved Words         SQL% Cursor             Views (and Indexes)
 79,Index,
 REVOKE                 SQLPlus                 WHENEVER SQLERROR
 80,Index,
 ROLLBACK               START                   WHERE
 81,Index,
 RUN                    START WITH              WHERE CURRENT OF
 82,Index,
 RUNFORM                Subquery                WHILE
 83,Index,
 SAVE                   Substitution            1 Row Char (Functions)
 84,Index,
 SAVEPOINT              Synonyms                1 Row Number (Functions)
 85,Index,
 Scoping Rules          Tables (columns, rows)  / (slash)
 86,Index,
 SELECT                 TIMING                  @ ("at" sign)
 87,Index,

 88,Index,

 89,Index,
 See also: select, uses of select, examples, index, commands, menu.
  1,Join,

  2,Join,
                              Join
  3,Join,

  4,Join,
 SELECT column, table.column, ...          --table. optional
  5,Join,
   FROM table1, table2, ...
  6,Join,
   WHERE table1.column1 = table2.column1   --WHERE clause optional
  7,Join,

  8,Join,

  9,Join,
 A join combines rows from two or more tables; in the result, each
 10,Join,
 row has data from several tables.  The WHERE clause specifies how
 11,Join,
 the rows are combined.
 12,Join,

 13,Join,
 If you select a column that exists in more than one of the tables
 14,Join,
 in the join, prefix the column name with the table name: emp.sal.
 15,Join,

 16,Join,
 A simple join returns rows from two tables; the rows returned are
 17,Join,
 those with matching values in the specified column of each table.
 18,Join,
 If the WHERE clause is omitted, all rows from all tables combine;
 19,Join,
 2 tables 300 rows each returns 90,000 rows--rarely what you want.
 20,Join,

 21,Join,

 22,Join,
 See also: example simple join, select, where, uses of select, menu.
  1,Keys,

  2,Keys,

  3,Keys,
                              Keys
  4,Keys,

  5,Keys,
 A PRIMARY KEY is one or more columns in a table used to uniquely
  6,Keys,
 identify each row in the table.  Primary key values should never
  7,Keys,
 change, and should never be null.
  8,Keys,

  9,Keys,
 A FOREIGN KEY is a column with the same value as the primary key
 10,Keys,
 in another (or the same) table. A foreign key value may be null.
 11,Keys,
 For example, the DEPTNO column is the primary key of table DEPT;
 12,Keys,
 in table EMP, DEPTNO is a foreign key that references the DEPTNO
 13,Keys,
 values in table DEPT.
 14,Keys,

 15,Keys,
 A UNIQUE KEY is similar to a primary key, except the purpose of a
 16,Keys,
 unique key is to ensure unique information in the column for each
 17,Keys,
 record, as with telephone or driver's license numbers.  A primary
 18,Keys,
 key should only identify each row uniquely, not contain any other
 19,Keys,
 information (although it CAN). A table may have many unique keys.
 20,Keys,

 21,Keys,

 22,Keys,
 See also: tables, create table, alter table, nulls, menu.
  1,LIKE Operator,

  2,LIKE Operator,

  3,LIKE Operator,
                              LIKE Operator
  4,LIKE Operator,

  5,LIKE Operator,
 SELECT...
  6,LIKE Operator,
    WHERE char LIKE 'pattern'
  7,LIKE Operator,
    ...
  8,LIKE Operator,

  9,LIKE Operator,
 The SQL LIKE operator matches part of the char string to part of the
 10,LIKE Operator,
 'pattern' string. You can use two "wild card" matching characters in
 11,LIKE Operator,
 the 'pattern':    % (percent sign)  matches zero or more characters;
 12,LIKE Operator,
                   _ (underscore)    matches exactly one character.
 13,LIKE Operator,

 14,LIKE Operator,

 15,LIKE Operator,
 String literals must be within 'apostrophes'.  Case is significant.
 16,LIKE Operator,

 17,LIKE Operator,
 This expression...     will select these values...   but not these...
 18,LIKE Operator,
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 19,LIKE Operator,
 lname LIKE 'S_ile%'    Smile, Stiles, Skilerson      smile, Samiler
 20,LIKE Operator,
 title LIKE '%ager'     Manager, dowager,  pager      MANAGER, agent
 21,LIKE Operator,

 22,LIKE Operator,

 23,LIKE Operator,
 See also: example like, comparison (operators), expression, menu.
  1,LIST,

  2,LIST,

  3,LIST,
                                    LIST
  4,LIST,

  5,LIST,
 L[IST] [ n | n m | n  * | n LAST | * | * n | * LAST | LAST]
  6,LIST,

  7,LIST,

  8,LIST,
 LIST displays one or more lines of the buffer. Enter LIST by itself to
  9,LIST,
 list all lines.
 10,LIST,

 11,LIST,
     Clause    Lists
 12,LIST,
     --------  ----------------------------------------
 13,LIST,
     n         line n.
 14,LIST,
     n m       lines n through m.
 15,LIST,
     n *       line n through the current line.
 16,LIST,
     n LAST    line n through the last line.
 17,LIST,
     *         the current line.
 18,LIST,
     * n       the current line through line n.
 19,LIST,
     * LAST    the current line through the last line.
 20,LIST,
     LAST      the last line.
 21,LIST,

 22,LIST,

 23,LIST,
 You can omit the space between LIST and n or *, but not between LIST and
 24,LIST,
 LAST.  The last line listed is the new current line (with an asterisk).
 25,LIST,

 26,LIST,

 27,LIST,
 Example:  To list the contents of the buffer, enter:
 28,LIST,

 29,LIST,
               SQL> L
 30,LIST,

 31,LIST,
           You will see a listing of all lines in the buffer, like this:
 32,LIST,

 33,LIST,
                 1  SELECT ENAME, DEPTNO, JOB
 34,LIST,
                 2  FROM EMP
 35,LIST,
                 3  WHERE JOB = 'CLERK'
 36,LIST,
                 4* ORDER BY DEPTNO
 37,LIST,

 38,LIST,
           The asterisk shows line 4 to be the current line.  To list the
 39,LIST,
           second line only, enter:
 40,LIST,

 41,LIST,
               SQL> L 2
 42,LIST,
                 2* FROM EMP
 43,LIST,

 44,LIST,
           To list the current line (now line 2) to the last line, enter:
 45,LIST,

 46,LIST,
               SQL> L * LAST
 47,LIST,
                 2  FROM EMP
 48,LIST,
                 3  WHERE JOB = 'CLERK'
 49,LIST,
                 4* ORDER BY DEPTNO
 50,LIST,

 51,LIST,

 52,LIST,
 See also: change, del, edit, get, input, save, spool, set (SQL buffer),
 53,LIST,
           commands, menu.
  1,LOCK TABLE,

  2,LOCK TABLE,

  3,LOCK TABLE,
                               LOCK TABLE
  4,LOCK TABLE,
                                                          SQL statement
  5,LOCK TABLE,

  6,LOCK TABLE,
 LOCK TABLE user.table, user.table...              --user. is optional
  7,LOCK TABLE,
   IN lockmode MODE NOWAIT;                        --NOWAIT is optional
  8,LOCK TABLE,

  9,LOCK TABLE,
 LOCK TABLE limits access to one or more tables, specified by lockmode:
 10,LOCK TABLE,

 11,LOCK TABLE,
 LOCKMODE              ALLOWS                  PROHIBITS
 12,LOCK TABLE,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 13,LOCK TABLE,
 SHARE                 queries, SHARE locks   updates, inserts, deletes
 14,LOCK TABLE,
 EXCLUSIVE             queries only           any other activity
 15,LOCK TABLE,
 ROW SHARE             concurrent use         entire table locks
 16,LOCK TABLE,
 ROW EXCLUSIVE         concurrent use         SHARE mode locks
 17,LOCK TABLE,
 SHARE ROW EXCLUSIVE   queries                SHARE mode locks, updates
 18,LOCK TABLE,

 19,LOCK TABLE,
 Once locked, a table remains locked during a DELETE, INSERT, or UPDATE
 20,LOCK TABLE,
 operation until a COMMIT or ROLLBACK of the transaction. If a table is
 21,LOCK TABLE,
 already locked, NOWAIT returns control to the user.
 22,LOCK TABLE,

 23,LOCK TABLE,
 See also: example lock table, query, delete, insert, update, commit,
 24,LOCK TABLE,
           nowait, rollback, savepoint, bnf syntax, commands, menu.
  1,LONG,

  2,LONG,

  3,LONG,
                              LONG
  4,LONG,

  5,LONG,
 LONG                   --SQL only; can't be used for PL/SQL variables
  6,LONG,

  7,LONG,
 Columns defined to be LONG store variable-length strings up to 65,535
  8,LONG,
 characters. A table may have one LONG column. Use LONG columns in the
  9,LONG,
 SELECT list and in the SET clauses of UPDATE and DELETE. Long columns
 10,LONG,
 cannot be indexed or referenced by functions.  They cannot be used:
 11,LONG,
       -  in expressions
 12,LONG,
       -  in the SELECT list of a nested query, nor in a distributed
 13,LONG,
              query
 14,LONG,
       -  in a query connected by UNION, INTERSECT or MINUS clauses
 15,LONG,
       -  with with WHERE, GROUP BY, ORDER BY, CONNECT BY, or DISTINCT
 16,LONG,

 17,LONG,

 18,LONG,
 See also: conversion, variables, number, char, long raw, date, boolean,
 19,LONG,
           raw, menu.
  1,LONG RAW,

  2,LONG RAW,

  3,LONG RAW,
                             LONG RAW
  4,LONG RAW,

  5,LONG RAW,
 LONG RAW
  6,LONG RAW,

  7,LONG RAW,
 Use the LONG RAW datatype in SQL to store byte-oriented data:
  8,LONG RAW,
 character strings, and graphics character sequences. ORACLE
  9,LONG RAW,
 displays RAW data as hexidecimal character values.
 10,LONG RAW,

 11,LONG RAW,

 12,LONG RAW,
 The LONG RAW datatype is the same as LONG, except over SQL*Net,
 13,LONG RAW,
 at which time SQL*Net will convert between ASCII and EBCIDIC
 14,LONG RAW,
 character set representations for CHAR data.
 15,LONG RAW,

 16,LONG RAW,

 17,LONG RAW,
 See also: connect, char, date, number, long, boolean, raw, menu.
  1,LOOP,

  2,LOOP,

  3,LOOP,
                            LOOP
  4,LOOP,
                                                      PL/SQL statement
  5,LOOP,
 <<label_name>>                  --<<label_name>> optional on any loop
  6,LOOP,
 LOOP
  7,LOOP,
     sequence_of_statements
  8,LOOP,
 END LOOP label_name;            --If a label_name appears before LOOP,
  9,LOOP,
                                   it must be used after END LOOP.
 10,LOOP,

 11,LOOP,
 Basic loops are often used with the FETCH statement.  Use GOTO, RAISE,
 12,LOOP,
 or EXIT to terminate a basic loop:
 13,LOOP,

 14,LOOP,
         <<first>>
 15,LOOP,
         LOOP
 16,LOOP,
            FETCH cursor_name INTO record_name;
 17,LOOP,
            EXIT WHEN cursor_name %NOTFOUND;
 18,LOOP,
               data_manipulation_statements
 19,LOOP,
         END LOOP first;
 20,LOOP,

 21,LOOP,

 22,LOOP,
 Other loops: while, cursor for, numeric for.
 23,LOOP,
 See also: fetch, goto, raise, exit, end, commands, menu.
  1,Limits,

  2,Limits,

  3,Limits,
                                Limits
  4,Limits,

  5,Limits,
 These limits apply to most systems, but not to PDP11 or mc68000.
  6,Limits,

  7,Limits,
 Item                               SQL*Plus Limit
  8,Limits,
 --------------------------------------------------------------------------
  9,Limits,
 file name length                   system-dependent
 10,Limits,
 username length                    30  characters
 11,Limits,
 user variable name length          30  characters
 12,Limits,
 user variable value length         240 characters
 13,Limits,
 number of user variables           1,024
 14,Limits,
 variables in INSERT INTO list      50
 15,Limits,
 variables per SQL command          100
 16,Limits,
 command line length                500 characters
 17,Limits,
 length of LONG value in SQL*Plus   250 characters
 18,Limits,
 output line size                   500 characters (minimum = 5 characters)
 19,Limits,
 line after variable substitution   1,000 characters (internal only)
 20,Limits,
 number of lines per command        500 (assuming 80 characters per line)
 21,Limits,
 number of lines per page           50,000
 22,Limits,
 total row width                    60,000 characters in VMS; else, 32,767
 23,Limits,
 rows in an array fetch             5000 rows
 24,Limits,
 nested command files               20 for VMS, CMS, Unix; otherwise, 5
 25,Limits,
 page numbers                       99,999 pages
 26,Limits,

 27,Limits,
 See also:  commands, menu.
  1,Links,

  2,Links,

  3,Links,
                              Links
  4,Links,

  5,Links,
 A database link provides access to a remote database from the local
  6,Links,
 database. To use a link, you must know a valid username on a remote
  7,Links,
 database, local and remote systems must be connected to each other,
  8,Links,
 and SQL*Net must be active on both.  A non-ORACLE database requires
  9,Links,
 SQL*Connect active as well.
 10,Links,

 11,Links,
 To access a table in a remote database use its linkname in the FROM
 12,Links,
 clause of a query or a subquery.  SELECT * FROM powers.dept@PACIFIC
 13,Links,
 connects the user to the database link PACIFIC and accesses a table
 14,Links,
 named DEPT owned by POWERS.
 15,Links,

 16,Links,
 Database links are used in distributed queries.  A single statement
 17,Links,
 is usually limited to four links.   LONG columns cannot be selected
 18,Links,
 through a link.
 19,Links,

 20,Links,

 21,Links,
 See also: distributed query, remote databases, create db link, menu.
  1,Literals,

  2,Literals,

  3,Literals,
                               Literals
  4,Literals,

  5,Literals,
 A SQL literal is a number or character string.
  6,Literals,

  7,Literals,
 NUMERIC LITERALS may be integers like 3, 1444, 23, and 5280, or real
  8,Literals,
                  numbers like 3.14159, .25, -12, 2.e6, 7E4.  Numeric
  9,Literals,
                  literals in a list must be separated by commas; you
 10,Literals,
                  may add spaces after the commas for easier reading.
 11,Literals,

 12,Literals,
 STRING LITERALS  are one or more characters enclosed by apostrophes.
 13,Literals,
                  Use two adjacent apostrophes to write an apostrophe
 14,Literals,
                  in a string.  For example: 'You''re a strong, happy
 15,Literals,
                  person, aren''t you?' Note that two apostrophes are
 16,Literals,
                  NOT the same as a "quotation mark"; quotation marks
 17,Literals,
                  are sometimes used to enclose identifier names.
 18,Literals,

 19,Literals,
 DATE LITERALS    are string literals in the date format '09-JAN-42'.
 20,Literals,

 21,Literals,
 BOOLEAN LITERALS are the predefined constants TRUE, FALSE, and NULL.
 22,Literals,

 23,Literals,

 24,Literals,
 See also: identifiers, menu.
  1,Logical Operators,

  2,Logical Operators,

  3,Logical Operators,
                          Logical Operators
  4,Logical Operators,

  5,Logical Operators,
 Logical operators in SQL control the result of multiple conditions.
  6,Logical Operators,
 The table lists logical operators in the order they are evaluated:
  7,Logical Operators,

  8,Logical Operators,
 Operator  Function                  Example
  9,Logical Operators,
 -------------------------------------------------------------------
 10,Logical Operators,
 NOT       Reverses the result of    SELECT...WHERE NOT (bal = 0)
 11,Logical Operators,
           a logical expression
 12,Logical Operators,
           Exception: NOT (NULL)
 13,Logical Operators,
           evaluates to null.
 14,Logical Operators,

 15,Logical Operators,
 AND       Returns TRUE if all       ...WHERE A >= 1 AND B <= 5000
 16,Logical Operators,
           conditions are TRUE
 17,Logical Operators,

 18,Logical Operators,
 OR        Returns TRUE if any       ...WHERE A IS NULL OR B IS NULL
 19,Logical Operators,
           conditions are TRUE
 20,Logical Operators,

 21,Logical Operators,

 22,Logical Operators,

 23,Logical Operators,
 See also: conditions, expressions, boolean comparisons, menu.
  1,Loops,

  2,Loops,

  3,Loops,
                             Loops
  4,Loops,

  5,Loops,
 PL/SQL provides several forms of iterative control, the ability
  6,Loops,
 to repeat or skip sections of a block.  For details, see:
  7,Loops,

  8,Loops,

  9,Loops,
    loop (basic loops)      end loop      example numeric for
 10,Loops,

 11,Loops,
    while                   exit plsql    example cursor for
 12,Loops,

 13,Loops,
    numeric for             goto
 14,Loops,

 15,Loops,
    cursor for
 16,Loops,

 17,Loops,

 18,Loops,

 19,Loops,
 See also: blocks, commands, menu.
  1,Menu,
                                 Menu
  2,Menu,

  3,Menu,
 SQL TOPICS         PL/SQL TOPICS      FUNCTIONS           SQL*PLUS TOPICS
  4,Menu,
 ---------------    ----------------   ----------------    ---------------
  5,Menu,
 alias              attributes         1 row number        help
  6,Menu,
 comments           blocks             1 row char          commands
  7,Menu,
 conditions         commands           conversion          old commands
  8,Menu,
 data dictionary    cursors            date functions      overview
  9,Menu,
 delimiters         error handling     error reporting     buffer
 10,Menu,
 expressions        examples           group functions     files
 11,Menu,
 identifiers        loops              other functions     substitution
 12,Menu,
 keys               scoping rules      format dates        parameters
 13,Menu,
 links              sql in pl/sql      format numbers      remote databases
 14,Menu,
 literals           variables          format modifiers    dba
 15,Menu,
 nulls                                                     limits
 16,Menu,
 pseudo-columns     DATATYPES          OPERATORS
 17,Menu,
 reserved words     ----------------   ------------------- ===DIRECTIONS===
 18,Menu,
 sequences          boolean   number   arithmetic (& char)  Type help, a
 19,Menu,
 synonyms           char         raw   comparison           space, and then
 20,Menu,
 tables             date               like                 all or part of
 21,Menu,
 transactions       implicit           logical operators    a topic name.
 22,Menu,
 user id            long               set operators
 23,Menu,
 views (& indexes)  long raw           other operators      See also: index.
  1,NEXTVAL,

  2,NEXTVAL,

  3,NEXTVAL,
                              NEXTVAL
  4,NEXTVAL,

  5,NEXTVAL,
 The pseudo-column sequence.NEXTVAL in SQL generates the next number
  6,NEXTVAL,
 in the sequence specified, while sequence.CURRVAL gives the current
  7,NEXTVAL,
 number in the sequence. If you use NEXTVAL and CURRVAL for the same
  8,NEXTVAL,
 sequence in one SELECT statement, you always get the NEXTVAL number.
  9,NEXTVAL,
 NEXTVAL and CURRVAL:
 10,NEXTVAL,

 11,NEXTVAL,
 MAY be used within...              but may NOT be used...
 12,NEXTVAL,
 -------------------------------------------------------------------
 13,NEXTVAL,
 the SELECT list of a SELECT        in the SELECT list for a view,
 14,NEXTVAL,
 statement (except in views)        or in a subquery
 15,NEXTVAL,

 16,NEXTVAL,
 the values list of an INSERT       with DISTINCT or set operators
 17,NEXTVAL,

 18,NEXTVAL,
 the SET expression of UPDATE       with ORDER BY, GROUP BY, or
 19,NEXTVAL,
                                    HAVING in a SELECT statement.
 20,NEXTVAL,

 21,NEXTVAL,

 22,NEXTVAL,
 See also: example nextval, pseudo-columns, sequence, select list,
 23,NEXTVAL,
           select, insert, update, order by, group by, commands, menu.
  1,NOAUDIT,

  2,NOAUDIT,

  3,NOAUDIT,
                                  NOAUDIT
  4,NOAUDIT,
                                                                SQL statement
  5,NOAUDIT,
 NOAUDIT can be used in two ways:  1) to partially or completely undo a prior
  6,NOAUDIT,
 system AUDIT, or 2) to partially or completely undo a prior AUDIT statement.
  7,NOAUDIT,

  8,NOAUDIT,
 *First Method*
  9,NOAUDIT,

 10,NOAUDIT,
 NOAUDIT system_option, system_option,... | ALL
 11,NOAUDIT,
     WHENEVER SUCCESSFUL | WHENEVER NOT SUCCESSFUL
 12,NOAUDIT,

 13,NOAUDIT,
 This type of NOAUDIT partially or completely undoes a prior system AUDIT.
 14,NOAUDIT,
 This form requires DBA privileges.
 15,NOAUDIT,

 16,NOAUDIT,
     system_option or ALL
 17,NOAUDIT,
         is CONNECT, DBA, NOT EXISTS, or RESOURCE.  ALL is all options.
 18,NOAUDIT,

 19,NOAUDIT,
     WHENEVER SUCCESSFUL or WHENEVER NOT SUCCESSFUL
 20,NOAUDIT,
         turns auditing off for successful or unsuccessful system accesses.
 21,NOAUDIT,
         If omitted, auditing is turned off for all system accesses.
 22,NOAUDIT,

 23,NOAUDIT,
 *Second Method*
 24,NOAUDIT,

 25,NOAUDIT,
 NOAUDIT option, option,... | ALL
 26,NOAUDIT,
     ON object | DEFAULT
 27,NOAUDIT,
     WHENEVER SUCCESSFUL | WHENEVER NOT SUCCESSFUL
 28,NOAUDIT,

 29,NOAUDIT,
 This type of NOAUDIT partially or completely undoes a prior AUDIT statement.
 30,NOAUDIT,
 You must own the object NOAUDIT operates on.  You must have DBA privileges
 31,NOAUDIT,
 to change the auditing options set for DEFAULT.  NOAUDIT also commits the
 32,NOAUDIT,
 current transaction.
 33,NOAUDIT,

 34,NOAUDIT,
     option or ALL
 35,NOAUDIT,
         for tables:    ALTER, AUDIT, COMMENT, DELETE, GRANT, INDEX,
 36,NOAUDIT,
                        INSERT, LOCK, RENAME, SELECT, or UPDATE
 37,NOAUDIT,

 38,NOAUDIT,
         for views:     AUDIT, DELETE, GRANT, INSERT, LOCK, RENAME, SELECT,
 39,NOAUDIT,
                        or UPDATE
 40,NOAUDIT,

 41,NOAUDIT,
         for sequences: ALTER, AUDIT, GRANT, or SELECT
 42,NOAUDIT,

 43,NOAUDIT,
         for synonyms:  the same options as those of their base table/view.
 44,NOAUDIT,

 45,NOAUDIT,
         ALL means all valid options.
 46,NOAUDIT,

 47,NOAUDIT,
     object | DEFAULT
 48,NOAUDIT,
         is a table, view, or sequence you own, or the DEFAULT options for
 49,NOAUDIT,
         the auditing of new tables.
 50,NOAUDIT,

 51,NOAUDIT,
     WHENEVER SUCCESSFUL or WHENEVER NOT SUCCESSFUL
 52,NOAUDIT,
         turns auditing off for successful or unsuccessful table accesses.
 53,NOAUDIT,
         If omitted, auditing is turned off for all table accesses.
 54,NOAUDIT,

 55,NOAUDIT,

 56,NOAUDIT,
 See also: audit, grant, commands, menu.
  1,NOWAIT,

  2,NOWAIT,

  3,NOWAIT,
                              NOWAIT
  4,NOWAIT,
                                                         SQL clauses
  5,NOWAIT,
 SELECT list... FROM...
  6,NOWAIT,
    FOR UPDATE OF column, column,... NOWAIT;   --one column is required
  7,NOWAIT,

  8,NOWAIT,
 LOCK TABLE [user.]table [,[user.]table]...
  9,NOWAIT,
    IN lockmode MODE [NOWAIT]
 10,NOWAIT,

 11,NOWAIT,
 NOWAIT is used in the SELECT and LOCK TABLE statements.  When used in
 12,NOWAIT,
 the SELECT statement, NOWAIT specifies that ORACLE should not wait for
 13,NOWAIT,
 the row if the row has already been locked by another user.  Instead,
 14,NOWAIT,
 ORACLE will return control to the user.   When used in the LOCK TABLE
 15,NOWAIT,
 statement, NOWAIT specifies that ORACLE should not wait for the table
 16,NOWAIT,
 if the table has already been locked by another user.  (ORACLE will
 17,NOWAIT,
 return control to the user.)
 18,NOWAIT,

 19,NOWAIT,
 See also: for update of, lock table, select, example delete, commit,
 20,NOWAIT,
           rollback, insert, delete, commands, menu.
  1,NULL,

  2,NULL,

  3,NULL,
                                  NULL
  4,NULL,
                                                      PL/SQL statement
  5,NULL,
 NULL;
  6,NULL,

  7,NULL,
 The NULL statement is optional, and has no effect on block processing.
  8,NULL,
 Use it to make conditional statements easier to read.  Some examples:
  9,NULL,

 10,NULL,
    EXCEPTION                           IF job_title = 'DESIGNER' THEN
 11,NULL,
      WHEN VALUE ERROR THEN                GOTO calc_bonus;
 12,NULL,
        INSERT INTO parts_table         ELSE
 13,NULL,
        VALUES ('ZZ', 9999);               NULL;
 14,NULL,
      WHEN OTHERS THEN                  END IF;
 15,NULL,
        NULL;
 16,NULL,

 17,NULL,

 18,NULL,
 The NULL statement has nothing at all to do with null values; IS NULL
 19,NULL,
 and IS NOT NULL are Comparison Operators.
 20,NULL,

 21,NULL,

 22,NULL,
 See also: nulls, comparison (operators), conditions, commands, menu.
  1,NUMBER,

  2,NUMBER,

  3,NUMBER,
                               NUMBER
  4,NUMBER,

  5,NUMBER,
 NUMBER(precision, scale)            --(precision, scale) optional
  6,NUMBER,

  7,NUMBER,
 The NUMBER datatype stores numeric data.  When declaring a column
  8,NUMBER,
 to be a NUMBER you can specify the total number of digits allowed
  9,NUMBER,
 (precision), and the number of digits permitted after the decimal
 10,NUMBER,
 point (scale). If a value has more digits than the number allowed,
 11,NUMBER,
 the error message "exceeds precision" is returned. Any value with
 12,NUMBER,
 more decimal digits than allowed is rounded.
 13,NUMBER,

 14,NUMBER,
 When scale is a negative number, an incoming value is rounded to
 15,NUMBER,
 that number of places LEFT of the decimal point. If precision is
 16,NUMBER,
 specified and scale is omitted, the incoming value is rounded to
 17,NUMBER,
 a whole number.  If precision is omitted, the value is stored as
 18,NUMBER,
 is, to the limit of the system's maximum precision and scale.
 19,NUMBER,

 20,NUMBER,

 21,NUMBER,
 See also: conversion, variables, char, long, date, raw, boolean, menu.
  1,Nulls,

  2,Nulls,

  3,Nulls,
                               Nulls
  4,Nulls,

  5,Nulls,
 A null specifies that data is unknown, missing, or not applicable.
  6,Nulls,
 Columns of any datatype may contain null values, unless the column
  7,Nulls,
 was defined as NOT NULL when the table was created.
  8,Nulls,

  9,Nulls,
 A null value is appropriate when the actual value is not known, or
 10,Nulls,
 when a data value would be meaningless.  Null is not the same as a
 11,Nulls,
 value of zero.  An expression that contains null evaluates to null.
 12,Nulls,

 13,Nulls,
 Use the NVL function to temporarily convert a null value to a data
 14,Nulls,
 value.  NVL(comm, 0) returns the value of comm if comm is not null,
 15,Nulls,
 or 0 if comm is null.
 16,Nulls,

 17,Nulls,
 In comparing a null value, use IS or IS NOT as the operator; using
 18,Nulls,
 any other comparison operator on a null value always returns null.
 19,Nulls,

 20,Nulls,
 Group functions ignore null values.
 21,Nulls,

 22,Nulls,

 23,Nulls,
 See also: example nulls, null (statement), other functions (NVL),
 24,Nulls,
           group functions, comparison (operators), menu.
  1,Numeric FOR,

  2,Numeric FOR,

  3,Numeric FOR,
                             Numeric FOR
  4,Numeric FOR,
                                                      PL/SQL statement
  5,Numeric FOR,

  6,Numeric FOR,
 FOR index IN first_integer..second_integer LOOP
  7,Numeric FOR,
     sequence_of_statements
  8,Numeric FOR,
 END LOOP;
  9,Numeric FOR,

 10,Numeric FOR,
 FOR index IN REVERSE first_integer..second_integer LOOP
 11,Numeric FOR,
     sequence_of_statements
 12,Numeric FOR,
 END LOOP;
 13,Numeric FOR,

 14,Numeric FOR,
 A numeric FOR loop's sequence_of_statements is executed once for each
 15,Numeric FOR,
 integer in the range between the first and second integers.  Starting
 16,Numeric FOR,
 with the first_integer, index is incremented by one at each iteration
 17,Numeric FOR,
 until index exceeds the second_integer and ends the loop.  IN REVERSE
 18,Numeric FOR,
 starts index with the second_integer. Index is implicitly declared to
 19,Numeric FOR,
 be a NUMBER, visible only in the loop, and treated as a constant: you
 20,Numeric FOR,
 can use its current value, but you can't change it.
 21,Numeric FOR,

 22,Numeric FOR,

 23,Numeric FOR,
 For other loops see: loop, while, cursor for.
 24,Numeric FOR,
 See also: example numeric for, number, commands, menu.
  1,OPEN,

  2,OPEN,
                               OPEN
  3,OPEN,
                                                 PL/SQL statement
  4,OPEN,
 OPEN cursor
  5,OPEN,
     (parameter1_value, parameter2_value...);          --optional
  6,OPEN,

  7,OPEN,

  8,OPEN,
 OPEN evaluates the query associated with cursor, which must have
  9,OPEN,
 been previously declared. If the DECLARE CURSOR lists parameters,
 10,OPEN,
 the OPEN statement must list values for the parameters following
 11,OPEN,
 the cursor name.
 12,OPEN,

 13,OPEN,

 14,OPEN,

 15,OPEN,
 See also: example cursors, cursors, declare cursor, close,
 16,OPEN,
           commands, menu.
  1,ORDER BY,

  2,ORDER BY,

  3,ORDER BY,
                             ORDER BY
  4,ORDER BY,
                                                      SQL clause
  5,ORDER BY,
 SELECT ...                       SELECT ...
  6,ORDER BY,
     ORDER BY expr ASC,...            ORDER BY expr DESC,...
  7,ORDER BY,

  8,ORDER BY,
     ORDER BY position ASC,...        ORDER BY position DESC,...
  9,ORDER BY,

 10,ORDER BY,
 The ORDER BY clause specifies the order in which to display the
 11,ORDER BY,
 results of a query.  Expr  references one or more SELECT clause
 12,ORDER BY,
 columns or FROM clause tables.  Position is a number indicating
 13,ORDER BY,
 the place of a column in the SELECT clause. ASC or DESC specify
 14,ORDER BY,
 ascending or descending order for the sort; the default is ASC.
 15,ORDER BY,

 16,ORDER BY,
 ORDER BY cannot be used in subqueries of INSERT, UPDATE, CREATE
 17,ORDER BY,
 TABLE or CREATE VIEW statements. An ORDER BY cancels the effect
 18,ORDER BY,
 of a CONNECT BY clause in the same statement.
 19,ORDER BY,

 20,ORDER BY,

 21,ORDER BY,
 See also: example date functions, select, query, subquery, insert,
 22,ORDER BY,
           update, create table, create view, connect by, menu.
  1,Old Commands,

  2,Old Commands,

  3,Old Commands,
                                Old Commands
  4,Old Commands,

  5,Old Commands,
 These old SQL*Plus commands still work, although SQL*Plus provides newer
  6,Old Commands,
 commands with better functionality.
  7,Old Commands,

  8,Old Commands,

  9,Old Commands,
 BTI[TLE] text
 10,Old Commands,
     BTITLE displays a title at the bottom of each report page.  The old
 11,Old Commands,
     form of BTITLE offers more limited formatting than the new form, but
 12,Old Commands,
     provides compatibility with UFI (a predecessor of SQL*Plus). The old
 13,Old Commands,
     form defines the bottom title as an empty line followed by a line with
 14,Old Commands,
     centered text.  See OLD TTITLE for details.
 15,Old Commands,

 16,Old Commands,

 17,Old Commands,
 COL[UMN] {column|expr} DEF[AULT]              Replaced by: COLUMN CLEAR
 18,Old Commands,
      COLUMN DEFAULT resets the display attributes for a given column to
 19,Old Commands,
      default values.  It has the same effect as COLUMN CLEAR.
 20,Old Commands,

 21,Old Commands,

 22,Old Commands,
 DOC[UMENT]                                           Replaced by: REMARK
 23,Old Commands,
     DOCUMENT begins a block of documentation in a command file.
 24,Old Commands,
     When you type DOCUMENT and press RETURN, SQL*Plus displays DOC> in
 25,Old Commands,
     place of SQL> until you end the documentation.  Enter # (pound) on a
 26,Old Commands,
     line by itself to end the documentation.  If DOCUMENT is OFF, SQL*Plus
 27,Old Commands,
     reads further lines of documentation as commands.  See SET DOCUMENT.
 28,Old Commands,

 29,Old Commands,

 30,Old Commands,
 NEWPAGE [1|n]                         Replaced by: SET command's NEWPAGE
 31,Old Commands,
     NEWPAGE advances spooled output n lines beyond the beginning of the
 32,Old Commands,
     next page.
 33,Old Commands,

 34,Old Commands,

 35,Old Commands,
 SET BUF[FER] {buffer|SQL}
 36,Old Commands,
     SET BUFFER makes the specified buffer the current buffer.  Initially,
 37,Old Commands,
     the SQL buffer is the current buffer.  SQL*Plus doesn't use multiple
 38,Old Commands,
     buffers; the SQL buffer should meet your needs.  If the buffer name
 39,Old Commands,
     you enter does not already exist, SET BUFFER creates and names the
 40,Old Commands,
     buffer.  The buffer is erased when you exit SQL*Plus.
 41,Old Commands,

 42,Old Commands,
     Running a query automatically makes the SQL buffer the current one.
 43,Old Commands,
     GET and SAVE copy text from one buffer to another.  CLEAR BUFFER
 44,Old Commands,
     erases text from the current buffer.  CLEAR SQL erases text from the
 45,Old Commands,
     SQL buffer when you're using another one.
 46,Old Commands,

 47,Old Commands,

 48,Old Commands,
 SET DOC[UMENT] {OFF|ON}
 49,Old Commands,
     SET DOCUMENT ON enables the DOCUMENT command, and SET DOCUMENT OFF
 50,Old Commands,
     disables it.  If you disable DOCUMENT, SQL*Plus reads any lines after
 51,Old Commands,
     a DOCUMENT command as commands.  See DOCUMENT for details.
 52,Old Commands,

 53,Old Commands,

 54,Old Commands,
 SET TRU[NCATE] {OFF|ON}
 55,Old Commands,
     SET TRUNCATE controls whether SQL*Plus truncates or wraps a data item
 56,Old Commands,
     that is too long for the current line width.  ON and SET WRAP OFF work
 57,Old Commands,
     the same way.  You may prefer to use WRAP, because the SHOW command
 58,Old Commands,
     recognizes WRAP and does not recognize TRUNCATE.
 59,Old Commands,

 60,Old Commands,

 61,Old Commands,
 TTI[TLE] text
 62,Old Commands,
     TTITLE displays a title at the top of each report page.  The old form
 63,Old Commands,
     of TTITLE has more limited formatting than the new form, but is
 64,Old Commands,
     compatible with UFI, a SQL*Plus predecessor.  The old form defines the
 65,Old Commands,
     top title as a line with the date left-aligned and the page number
 66,Old Commands,
     right-aligned, a line with centered text, and then a blank line.  Text
 67,Old Commands,
     is the title displayed.
 68,Old Commands,

 69,Old Commands,
     SQL*Plus centers text based on the SET LINESIZE setting.  A separator
 70,Old Commands,
     character (|) begins a new line; two line separator characters (||)
 71,Old Commands,
     insert a blank line.  Use SET HEADSEP to change the line separator
 72,Old Commands,
     character.  Control the formatting of page numbers in the old forms of
 73,Old Commands,
     TTITLE and BTITLE by defining the variable "_page".  The default _page
 74,Old Commands,
     value is the formatting string, "page &P4".  To alter it, DEFINE _page
 75,Old Commands,
     with a new string:
 76,Old Commands,

 77,Old Commands,
           SQL> SET ESCAPE /SQL> DEFINE _page = 'Page /&P2'
 78,Old Commands,

 79,Old Commands,
     The string prints "Page" and formats the page number to a width of 2.
 80,Old Commands,
     You can substitute any text for "Page" and any number for the width.
 81,Old Commands,
     You must set Escape so SQL*Plus doesn't read the ampersand (&) as a
 82,Old Commands,
     substitution variable.  The SET command's ESCAPE variable sets the
 83,Old Commands,
     escape character.
 84,Old Commands,

 85,Old Commands,
     SQL*Plus interprets TTITLE in the old form if a valid new-form clause
 86,Old Commands,
     does not immediately follow the command name.
 87,Old Commands,

 88,Old Commands,
     Example:  To use the old TTITLE to set a top title with a left-aligned
 89,Old Commands,
               date and a right-aligned page number on one line, MARKETING
 90,Old Commands,
               on the next line, and PERSONNEL REPORT on the third, enter:
 91,Old Commands,

 92,Old Commands,
               SQL> TTITLE 'MARKETING | PERSONNEL REPORT'
 93,Old Commands,

 94,Old Commands,
     See also:  commands, menu.
  1,Other Functions,

  2,Other Functions,

  3,Other Functions,
                     Other Functions
  4,Other Functions,

  5,Other Functions,
 DECODE(expr, search1, result1,     Returns result1 if expr = search1,
  6,Other Functions,
   search2, result2,...default)     result2 if expr = search2, etc. If
  7,Other Functions,
                                    no match is found, returns default
  8,Other Functions,
                                    or null if default omitted.
  9,Other Functions,

 10,Other Functions,
 DUMP(expr, format, start_with,     Shows format of expr as 8=octal,
 11,Other Functions,
   length)                          10=decimal, 16=hex, 17=character;
 12,Other Functions,
                                    start_position and length set the
 13,Other Functions,
                                    part shown; omit to show entirely.
 14,Other Functions,

 15,Other Functions,
 GREATEST(expr1, expr2, expr3...)   Returns greatest expr value in the
 16,Other Functions,
                                    list, converted to expr1 datatype.
 17,Other Functions,

 18,Other Functions,
 LEAST(expr1, expr2, expr3...)      Returns least expr value in list,
 19,Other Functions,
                                    converted to expr1 datatype.
 20,Other Functions,

 21,Other Functions,
 DUMP, GREATEST, and LEAST are not available in PL/SQL.
 22,Other Functions,

 23,Other Functions,

 24,Other Functions,
 NVL(expr1, expr2)      Returns expr1 if not null; if null, returns
 25,Other Functions,
                        expr2.  Returned datatype must match expr1.
 26,Other Functions,

 27,Other Functions,
 UID                    Returns the unique integer identifier of each user.
 28,Other Functions,

 29,Other Functions,
 USER                   Returns the currently signed on username.
 30,Other Functions,

 31,Other Functions,
 USERENV('ENTRYID')     Returns available auditing entry identifier.
 32,Other Functions,

 33,Other Functions,
 USERENV('LANGUAGE')    Returns language set by LANGUAGE INIT.ORA.
 34,Other Functions,

 35,Other Functions,
 USERENV('SESSIONID')   Returns user's auditing session identifier.
 36,Other Functions,

 37,Other Functions,
 USERENV('TERMINAL')    Returns terminal's operating system identifier.
 38,Other Functions,

 39,Other Functions,
 VSIZE(expr)            Returns the number of bytes used to store the
 40,Other Functions,
                        ORACLE internal representation of expr.
 41,Other Functions,

 42,Other Functions,

 43,Other Functions,
 See also: expressions, null, user id, menu.
  1,Other Operators,

  2,Other Operators,

  3,Other Operators,
                                Other Operators
  4,Other Operators,

  5,Other Operators,
     Operator    Meaning or Function in SQL
  6,Other Operators,
 --------------------------------------------------------------------------
  7,Other Operators,
     (+)         The preceding column is the outer join column in a join.
  8,Other Operators,

  9,Other Operators,
      *          Selects all columns from the table in a query.
 10,Other Operators,

 11,Other Operators,
     table.*     Selects all columns from the specified table in a query.
 12,Other Operators,

 13,Other Operators,
     ALL         Returns duplicate values from a query or aggregation.
 14,Other Operators,

 15,Other Operators,
     DISTINCT    Eliminates duplicate values from the result of a query
 16,Other Operators,
                 or from an aggregate expression.  The default is ALL.
 17,Other Operators,

 18,Other Operators,
     PRIOR       Used in the START WITH clause of a tree-structured query
 19,Other Operators,
                 to define the adjacent term as parent of the other term.
 20,Other Operators,

 21,Other Operators,

 22,Other Operators,

 23,Other Operators,
 See also: outer join, select, query, tree-structured query, menu.
  1,Outer Join,

  2,Outer Join,

  3,Outer Join,
                             Outer Join
  4,Outer Join,

  5,Outer Join,
 SELECT ...
  6,Outer Join,
   FROM table1, table2, ...
  7,Outer Join,
   WHERE table1.column = table2.column (+)
  8,Outer Join,

  9,Outer Join,

 10,Outer Join,
 The outer join operator (+) extends the result of a normal join by
 11,Outer Join,
 returning all rows with matching columns from the two tables, plus
 12,Outer Join,
 any non-matching rows from the table.column with (+) following it.
 13,Outer Join,

 14,Outer Join,
 You may outer join a table to only one other table within a single
 15,Outer Join,
 SELECT statement.
 16,Outer Join,

 17,Outer Join,

 18,Outer Join,

 19,Outer Join,
 See also: example outer join, select, uses of select, menu.
  1,Overview,

  2,Overview,

  3,Overview,
                             Overview (SQL*Plus)
  4,Overview,

  5,Overview,
 You can use SQL*Plus with SQL and its procedural extension, PL/SQL.  SQL
  6,Overview,
 enables you to store and retrieve data in the ORACLE relational database
  7,Overview,
 management system.  SQL*Plus enables you to manipulate SQL commands and
  8,Overview,
 PL/SQL blocks, and to perform many other tasks.  With SQL*Plus, you can:
  9,Overview,

 10,Overview,
  -  enter, edit, store, retrieve, and run SQL commands and PL/SQL blocks
 11,Overview,
  -  format, perform calculations on, store, and print query results
 12,Overview,
  -  list column definitions for any table
 13,Overview,
  -  access and copy data between SQL databases
 14,Overview,
  -  send messages to and accept responses from an end user
 15,Overview,

 16,Overview,

 17,Overview,
 Basic SQL*Plus Concepts
 18,Overview,

 19,Overview,
           Command - An instruction you give SQL*Plus or the ORACLE
 20,Overview,
                     RDBMS.
 21,Overview,

 22,Overview,
             Block - A group of SQL and PL/SQL commands related to
 23,Overview,
                     one another through procedural logic.
 24,Overview,

 25,Overview,
             Table - The basic unit of storage in the ORACLE RDBMS.
 26,Overview,

 27,Overview,
             Query - A SELECT statement that retrieves information
 28,Overview,
                     from one or more tables.
 29,Overview,

 30,Overview,
     Query results - The data retrieved by a query.
 31,Overview,

 32,Overview,
            Report - Query results formatted by you with SQL*Plus
 33,Overview,
                     commands.
 34,Overview,

 35,Overview,
 Entering and Executing Commands
 36,Overview,

 37,Overview,
 Your computer's cursor (usually an underline, rectangular block, or slash)
 38,Overview,
 appears after the command prompt.  The cursor is where the next character
 39,Overview,
 you type appears on the screen.  You can enter commands in uppercase or
 40,Overview,
 lowercase in SQL*Plus.  As you type SQL*Plus, SQL, and PL/SQL commands,
 41,Overview,
 use at least one space, tab, or RETURN between words.  You can use extra
 42,Overview,
 spaces, tabs, and RETURNs between words to make the code easier to read.
 43,Overview,

 44,Overview,
 You can enter three kinds of commands at the command prompt:
 45,Overview,

 46,Overview,
      -  SQL commands, for working with information in the database
 47,Overview,
      -  PL/SQL blocks, also for working with information in the database
 48,Overview,
      -  SQL*Plus commands for formatting query results, setting options,
 49,Overview,
             and editing and storing SQL and PL/SQL commands
 50,Overview,

 51,Overview,
  End a SQL command with a ; (semicolon) at the end of a line
 52,Overview,
                         a / (slash) on a line by itself
 53,Overview,
                         a blank line
 54,Overview,

 55,Overview,
 A semicolon (;) tells SQL*Plus to run the command.  Type ; at the end of
 56,Overview,
 the last line and press RETURN to execute.  If you press RETURN without
 57,Overview,
 a semicolon, SQL*Plus displays the next line number.  Type ; and press
 58,Overview,
 RETURN again to run the command.  A slash (/) on a line by itself also
 59,Overview,
 tells SQL*Plus to run the command.  Press RETURN after the last command
 60,Overview,
 line.  At the next line number, type / and press RETURN again.
 61,Overview,

 62,Overview,

 63,Overview,
 Running PL/SQL Blocks
 64,Overview,

 65,Overview,
 PL/SQL blocks begin with DECLARE, BEGIN, or a block name.  SQL*Plus treats
 66,Overview,
 PL/SQL blocks the same as SQL commands, except that a semicolon (;) or a
 67,Overview,
 blank line does not terminate and execute a block; terminate PL/SQL blocks
 68,Overview,
 by entering a period (.) by itself on a new line.  To execute the block
 69,Overview,
 currently in the SQL buffer, use the RUN or / (slash) command.
 70,Overview,

 71,Overview,
 Example: You might enter and run the following PL/SQL block:
 72,Overview,

 73,Overview,
     SQL> DECLARE
 74,Overview,
        2     x   NUMBER := 100;
 75,Overview,
        3  BEGIN
 76,Overview,
        4     FOR i IN 1..10 LOOP
 77,Overview,
        5        IF TRUNC(i / 2) = i / 2 THEN    --i is even
 78,Overview,
        6          INSERT INTO temp VALUES (i, x, 'i is even');
 79,Overview,
        7          ELSE
 80,Overview,
        8             INSERT INTO temp VALUES (i, x, 'i is odd');
 81,Overview,
        9          END IF;
 82,Overview,
       10          x := x + 100;
 83,Overview,
       11     END LOOP;
 84,Overview,
       12  END;
 85,Overview,
       13  .
 86,Overview,

 87,Overview,
     SQL> PL/SQL procedure successfully completed.
 88,Overview,

 89,Overview,
           When you run a block, SQL commands within the block may behave
 90,Overview,
           somewhat differently than they would outside of the block.
 91,Overview,

 92,Overview,

 93,Overview,
 Running SQL*Plus Commands
 94,Overview,

 95,Overview,
 Use SQL*Plus commands to manipulate SQL commands and PL/SQL blocks, and
 96,Overview,
 format and print query results.  To speed up command entry, you can
 97,Overview,
 abbreviate many SQL*Plus commands to one or a few letters.
 98,Overview,

 99,Overview,

100,Overview,
 Running Host Operating System Commands
101,Overview,

102,Overview,
 You can execute a host operating system command from the SQL*Plus command
103,Overview,
 prompt, useful when you want to perform a task like listing host operating
104,Overview,
 system files.  To run a host operating system command, enter HOST followed
105,Overview,
 by the host operating system command.  For example, this SQL*Plus command
106,Overview,
 runs a host command, DIRECTORY *.SQL:
107,Overview,

108,Overview,
               SQL> HOST DIRECTORY *.SQL
109,Overview,

110,Overview,
 See also:  commands, menu.
  1,PAUSE,

  2,PAUSE,

  3,PAUSE,
                                   PAUSE
  4,PAUSE,

  5,PAUSE,
 PAU[SE] [ text ]
  6,PAUSE,

  7,PAUSE,
 PAUSE displays an empty line followed by a line with text, then waits for
  8,PAUSE,
 the user to press RETURN.  Or it displays two empty lines, and waits for
  9,PAUSE,
 the user's response.
 10,PAUSE,

 11,PAUSE,
     text
 12,PAUSE,
         is the text you wish to display.  Enter PAUSE with no text to
 13,PAUSE,
         display two empty lines.
 14,PAUSE,

 15,PAUSE,

 16,PAUSE,
 Since PAUSE waits for the user's response, it's wise to include a message
 17,PAUSE,
 to press RETURN.  PAUSE reads input from the terminal (if available) even
 18,PAUSE,
 when you specify a file as the source of the input.  The SET command's
 19,PAUSE,
 PAUSE clause controls pausing between pages of a report.
 20,PAUSE,

 21,PAUSE,

 22,PAUSE,
 Example:  To display "Adjust paper and press RETURN to continue." then
 23,PAUSE,
           wait for the user to press RETURN, include the following PAUSE
 24,PAUSE,
           command in a command file:
 25,PAUSE,

 26,PAUSE,
               SQL> GET MYFILE
 27,PAUSE,
                 1  SET PAUSE ON
 28,PAUSE,
                 2  PAUSE Adjust paper and press RETURN to continue.
 29,PAUSE,
                 3  SELECT ...
 30,PAUSE,

 31,PAUSE,

 32,PAUSE,
 See also: /, @, get, prompt, run, set (pause), start, commands, menu.
  1,PL/SQL Exceptions,

  2,PL/SQL Exceptions,

  3,PL/SQL Exceptions,
                                PL/SQL Exceptions
  4,PL/SQL Exceptions,

  5,PL/SQL Exceptions,
  Predefined         SQLCODE   ORACLE
  6,PL/SQL Exceptions,
  PL/SQL Exception   Returns   ErrorCode   Exception Raised When
  7,PL/SQL Exceptions,
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  8,PL/SQL Exceptions,
  DUP_VAL_ON_INDEX     -1      ORA-00001   INSERT/UPDATE tried to create two
  9,PL/SQL Exceptions,
                                           rows w/ dup values in UNIQUE cols
 10,PL/SQL Exceptions,
  INVALID_CURSOR       -1001   ORA-01001   Stmt specified an invalid cursor
 11,PL/SQL Exceptions,
  INVALID_NUMBER       -1722   ORA-01722   CHAR to NUMBER failed: not number
 12,PL/SQL Exceptions,
  LOGIN_DENIED         -1017   ORA-01017   Invalid username/password used
 13,PL/SQL Exceptions,
  NO_DATA_FOUND        +100    ORA-01403   SELECT returned zero rows
 14,PL/SQL Exceptions,
  NOT_LOGGED_ON        -1012   ORA-01012   ORACLE call without ORACLE logon
 15,PL/SQL Exceptions,
  PROGRAM_ERROR        -6501   ORA-06501   PL/SQL had an internal problem
 16,PL/SQL Exceptions,
  STORAGE_ERROR        -6500   ORA-06500   PL/SQL memory full or corrupted
 17,PL/SQL Exceptions,
  TIMEOUT_ON_RESOURCE  -51     ORA-00051   Resource not available in time
 18,PL/SQL Exceptions,
  TOO_MANY_ROWS        -1427   ORA-01427   SELECT returned more than one row
 19,PL/SQL Exceptions,
  VALUE_ERROR          -6502   ORA-06502   Arith/num/string/conversion error
 20,PL/SQL Exceptions,
  ZERO_DIVIDE          -1476   ORA-01476   Attempted to divide a number by 0
 21,PL/SQL Exceptions,

 22,PL/SQL Exceptions,

 23,PL/SQL Exceptions,
 See also: exception, error reporting (functions), insert, update, char,
 24,PL/SQL Exceptions,
           number, user id, select, error handling, menu.
  1,PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT,

  2,PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT,

  3,PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT,
                       PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT
  4,PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT,
                                               PL/SQL statement
  5,PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT,

  6,PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT,
 PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT(exception_name, error_code_number);
  7,PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT,

  8,PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT,

  9,PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT,
 PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT enables you to assign a name to the error
 10,PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT,
 code of an internal exception that has not been named by ORACLE.
 11,PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT,

 12,PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT,
 The exception_name must be listed in the DECLARE section of the
 13,PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT,
 current block or an enclosing block.  Assign one exception_name
 14,PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT,
 only to a particular error code.
 15,PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT,

 16,PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT,
 Error_code_numbers are those returned by the SQLCODE function.
 17,PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT,

 18,PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT,
 The keyword PRAGMA conveys the statement to the PL/SQL compiler;
 19,PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT,
 the statement is not processed when the block is executed.
 20,PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT,

 21,PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT,

 22,PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT,
 See also: error handling, declare, exception, pl/sql exceptions,
 23,PRAGMA EXCEPTION_INIT,
           error reporting (functions), commands, menu.
  1,PROMPT,

  2,PROMPT,

  3,PROMPT,
                                   PROMPT
  4,PROMPT,

  5,PROMPT,
 PROMPT [ text ]
  6,PROMPT,

  7,PROMPT,
 PROMPT sends the specified message or a blank line to the user's screen.
  8,PROMPT,

  9,PROMPT,
     text
 10,PROMPT,
         is the text of the message you wish to display. If you omit text,
 11,PROMPT,
         PROMPT displays a blank line on the user's screen.
 12,PROMPT,

 13,PROMPT,
 Use this command in command files to give information to the user.
 14,PROMPT,

 15,PROMPT,
 Example:  Here is PROMPT used with ACCEPT in command file ASKFORDEPT:
 16,PROMPT,

 17,PROMPT,
               SQL> GET ASKFORDEPT
 18,PROMPT,
                 1  PROMPT
 19,PROMPT,
                 2  PROMPT Please enter a department
 20,PROMPT,
                 3  PROMPT For example: 10, 20, 30, 40
 21,PROMPT,
                 4  ACCEPT NEWDEPT NUMBER PROMPT 'DEPT:>'
 22,PROMPT,
                 5* SELECT DNAME FROM DEPT WHERE DEPTNO = &NEWDEPT
 23,PROMPT,

 24,PROMPT,
           If you run the file using @ASKFORDEPT, SQL*Plus displays:
 25,PROMPT,

 26,PROMPT,
               Please enter a department
 27,PROMPT,
               For example: 10, 20, 30, 40
 28,PROMPT,
               DEPT:>
 29,PROMPT,

 30,PROMPT,
           You can then enter a department number at the DEPT:> prompt.
 31,PROMPT,
           SQL*Plus lists the line containing &NEWDEPT before and after
 32,PROMPT,
           substitution, and then displays the department name matching
 33,PROMPT,
           the number entered at the DEPT:> prompt.
 34,PROMPT,

 35,PROMPT,

 36,PROMPT,
 See also: /, @, accept, get, input, pause, run, start, commands, menu.
  1,Parameters,

  2,Parameters,

  3,Parameters,
                               Parameters
  4,Parameters,

  5,Parameters,
 A parameter is a substitution variable with & (ampersand) followed by a
  6,Parameters,
 number (for example, "&1").  Parameters are used only in command files.
  7,Parameters,
 You pass values to the parameters as arguments to the START command.  If a
  8,Parameters,
 parameter represents a char or date value, enclose the parameter in
  9,Parameters,
 apostrophes as if it were a constant:
 10,Parameters,

 11,Parameters,
               SELECT * FROM EMP
 12,Parameters,
               WHERE JOB='&1'  /*char value*/
 13,Parameters,
               AND SAL=&2;     /*number value*/
 14,Parameters,

 15,Parameters,
 Then, when you run the command file, enter parameter values as arguments
 16,Parameters,
 of the START command.   The first argument after the file name represents
 17,Parameters,
 the first parameter (&1), the second represents the second parameter (&2),
 18,Parameters,
 and so on.  In the following command, SQL*Plus substitutes CLERK for &1
 19,Parameters,
 and 7900 for &2:
 20,Parameters,

 21,Parameters,
               SQL> START MYFILE CLERK 7900
 22,Parameters,

 23,Parameters,
 When you use arguments with the START command, SQL*Plus DEFINEs each
 24,Parameters,
 parameter in the command file with the value of the appropriate argument.
 25,Parameters,

 26,Parameters,
 See also: substitution, restrictions, commands, menu.
  1,Pseudo-Columns,

  2,Pseudo-Columns,

  3,Pseudo-Columns,
                           Pseudo-Columns
  4,Pseudo-Columns,

  5,Pseudo-Columns,
 A pseudo-column in SQL acts like a column, but doesn't reside in a
  6,Pseudo-Columns,
 table.  Queries can access data in a pseudo-column, but you cannot
  7,Pseudo-Columns,
 INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE a pseudo-column.
  8,Pseudo-Columns,

  9,Pseudo-Columns,
 Pseudo-Column      Returns
 10,Pseudo-Columns,
 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 11,Pseudo-Columns,
 sequence.NEXTVAL   the next value in the sequence
 12,Pseudo-Columns,

 13,Pseudo-Columns,
 sequence.CURRVAL   the current value in the sequence
 14,Pseudo-Columns,

 15,Pseudo-Columns,
 ROWID              a row's unique identifier
 16,Pseudo-Columns,

 17,Pseudo-Columns,
 ROWNUM             the numeric order in which a row was selected
 18,Pseudo-Columns,
                    from a table or from a set of joined rows
 19,Pseudo-Columns,

 20,Pseudo-Columns,
 LEVEL              1= root, 2= root's child, 3= grandchild, etc.
 21,Pseudo-Columns,

 22,Pseudo-Columns,

 23,Pseudo-Columns,
 See also: query, nextval, example nextval, tree-structured query,
 24,Pseudo-Columns,
           sequences, menu.
  1,QUIT,

  2,QUIT,

  3,QUIT,
                                   QUIT
  4,QUIT,

  5,QUIT,
 {QUIT | EXIT} [SUCCESS | FAILURE | WARNING | n | variable]
  6,QUIT,

  7,QUIT,
 QUIT commits all pending database changes, leaves SQL*Plus, and returns
  8,QUIT,
 control to the operating system.
  9,QUIT,

 10,QUIT,
     QUIT or EXIT
 11,QUIT,
         can be used interchangeably.
 12,QUIT,

 13,QUIT,
     SUCCESS
 14,QUIT,
         exits normally.
 15,QUIT,

 16,QUIT,
     FAILURE
 17,QUIT,
         exits with a return code indicating failure.
 18,QUIT,

 19,QUIT,
     WARNING
 20,QUIT,
         exits with a return code indicating warning.  QUIT with no clauses
 21,QUIT,
         exits with a value of SUCCESS.
 22,QUIT,

 23,QUIT,
     n   is an integer you can specify as the return code.
 24,QUIT,

 25,QUIT,
     variable
 26,QUIT,
         is a user-defined or system variable, like SQL.SQLCODE.
 27,QUIT,
         QUIT variable exits with the value of variable as the return code.
 28,QUIT,

 29,QUIT,
 QUIT enables you to specify an operating system return code so you can run
 30,QUIT,
 SQL*Plus command files in batch mode and detect an unexpected event.  The
 31,QUIT,
 manner of detection is operating-system specific.  SUCCESS, WARNING, and
 32,QUIT,
 FAILURE represent operating system dependent values; on some systems,
 33,QUIT,
 WARNING and FAILURE are not distinguishable.  To QUIT conditionally, use
 34,QUIT,
 WHENEVER SQLERROR.
 35,QUIT,

 36,QUIT,

 37,QUIT,
 Example:  The following returns the error code of the last executed SQL
 38,QUIT,
           command or PL/SQL block:
 39,QUIT,

 40,QUIT,
               SQL> QUIT SQL.SQLCODE
 41,QUIT,

 42,QUIT,
           The location of the return code depends on your system.
 43,QUIT,

 44,QUIT,

 45,QUIT,
 See also: connect, disconnect, host, save, spool, SQLPlus,
 46,QUIT,
           whenever sqlerror, commands, menu.
  1,Query,

  2,Query,

  3,Query,
                                Query
  4,Query,

  5,Query,
 A query is a SQL instruction to retrieve data from one or more tables
  6,Query,
 or views.  A subquery is a query within another statement.
  7,Query,

  8,Query,
 Use queries to:
  9,Query,

 10,Query,
         -  Define the set of rows in the target table with COPY,
 11,Query,
            INSERT, or CREATE TABLE.
 12,Query,

 13,Query,
         -  Obtain values for comparison in WHERE, HAVING, and
 14,Query,
            START WITH clauses within SELECT, UPDATE, and DELETE
 15,Query,
            statements.
 16,Query,

 17,Query,
                      SELECT...WHERE expr oper query
 18,Query,
                            ...HAVING expr oper query
 19,Query,
                            ...START WITH expr oper query
 20,Query,

 21,Query,
                      UPDATE...SET(column, column,..) oper query
 22,Query,
                            ...WHERE expr oper query
 23,Query,

 24,Query,
                      DELETE...WHERE expr oper query
 25,Query,

 26,Query,
                      INSERT...query
 27,Query,

 28,Query,

 29,Query,
 See also: example query, subquery, select, update, delete, where,
 30,Query,
           create table, uses of select, commands, menu.
  1,RAISE,

  2,RAISE,
                              RAISE
  3,RAISE,
                                                    PL/SQL statement
  4,RAISE,
 RAISE(exception_name);
  5,RAISE,

  6,RAISE,
 RAISE;
  7,RAISE,

  8,RAISE,

  9,RAISE,
 RAISE stops execution of the PL/SQL block and transfers control to
 10,RAISE,
 the exception handler declared for exception_name.
 11,RAISE,

 12,RAISE,
 Use RAISE only within an exception handler to re-raise the current
 13,RAISE,
 exception and look for its handler in the enclosing blocks.
 14,RAISE,

 15,RAISE,
 If PL/SQL finds no handler for exception_name in the current block,
 16,RAISE,
 the exception is passed to the enclosing blocks until it's handler
 17,RAISE,
 is found.  If there is no matching exception handler, an unhandled
 18,RAISE,
 exception error occurs, and execution stops.
 19,RAISE,

 20,RAISE,

 21,RAISE,
 See also: declare, error handling, exception, blocks, commands, menu.
  1,RAW,

  2,RAW,

  3,RAW,
                                RAW
  4,RAW,

  5,RAW,
 RAW(size)
  6,RAW,

  7,RAW,
 Use the RAW datatype in SQL to store byte-oriented data:  character
  8,RAW,
 strings and graphics character sequences.  ORACLE displays RAW data
  9,RAW,
 as hexidecimal character values.
 10,RAW,

 11,RAW,
 The maximum RAW size is 255 bytes. RAW is like CHAR, except when
 12,RAW,
 transmitted via SQL*Net, which converts ASCII representations to
 13,RAW,
 EBCDIC, and EBCDIC representations to ASCII.  The size parameter
 14,RAW,
 is optional; if omitted, it defaults to 1.
 15,RAW,

 16,RAW,

 17,RAW,
 See also: long, long raw, raw, char, date, number, boolean, connect,
 18,RAW,
           menu.
  1,REMARK,

  2,REMARK,

  3,REMARK,
                                   REMARK
  4,REMARK,

  5,REMARK,
 REM[ARK]
  6,REMARK,

  7,REMARK,
 REMARK at the beginning of a line signifies a comment in a command file.
  8,REMARK,
 The comment ends at the end of the line.  A line cannot contain both a
  9,REMARK,
 comment and a command.  See /* for information on entering comments in
 10,REMARK,
 statements.
 11,REMARK,

 12,REMARK,
 Example:  Here are some typical comments in command files:
 13,REMARK,

 14,REMARK,
               SQL> GET EMPSUM
 15,REMARK,

 16,REMARK,
               1  REM Uses BREAK ON REPORT to break on end of table.
 17,REMARK,
               2  BREAK ON REPORT
 18,REMARK,
               3  COMPUTE SUM OF "DEPARTMENT 10" "DEPARTMENT 20" -
 19,REMARK,
               4  "DEPARTMENT 30" "TOTAL BY JOB" ON REPORT
 20,REMARK,
               5  REM Each column displays the sums of salaries by job
 21,REMARK,
               6  REM for one of the departments 10, 20, 30.
 22,REMARK,
               7  SELECT JOB,
 23,REMARK,
               8         SUM( DECODE( DEPTNO, 10, SAL, 0)) "DEPARTMENT 10",
 24,REMARK,
               9         SUM( DECODE( DEPTNO, 20, SAL, 0)) "DEPARTMENT 20",
 25,REMARK,
               10        SUM( DECODE( DEPTNO, 30, SAL, 0)) "DEPARTMENT 30",
 26,REMARK,
               11        SUM(SAL) "TOTAL BY JOB"
 27,REMARK,
               12  FROM EMP
 28,REMARK,
               13* GROUP BY JOB
 29,REMARK,

 30,REMARK,

 31,REMARK,
 See also: /, @, comments, edit, get, start, run, whenever sqlerror,
 32,REMARK,
           commands, menu.
  1,RENAME,

  2,RENAME,
                                 RENAME
  3,RENAME,
                                                             SQL statement
  4,RENAME,
 RENAME old TO new
  5,RENAME,

  6,RENAME,
 RENAME changes the name of a table, view, or synonym from old to new.
  7,RENAME,
 Grants and indexes belonging to the old object are transferred to the
  8,RENAME,
 new one.
  9,RENAME,

 10,RENAME,
 Columns cannot be renamed with RENAME; use CREATE TABLE...AS SELECT
 11,RENAME,
 instead.  For example, rename column oldcol to newcol in table static
 12,RENAME,
 (with one column) by entering:
 13,RENAME,

 14,RENAME,
     CREATE TABLE temporary (newcol) AS SELECT (oldcol) FROM static
 15,RENAME,
     DROP TABLE static
 16,RENAME,
     RENAME temporary TO static
 17,RENAME,

 18,RENAME,

 19,RENAME,
 See also: create synonym, create table, create view, identifiers, tables,
 20,RENAME,
           views, synonyms, commands, menu.
  1,REVOKE,

  2,REVOKE,

  3,REVOKE,
                                 REVOKE
  4,REVOKE,
                                                            SQL statement
  5,REVOKE,
 There are three ways to use REVOKE:  1) to remove database privileges
  6,REVOKE,
 from one or more users; 2) to remove the ability of one or more users
  7,REVOKE,
 to create objects in the specified tablespace (and prevents allocation
  8,REVOKE,
 of more database space to those users' objects); and 3) to remove access
  9,REVOKE,
 privileges for one or more users to tables, views, and sequences.
 10,REVOKE,

 11,REVOKE,

 12,REVOKE,
 *First Method*
 13,REVOKE,

 14,REVOKE,
 REVOKE CONNECT, RESOURCE, DBA
 15,REVOKE,
     FROM user, user,...
 16,REVOKE,

 17,REVOKE,
 This type of REVOKE removes database privileges from one or more users.
 18,REVOKE,
 Before revoking CONNECT from a user, we recommend that all objects
 19,REVOKE,
 owned by that user be dropped first.  REVOKE requires DBA privileges.
 20,REVOKE,

 21,REVOKE,
 *Second Method*
 22,REVOKE,

 23,REVOKE,
 REVOKE RESOURCE ON tablespace
 24,REVOKE,
     FROM user, user,...
 25,REVOKE,

 26,REVOKE,
 This type of REVOKE removes the ability of one or more users to create
 27,REVOKE,
 objects in the specified tablespace, and prevents the allocation of
 28,REVOKE,
 further database space to those users' objects.
 29,REVOKE,

 30,REVOKE,
 *Third Method*
 31,REVOKE,

 32,REVOKE,
 REVOKE object_privilege, object_privilege,... | ALL
 33,REVOKE,
     ON user.object
 34,REVOKE,
     FROM PUBLIC | user, user,...
 35,REVOKE,

 36,REVOKE,
 This type of REVOKE removes access privileges for one or more users to
 37,REVOKE,
 tables, views, and sequences.  You must own the object, or have been
 38,REVOKE,
 granted WITH GRANT OPTION on the table.
 39,REVOKE,

 40,REVOKE,
 If a user is authorized to access a table by more than one person, he/she
 41,REVOKE,
 may use the table until privileges are revoked by all who granted them.
 42,REVOKE,

 43,REVOKE,
     object_privilege
 44,REVOKE,
         for tables:    ALTER, DELETE, INDEX, INSERT, REFERENCES, SELECT,
 45,REVOKE,
                        or UPDATE
 46,REVOKE,

 47,REVOKE,
         for views:     DELETE, INSERT, SELECT, or UPDATE
 48,REVOKE,

 49,REVOKE,
         for sequences: ALTER or SELECT
 50,REVOKE,

 51,REVOKE,

 52,REVOKE,
 See also: audit, grant, dba, commands, menu.
  1,ROLLBACK,

  2,ROLLBACK,

  3,ROLLBACK,
                                 ROLLBACK
  4,ROLLBACK,
                                                     SQL statement
  5,ROLLBACK,
 ROLLBACK WORK;
  6,ROLLBACK,

  7,ROLLBACK,
 ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT savepoint_name;
  8,ROLLBACK,

  9,ROLLBACK,
 ROLLBACK discards all database changes made since the last COMMIT
 10,ROLLBACK,
 statement, and erases all savepoints.
 11,ROLLBACK,

 12,ROLLBACK,
 ROLLBACK TO savepoint_name undoes all database changes made since
 13,ROLLBACK,
 the last SAVEPOINT statement with that name.
 14,ROLLBACK,

 15,ROLLBACK,
 ORACLE creates an implicit savepoint before an INSERT, UPDATE, or
 16,ROLLBACK,
 DELETE statement is executed, and automatically issues a ROLLBACK
 17,ROLLBACK,
 to that point if the statement fails.
 18,ROLLBACK,

 19,ROLLBACK,
 WORK and SAVEPOINT are optional; use them to make reading easier.
 20,ROLLBACK,

 21,ROLLBACK,

 22,ROLLBACK,
 See also: example rollback, commit, savepoint, insert, update,
 23,ROLLBACK,
           delete, commands, menu.
  1,RUN,

  2,RUN,

  3,RUN,
                                  RUN
  4,RUN,

  5,RUN,
 R[UN]
  6,RUN,

  7,RUN,
 RUN lists and executes the SQL command or PL/SQL block currently in the
  8,RUN,
 SQL buffer.  RUN makes the last line of the SQL buffer the current line.
  9,RUN,
 The slash command (/) works like RUN, but doesn't list the command.
 10,RUN,

 11,RUN,
    Example:  The SQL buffer contains the query:
 12,RUN,

 13,RUN,
               SELECT DEPTNO FROM DEPT
 14,RUN,

 15,RUN,
           To RUN the query, enter:
 16,RUN,

 17,RUN,
               SQL> RUN
 18,RUN,

 19,RUN,
           Output:  1* SELECT DEPTNO FROM DEPT
 20,RUN,

 21,RUN,
                    DEPTNO
 22,RUN,
                    ------
 23,RUN,
                        10
 24,RUN,
                        20
 25,RUN,
                        30
 26,RUN,
                        40
 27,RUN,

 28,RUN,

 29,RUN,
 See also: /, @, edit, get, list, parameters, save, spool, start,
 30,RUN,
           SQL in PL/SQL, commands, menu.
  1,RUNFORM,

  2,RUNFORM,

  3,RUNFORM,
                                   RUNFORM
  4,RUNFORM,

  5,RUNFORM,
 RUNFORM [options]  form_name
  6,RUNFORM,

  7,RUNFORM,
 RUNFORM invokes a SQL*Forms application from within SQL*Plus.  Note: You
  8,RUNFORM,
 have access to this command only if your site chose this option while
  9,RUNFORM,
 installing SQL*Plus.
 10,RUNFORM,

 11,RUNFORM,
     [options]
 12,RUNFORM,
         See your SQL*Forms Designer's Reference Manual for details.
 13,RUNFORM,

 14,RUNFORM,
     form_name
 15,RUNFORM,
         See your SQL*Forms Designer's Reference Manual for details.
 16,RUNFORM,

 17,RUNFORM,
 The RUNFORM syntax is the same in both SQL*Plus and SQL*Forms.  You can
 18,RUNFORM,
 invoke a form more quickly in SQL*Plus than you can from the system prompt
 19,RUNFORM,
 because you avoid a separate ORACLE logon.
 20,RUNFORM,

 21,RUNFORM,
 When you invoke a form in SQL*Plus (by using RUNFORM), do not specify a
 22,RUNFORM,
 username/password (you retain your current connection to ORACLE).  To use
 23,RUNFORM,
 another username/password, use the CONNECT command to connect to the
 24,RUNFORM,
 username before issuing the RUNFORM command.
 25,RUNFORM,

 26,RUNFORM,

 27,RUNFORM,
 Example:  To run a form named MYFORM, enter:
 28,RUNFORM,

 29,RUNFORM,
               SQL> RUNFORM MYFORM
 30,RUNFORM,

 31,RUNFORM,

 32,RUNFORM,
 See also:  commands, menu.
  1,Remote Databases,

  2,Remote Databases,

  3,Remote Databases,
                            Remote Databases
  4,Remote Databases,

  5,Remote Databases,
 Many installations run ORACLE on more than one computer.  Such computers
  6,Remote Databases,
 are often connected in a network, so programs on different computers can
  7,Remote Databases,
 exchange data.  Networked computers can be physically near each other, or
  8,Remote Databases,
 separated by large distances and connected by telecommunication links.
  9,Remote Databases,

 10,Remote Databases,
 Remote databases are databases on other computers and on the host computer
 11,Remote Databases,
 other than your default database.  You can access a remote database if it
 12,Remote Databases,
 has SQL*Net and a network driver compatible with the local database.  You
 13,Remote Databases,
 can access a remote database inside SQL*Plus (with the CONNECT command),
 14,Remote Databases,
 or as you start SQL*Plus (with the SQLPLUS command).
 15,Remote Databases,

 16,Remote Databases,
 Accessing a Remote Database from within SQL*Plus
 17,Remote Databases,

 18,Remote Databases,
     To access a remote database using CONNECT, include a SQL*Net database
 19,Remote Databases,
     specification in the CONNECT command in one of these forms:
 20,Remote Databases,

 21,Remote Databases,
                CONNECT SCOTT@database_specification
 22,Remote Databases,
                CONNECT SCOTT/TIGER@database_specification
 23,Remote Databases,

 24,Remote Databases,
     SQL*Plus connects you to the database, which is the default until you
 25,Remote Databases,
     CONNECT to another one, DISCONNECT, or exit SQL*Plus.  The database
 26,Remote Databases,
     specification string depends upon your computer's SQL*Net protocol.
 27,Remote Databases,

 28,Remote Databases,
 Accessing a Remote Database as You Start SQL*Plus
 29,Remote Databases,

 30,Remote Databases,
     To connect to a remote database when you start SQL*Plus, include one
 31,Remote Databases,
     of these SQL*Net database specification forms in your SQLPLUS command:
 32,Remote Databases,

 33,Remote Databases,
               SQLPLUS SCOTT@database_specification
 34,Remote Databases,
               SQLPLUS SCOTT/TIGER@database_specification
 35,Remote Databases,

 36,Remote Databases,
     The username, password, and database_specification must be valid in
 37,Remote Databases,
     the remote database.  SQL*Plus starts and connects you to the remote
 38,Remote Databases,
      database, which is the default database until you CONNECT to another
 39,Remote Databases,
      database, DISCONNECT, or exit SQL*Plus.
 40,Remote Databases,

 41,Remote Databases,
 See also:  commands, menu.
  1,Reserved Words,

  2,Reserved Words,

  3,Reserved Words,
                            Reserved Words
  4,Reserved Words,

  5,Reserved Words,
 The following words have special meaning in SQL and PL/SQL, and may
  6,Reserved Words,
 not be used for identifier names (unless enclosed in "quotes"):
  7,Reserved Words,

  8,Reserved Words,
 ABORT      AUDIT           CLUSTERS     DATA_BASE      DISPOSE
  9,Reserved Words,
 ACCEPT     AUTHORIZATION   COLAUTH      DATE           DISTINCT
 10,Reserved Words,
 ACCESS     AVG             COLUMN       DBA            DO
 11,Reserved Words,
 ADD        BEGIN           COMMENT      DEBUGOFF       DROP
 12,Reserved Words,
 ALL        BETWEEN         COMMIT       DEBUGON        ELSE
 13,Reserved Words,
 ALTER      BODY            COMPRESS     DECIMAL        ELSIF
 14,Reserved Words,
 AND        BOOLEAN         CONNECT      DECLARE        END
 15,Reserved Words,
 ANY        BY              CONSTANT     DEFAULT        ENTRY
 16,Reserved Words,
 ARRAY      CASE            COUNT        DEFINITION     EXCEPTION
 17,Reserved Words,
 AS         CHAR            CRASH        DELAY          EXCEPTION_INIT
 18,Reserved Words,
 ASC        CHAR_BASE       CREATE       DELETE         EXCLUSIVE
 19,Reserved Words,
 ASSERT     CHECK           CURRENT      DELTA          EXISTS
 20,Reserved Words,
 ASSIGN     CLOSE           CURSOR       DESC           EXIT
 21,Reserved Words,
 AT         CLUSTER         DATABASE     DIGITS         FALSE
 22,Reserved Words,

 23,Reserved Words,

 24,Reserved Words,

 25,Reserved Words,
 FETCH        IF            LIKE         NOCOMPRESS     OTHERS
 26,Reserved Words,
 FILE         IMMEDIATE     LIMITED      NOT            OUT
 27,Reserved Words,
 FLOAT        IN            LOCK         NOWAIT         PACKAGE
 28,Reserved Words,
 FOR          INCREMENT     LONG         NULL           PARTITION
 29,Reserved Words,
 FORM         INDEX         LOOP         NUMBER         PCTFREE
 30,Reserved Words,
 FROM         INDEXES       MAX          NUMBER_BASE    PRAGMA
 31,Reserved Words,
 FUNCTION     INDICATOR     MAXEXTENTS   OF             PRIOR
 32,Reserved Words,
 GENERIC      INITIAL       MIN          OFFLINE        PRIVATE
 33,Reserved Words,
 GOTO         INSERT        MINUS        ON             PRIVILEGES
 34,Reserved Words,
 GRANT        INTEGER       MOD          ONLINE         PROCEDURE
 35,Reserved Words,
 GRAPHIC      INTERSECT     MODE         OPEN           PUBLIC
 36,Reserved Words,
 GROUP        INTO          MODIFY       OPTION         RAISE
 37,Reserved Words,
 HAVING       IS            NEW          OR             RANGE
 38,Reserved Words,
 IDENTIFIED   LEVEL         NOAUDIT      ORDER          RAW
 39,Reserved Words,

 40,Reserved Words,

 41,Reserved Words,

 42,Reserved Words,
 RECORD       ROWTYPE       SQLERRM      THEN           VARGRAPH
 43,Reserved Words,
 RELEASE      RUN           START        TO             VARIANCE
 44,Reserved Words,
 REM          SAVEPOINT     STATEMENT    TRIGGER        VIEW
 45,Reserved Words,
 REMARK       SCHEMA        STDDEV       TRUE           VIEWS
 46,Reserved Words,
 RENAME       SELECT        SUBTYPE      TYPE           WHEN
 47,Reserved Words,
 RESOURCE     SEPARATE      SUCCESSFUL   UID            WHENEVER
 48,Reserved Words,
 RETURN       SESSION       SUM          UNION          WHERE
 49,Reserved Words,
 REVERSE      SET           SYNONYM      UNIQUE         WHILE
 50,Reserved Words,
 REVOKE       SHARE         SYSDATE      UPDATE         WITH
 51,Reserved Words,
 ROLLBACK     SIZE          TABAUTH      USE            WORK
 52,Reserved Words,
 ROW          SMALLINT      TABLE        USER           XOR
 53,Reserved Words,
 ROWID        SPACE         TABLES       VALIDATE
 54,Reserved Words,
 ROWNUM       SQL           TASK         VALUES
 55,Reserved Words,
 ROWS         SQLCODE       TERMINATE    VARCHAR
 56,Reserved Words,

 57,Reserved Words,

 58,Reserved Words,

 59,Reserved Words,
 See also: identifiers, commands, menu.
  1,SAVE,

  2,SAVE,

  3,SAVE,
                                  SAVE
  4,SAVE,

  5,SAVE,
 SAV[E] file_name[.ext] [CRE[ATE]|REP[LACE]|APP[END]]
  6,SAVE,

  7,SAVE,
 SAVE stores the buffer's contents in a host operating system command file.
  8,SAVE,
 When you SAVE the contents of the SQL buffer, SAVE adds a line containing
  9,SAVE,
 a slash (/) to the end of the file.
 10,SAVE,

 11,SAVE,
     file_name[.ext ]
 12,SAVE,
         specifies the command file in which to save the buffer's
 13,SAVE,
         contents.  If you don't specify an extension, SQL*Plus assumes the
 14,SAVE,
         default extension (normally SQL).  For information on changing the
 15,SAVE,
         default extension, see the SUFFIX variable of the SET command.
 16,SAVE,

 17,SAVE,
         To SAVE a file under a name identical to a SAVE command clause
 18,SAVE,
         (CREATE, REPLACE, or APPEND), you must specify a file extension.
 19,SAVE,

 20,SAVE,
     CRE[ATE]
 21,SAVE,
         creates the file if the file does not exist.
 22,SAVE,

 23,SAVE,
     REP[LACE]
 24,SAVE,
         replaces the contents of an existing file.  If the file does not
 25,SAVE,
         exist, REPLACE creates the file.
 26,SAVE,

 27,SAVE,
     APP[END]
 28,SAVE,
         adds the contents of the buffer to the end of the specified file.
 29,SAVE,

 30,SAVE,

 31,SAVE,
 Example:  To save the buffer's contents in file DEPTSALRPT.SQL, enter:
 32,SAVE,

 33,SAVE,
               SQL> SAVE DEPTSALRPT
 34,SAVE,

 35,SAVE,

 36,SAVE,
           To save the buffer's contents in file DEPTSALRPT.OLD, enter:
 37,SAVE,

 38,SAVE,
               SQL> SAVE DEPTSALRPT.OLD
 39,SAVE,

 40,SAVE,
 See also:  commands, menu.
  1,SAVEPOINT,

  2,SAVEPOINT,

  3,SAVEPOINT,
                               SAVEPOINT
  4,SAVEPOINT,
                                                    SQL statement
  5,SAVEPOINT,
 SAVEPOINT savepoint_name;
  6,SAVEPOINT,

  7,SAVEPOINT,
 SAVEPOINT names the current point in a transaction, so you can
  8,SAVEPOINT,
 use a ROLLBACK statement with that same savepoint_name to undo
  9,SAVEPOINT,
 any changes made since the SAVEPOINT.
 10,SAVEPOINT,

 11,SAVEPOINT,
   -  If you reuse a savepoint_name within a transaction, the old
 12,SAVEPOINT,
      SAVEPOINT with that name is erased.
 13,SAVEPOINT,

 14,SAVEPOINT,
   -  ROLLBACK TO savepoint_name discards transactions made after
 15,SAVEPOINT,
      the savepoint_name specified.
 16,SAVEPOINT,

 17,SAVEPOINT,
   -  COMMIT and ROLLBACK without parameter erase all savepoints.
 18,SAVEPOINT,

 19,SAVEPOINT,

 20,SAVEPOINT,
 See also: example rollback, transactions, rollback, commit, commands,
 21,SAVEPOINT,
           menu.
  1,SELECT,

  2,SELECT,

  3,SELECT,
                                 SELECT
  4,SELECT,
                                                           SQL statement
  5,SELECT,
 SELECT ALL | DISTINCT * | table.* | expr alias,...
  6,SELECT,
    FROM user.table, table alias,...
  7,SELECT,
    WHERE condition
  8,SELECT,
    CONNECT BY condition  START WITH condition
  9,SELECT,
    GROUP BY expr, expr... HAVING condition
 10,SELECT,
    UNION | INTERSECT | MINUS  SELECT...
 11,SELECT,
    ORDER BY expr | ASC | DESC,...
 12,SELECT,
    FOR UPDATE OF column, column... NOWAIT;
 13,SELECT,

 14,SELECT,
 SELECT retrieves rows and columns from one or more tables.  By itself,
 15,SELECT,
 a select statement is a query; it is a subquery when it is a clause
 16,SELECT,
 in another statement.  FROM is required; all other clauses are optional.
 17,SELECT,
 clauses must be in the order shown above when used together.
 18,SELECT,

 19,SELECT,
 For more information, type help, a space, and all or part of a topic.
 20,SELECT,

 21,SELECT,
 See also: bnf syntax, uses of select, query, subquery, from, where,
 22,SELECT,
           aliases, connect by, group by, order by, for update of,
 23,SELECT,
           set operators, other operators, expressions, conditions,
 24,SELECT,
           example query, example subquery, commands, menu.
  1,SELECT INTO,

  2,SELECT INTO,
                            SELECT INTO
  3,SELECT INTO,
                                                  PL/SQL statement
  4,SELECT INTO,
 SELECT_list INTO variable_list
  5,SELECT INTO,
    FROM table, table,...
  6,SELECT INTO,
    rest_of_statement;
  7,SELECT INTO,

  8,SELECT INTO,

  9,SELECT INTO,
 For each item in the SELECT_list, SELECT...INTO retrieves a value
 10,SELECT INTO,
 FROM the specified table(s), and puts the value INTO its parallel
 11,SELECT INTO,
 item in the variable_list.   The datatypes of corresponding items
 12,SELECT INTO,
 in the tables, SELECT_list, and variable_list  must be compatible
 13,SELECT INTO,
 or convertible.
 14,SELECT INTO,

 15,SELECT INTO,
 Store retrieved data in a record variable by declaring the record
 16,SELECT INTO,
 variable first with the %ROWTYPE attribute.
 17,SELECT INTO,

 18,SELECT INTO,

 19,SELECT INTO,
 See also: example select into, select list, variables, select,
 20,SELECT INTO,
           implicit conversions, attributes, fetch, commands, menu.
  1,SELECT List,

  2,SELECT List,

  3,SELECT List,
                            SELECT List
  4,SELECT List,

  5,SELECT List,
 SELECT list
  6,SELECT List,
   FROM...
  7,SELECT List,

  8,SELECT List,
 The SELECT list is one or more items of information, separated by
  9,SELECT List,
 commas, between the word SELECT and the FROM clause. The order of
 10,SELECT List,
 SELECT list entries determines the order of columns in the result.
 11,SELECT List,
 The SELECT list may contain:
 12,SELECT List,

 13,SELECT List,
     -  Column names and their aliases: ename employee, deptno
 14,SELECT List,
     -  Expressions in columns and constraints or host variables
 15,SELECT List,
     -  Group functions: MAX(sal), MIN(comm)
 16,SELECT List,
     -  Non-group functions: SYSDATE, INITCAP(ename)
 17,SELECT List,

 18,SELECT List,
 If the GROUP BY clause is used, the SELECT list may contain only
 19,SELECT List,
 group functions, expressions also listed in the GROUP BY clause,
 20,SELECT List,
 and constants or functions without parameters (such as SYSDATE).
 21,SELECT List,

 22,SELECT List,

 23,SELECT List,
 See also: example select list, select, group by, alias, expressions,
 24,SELECT List,
           group functions, uses of select, menu.
  1,SET,

  2,SET,

  3,SET,
                                     SET
  4,SET,

  5,SET,
 SET system_variable value
  6,SET,
                                        NUMF[ORMAT] format
  7,SET,
     ARRAY[SIZE] {20|n}                 NUM[WIDTH] {10|n}
  8,SET,
     AUTO[COMMIT] {OFF|ON|IMM[EDIATE]}  PAGES[IZE] {14|n}
  9,SET,
     BLO[CKTERMINATOR] {.|c}            PAU[SE] {OFF|ON|text}
 10,SET,
     CMDS[EP] {;|c|OFF|ON}              RECSEP {WR[APPED]|EA[CH]|OFF}
 11,SET,
     COM[PATIBILITY] {V5|V6}            RECSEPCHAR {_|c}SCAN {OFF|ON}
 12,SET,
     CON[CAT] {.|c|OFF|ON}              SHOW[MODE] {OFF|ON}
 13,SET,
     COPYC[OMMIT] {0|n}                 SPA[CE] {1|n}
 14,SET,
     CRT crt                            SQLC[ASE] {MIX[ED]|LO[WER]|UP[PER]}
 15,SET,
     DEF[INE] {&|c|OFF|ON}              SQLCO[NTINUE] {> | text}
 16,SET,
     ECHO {OFF|ON}                      SQLN[UMBER] {OFF|ON}
 17,SET,
     EMBEDDED {OFF|ON}                  SQLPRE[FIX] {#|c}
 18,SET,
     ESC[APE] {\|c|OFF|ON}              SQLP[ROMPT] {SQL>|text}
 19,SET,
     FEED[BACK] {6|n|OFF|ON}            SQLT[ERMINATOR] {;|c|OFF|ON}
 20,SET,
     FLU[SH] {OFF|ON}                   SUF[FIX] {SQL|text}
 21,SET,
     HEA[DING] {OFF|ON}                 TAB {OFF|ON}TERM[OUT] {OFF|ON}
 22,SET,
     HEADS[EP] {||c|OFF|ON}             TI[ME] {OFF|ON}
 23,SET,
     LIN[ESIZE] {80|n}                  TIMI[NG] {OFF|ON}
 24,SET,
     LONG {80|n}                        TRIM[OUT] {OFF|ON}
 25,SET,
     MAXD[ATA] n                        UND[ERLINE] {-|c|ON|OFF}
 26,SET,
     NEWP[AGE] {1|n}                    VER[IFY] {OFF|ON}
 27,SET,
     NULL text                          WRA[P] {OFF|ON}
 28,SET,

 29,SET,

 30,SET,
 Use SET to control SQL*Plus environment settings for the current session;
 31,SET,
 for example:   -   the display width for NUMBER data
 32,SET,
                -   the display width for LONG data
 33,SET,
                -   enabling or disabling the printing of column headings
 34,SET,
                -   the number of lines per page
 35,SET,

 36,SET,
     ARRAY[SIZE] {20|n}
 37,SET,
         sets the number of rowscalled a batchthat SQL*Plus will fetch from
 38,SET,
         the database at one time (Range:1 - 5000). A large value increases
 39,SET,
         the efficiency of queries and subqueries that fetch many rows, but
 40,SET,
         requires more main memory in the host computer; values over 100 or
 41,SET,
         so provide little added performance.  ARRAYSIZE only improves the
 42,SET,
         efficiency of SQL*Plus operations; it has no other effect.
 43,SET,

 44,SET,
     AUTO[COMMIT] {OFF|ON|IMM[EDIATE]}
 45,SET,
         controls when ORACLE commits pending changes to the database.  ON
 46,SET,
         commits pending changes to the database after ORACLE executes each
 47,SET,
         SQL command or PL/SQL block.  OFF suppresses automatic committing,
 48,SET,
         so changes must be committed manually (with COMMIT, for example).
 49,SET,
         IMMEDIATE works just like ON.
 50,SET,

 51,SET,
     BLO[CKTERMINATOR] {.|c}
 52,SET,
         sets the non-alphanumeric character that ends PL/SQL blocks to c.
 53,SET,
         To execute the block, issue a RUN or / (slash) command.
 54,SET,

 55,SET,
     CMDS[EP] {;|c|ON|OFF}
 56,SET,
         sets the non-alphanumeric character used between multiple SQL*Plus
 57,SET,
         commands entered on one line to c.  ON or OFF sets whether or not
 58,SET,
         multiple commands can be entered on a line; ON automatically makes
 59,SET,
         ; (a semicolon) the command separator character.
 60,SET,

 61,SET,
     COM[PATIBILITY] {V5|V6}
 62,SET,
         controls whether SQL*Plus stores COMMIT and ROLLBACK commands in
 63,SET,
         the SQL buffer.  V6 stores them; V5 does not.  Set COMPATIBILITY
 64,SET,
         V5 to run command files created in ORACLE Version 5, V6 to run
 65,SET,
         command files created with Version 6.  See COMMIT and ROLLBACK.
 66,SET,

 67,SET,
     CON[CAT] {.|c|OFF|ON}
 68,SET,
         sets the character you can use to end a substitution variable name
 69,SET,
         when you want to use a character after the variable that SQL*Plus
 70,SET,
         would otherwise see as a part of the variable's name.  SQL*Plus
 71,SET,
         resets the value of CONCAT to a period when you switch CONCAT on.
 72,SET,

 73,SET,
     COPYC[OMMIT] {0|n}
 74,SET,
         controls the number of batches processed before the COPY command
 75,SET,
         commits database changes (Range: 0 - 5000).  Set the size of a
 76,SET,
         batch with the ARRAYSIZE variable.  If you set COPYCOMMIT to 0,
 77,SET,
         COPY commits changes only at the end of a copy operation.
 78,SET,

 79,SET,
     CRT crt
 80,SET,
         changes the default CRT file used in the SQL*Plus RUNFORM command.
 81,SET,
         To return to the original default (before CRT was set), set CRT to
 82,SET,
         nothing by entering two double quotes ("") for crt.
 83,SET,

 84,SET,
         To use NEW.CRT during a form invocation on a system where the
 85,SET,
         default CRT is OLD.CRT, invoke the form with either:
 86,SET,

 87,SET,
               SQL> RUNFORM -c NEW form_name
 88,SET,
         or    SQL> SET CRT NEWSQL> RUNFORM form_name
 89,SET,

 90,SET,
         The second method stores the CRT option; you do not have to
 91,SET,
         re-specify it for additional RUNFORM commands during the same
 92,SET,
         SQL*Plus session.
 93,SET,

 94,SET,
     DEF[INE] {&|c|OFF|ON}
 95,SET,
         sets c to be the character in front of substitution variables.
 96,SET,
         ON or OFF sets whether or not SQL*Plus will scan commands for
 97,SET,
         substitution variables and replace them with their values. An ON
 98,SET,
         or OFF DEFINE setting overrides the setting of the SCAN variable.
 99,SET,

100,SET,
     ECHO {OFF|ON}
101,SET,
         sets whether START lists each command in a command file as the
102,SET,
         command is executed.  ON lists the commands; OFF does not.
103,SET,

104,SET,
     EMBEDDED {OFF|ON}
105,SET,
         controls each report begins on a page.  OFF starts each report at
106,SET,
         the top of a new page; ON allows a report to begin anywhere.  Set
107,SET,
         EMBEDDED to ON to start printing a report immediately after the
108,SET,
         previous one.
109,SET,

110,SET,
     ESC[APE] {\|c|OFF|ON}
111,SET,
         defines the character you enter as the escape character.  OFF
112,SET,
         undefines the escape character.  ON enables the escape character.
113,SET,

114,SET,
         Use the escape character before the substitution character (set
115,SET,
         with SET DEFINE) to have SQL*Plus treat the substitution character
116,SET,
         as an ordinary character, not a request for variable substitution.
117,SET,

118,SET,
     FEED[BACK] {6|n|OFF|ON}
119,SET,
         shows the number of records returned by a query when at n or more
120,SET,
         records are selected.  ON sets n to 1.  0 is the same as OFF.
121,SET,

122,SET,
     FLU[SH] {OFF|ON}
123,SET,
         controls when output goes to the display device.  OFF allows the
124,SET,
         host operating system to buffer output.  ON disables buffering.
125,SET,

126,SET,
         Use FLUSH OFF only when running a command file non-interactively
127,SET,
         to suppress output and prompts until the run is over.  FLUSH OFF
128,SET,
         may improve performance by reducing the amount of program I/O.
129,SET,

130,SET,
     HEA[DING] {OFF|ON}
131,SET,
         controls printing of column headings in reports.  ON prints column
132,SET,
         headings in reports; OFF suppresses column headings.
133,SET,

134,SET,
     HEADS[EP] {||c|OFF|ON}
135,SET,
         sets the character you enter as the heading separator character.
136,SET,
         You can use the heading separator character in the COLUMN command
137,SET,
         and in the old forms of BTITLE and TTITLE to divide a column
138,SET,
         heading or title onto more than one line.  Set HEADSEP OFF to
139,SET,
         print a heading separator character like any other character.
140,SET,

141,SET,
     LIN[ESIZE] {80|n}
142,SET,
         sets the total number of characters displayed on a line before
143,SET,
         starting a new line, and controls the position of centered and
144,SET,
         right-aligned text in TTITLE and BTITLE.  The range is 1 - 500.
145,SET,

146,SET,
     LONG {80|n}
147,SET,
         sets the maximum width for displaying and copying LONG values; the
148,SET,
         range is 1 - 32767.  LONG must be less than MAXDATA.
149,SET,

150,SET,
     MAXD[ATA] n
151,SET,
         sets the maximum size, in bytes, of all ARRAYSIZE rows.  The
152,SET,
         default and maximum values of n depend on the operating system.
153,SET,

154,SET,
     NEWP[AGE] {1|n}
155,SET,
         sets the number of blank lines printed between the beginning of
156,SET,
         each page and the top title.  A value of 0 sends a formfeed
157,SET,
         between pages and clears the screen on most terminals.
158,SET,

159,SET,
     NULL text
160,SET,
         sets the text to represent a null value in the result of a SELECT
161,SET,
         statement. NULL without text shows a blank (the default).  Use the
162,SET,
         NULL clause of the COLUMN command to override the setting of the
163,SET,
         NULL variable for a given column.
164,SET,

165,SET,
     NUMF[ORMAT] format
166,SET,
         sets the default format for displaying numbers.  Enter a number
167,SET,
         format for format.  See FORMAT NUMBERS for format descriptions.
168,SET,

169,SET,
     NUM[WIDTH] {10|n}
170,SET,
         sets the default width for displaying numbers.
171,SET,

172,SET,
     PAGES[IZE] {14|n}
173,SET,
         sets the number of lines from the top title to the end of the
174,SET,
         page.  With 11 inch long paper, a value of 54 (plus a NEWPAGE
175,SET,
         value of 6) leaves one-inch margins above and below a report.
176,SET,

177,SET,
         Set PAGESIZE to 0 to suppress headings, page breaks, titles, the
178,SET,
         initial blank line, and other formatting information.
179,SET,

180,SET,
     PAU[SE] {OFF|ON|text}
181,SET,
         controls scrolling on the terminal when running reports.  Press
182,SET,
         RETURN or [Clear] after seeing each pause.  ON pauses at the
183,SET,
         beginning of each page of report output.  Text specifies the text
184,SET,
         displayed whenever SQL*Plus pauses.  To enter multiple words,
185,SET,
         enclose text in 'single quotes'.
186,SET,

187,SET,
         You can embed terminal-dependent escape sequences in PAUSE to
188,SET,
         create inverse video messages and other effects, where supported.
189,SET,

190,SET,
     RECSEP {WR[APPED]|EA[CH]|OFF} and RECSEPCHAR { |c}
191,SET,
         displays or prints record separators.  A record separator is the
192,SET,
         RECSEPCHAR (character) repeated LINESIZE times on a single line.
193,SET,
         (RECSEPCHAR is the record-separating character.  Default = space.)
194,SET,

195,SET,
         RECSEP sets where the record separation occurs.  WRAPPED prints a
196,SET,
         record separator only after wrapped lines.  EACH prints a record
197,SET,
         separator after every row.  OFF does not print a record separator.
198,SET,

199,SET,
     SCAN {OFF|ON}
200,SET,
         controls scanning for substitution variables and parameters.
201,SET,
         OFF suppresses their processing; ON allows normal processing.
202,SET,

203,SET,
     SHOW[MODE] {OFF|ON}
204,SET,
         controls whether or not SQL*Plus lists the old and new settings of
205,SET,
         a SQL*Plus system variable when you change the setting with SET.
206,SET,
         ON lists the settings; OFF does not.  BOTH works like ON.
207,SET,

208,SET,
     SPA[CE] {1|n}
209,SET,
         sets the number of spaces between output columns (Maximum = 10).
210,SET,

211,SET,
     SQLC[ASE] {MIX[ED]|LO[WER]|UP[PER]}
212,SET,
         changes the case of SQL commands and PL/SQL blocks just prior to
213,SET,
         execution.  SQL*Plus converts all text in the command, including
214,SET,
         quoted literals and identifiers, as follows:
215,SET,

216,SET,
               uppercase if SQLCASE equals UPPER
217,SET,
               lowercase if SQLCASE equals LOWER
218,SET,
               unchanged if SQLCASE equals MIXED
219,SET,

220,SET,
     SQLCASE does not change the SQL buffer itself.
221,SET,

222,SET,
     SQLCO[NTINUE] {>|text}
223,SET,
         sets the character sequence SQL*Plus displays as a prompt after
224,SET,
         you use - (hyphen) to continue a SQL*Plus command on a new line.
225,SET,

226,SET,
     SQLN[UMBER] {OFF|ON}
227,SET,
         sets the prompt for the second and subsequent lines of a SQL
228,SET,
         command or PL/SQL block.  ON sets the prompt to be the line
229,SET,
         number.  OFF sets the prompt to the value of SQLPROMPT.
230,SET,

231,SET,
     SQLPRE[FIX] {#|c}
232,SET,
         sets the SQL*Plus prefix character.  While entering a SQL command
233,SET,
         or PL/SQL block, you can enter a SQL*Plus command on a separate
234,SET,
         line, prefixed by the SQL*Plus prefix character, to execute the
235,SET,
         command immediately without affecting the SQL command or PL/SQL
236,SET,
         block. The prefix character must be non-alphanumeric.
237,SET,

238,SET,
     SQLP[ROMPT] {SQL>|text}
239,SET,
         sets the SQL*Plus command prompt.
240,SET,

241,SET,
     SQLT[ERMINATOR] {;|c|OFF|ON}
242,SET,
         sets to c the character used to end and execute SQL command.  OFF
243,SET,
         recognizes no command terminator; you terminate a SQL command by
244,SET,
         entering an empty line. ON resets the terminator to ; (semicolon).
245,SET,

246,SET,
     SUF[FIX] {SQL|text}
247,SET,
         sets the default file suffix (extension) that SQL*Plus uses in
248,SET,
         commands that refer to command files.  SUFFIX does not control
249,SET,
         extensions for output (spool) files.
250,SET,

251,SET,
     TAB {OFF|ON}
252,SET,
         controls how SQL*Plus formats white space in the output.  OFF uses
253,SET,
         spaces to add white space in the output.  ON uses TAB characters.
254,SET,
         The default value is system-dependent; SHOW TAB shows the default.
255,SET,

256,SET,
     TERM[OUT] {OFF|ON}
257,SET,
         controls the display of output generated by commands executed from
258,SET,
         a file.  OFF suppresses the display so you can spool output from a
259,SET,
         command file without displaying the output.  ON shows the output.
260,SET,
         TERMOUT OFF doesn't affect interactively-entered command output.
261,SET,

262,SET,
     TI[ME] {OFF|ON}
263,SET,
         controls the display of the current time.  ON displays the current
264,SET,
         time before each command prompt.  OFF suppresses the time display.
265,SET,

266,SET,
     TIMI[NG] {OFF|ON}
267,SET,
         sets the display of timing statistics.  ON shows timing statistics
268,SET,
         for each SQL command or PL/SQL block run.  OFF suppresses timing.
269,SET,
         Use the TIMING command to control the timing of multiple commands.
270,SET,

271,SET,
     TRIM[OUT] {OFF|ON}
272,SET,
         determines whether SQL*Plus allows trailing blanks at the end of
273,SET,
         each displayed line.  ON removes blanks at the end of each line,
274,SET,
         improving performance especially when using a slow communications
275,SET,
         device.  OFF displays trailing blanks.  TRIMOUT ON does not affect
276,SET,
         spooled output; SQL*Plus ignores TRIMOUT ON unless you set TAB ON.
277,SET,

278,SET,
     UND[ERLINE] {-|c|ON|OFF}
279,SET,
         sets the character used to underline column headings in SQL*Plus
280,SET,
         reports to c.  ON or OFF turns underlining on or off without
281,SET,
         affecting the value of c.
282,SET,

283,SET,
     VER[IFY] {OFF|ON}
284,SET,
         controls whether SQL*Plus lists the text of a command before and
285,SET,
         after SQL*Plus replaces substitution variables with values.  ON
286,SET,
         lists the text; OFF suppresses the listing.
287,SET,

288,SET,
     WRA[P] {OFF|ON}
289,SET,
         controls whether SQL*Plus truncates the display of a data item if
290,SET,
         it is longer than the current line width.  OFF truncates it; ON
291,SET,
         allows it to wrap to the next line.  The COLUMN command's WRAPPED
292,SET,
         and TRUNCATED override the WRAP setting for specific columns.
293,SET,

294,SET,

295,SET,
 SQL*Plus maintains system variables (SET command variables) so you can
296,SET,
 tailor the environment for a SQL*Plus session.  You change these system
297,SET,
 variables with the SET command and list them with the SHOW command.
298,SET,

299,SET,
 Examples: Here are some uses of SET command variables:
300,SET,

301,SET,
           COMPATIBILITY - To run command file SALARY.SQL, created with
302,SET,
           Version 5 of ORACLE, enter:
303,SET,

304,SET,
               SQL> SET COMPATIBILITY V5SQL> START SALARY
305,SET,

306,SET,
           After running the file, reset compatibility to V6:
307,SET,

308,SET,
               SQL> SET COMPATIBILITY V6
309,SET,

310,SET,
           Or you could add SET COMPATIBILITY V5 to the beginning of the
311,SET,
           command file, and reset COMPATIBILITY to V6 at its end.
312,SET,

313,SET,
           ESCAPE - If you define the escape character as !, entering
314,SET,

315,SET,
               SQL> ACCEPT v1 PROMPT 'Enter !&1:'
316,SET,

317,SET,
           displays the prompt,  Enter &1:
318,SET,

319,SET,
           HEADING - The next example suppresses the display of column
320,SET,
           headings in a report, then runs a SELECT statement:
321,SET,

322,SET,
               SQL> SET HEADING OFF
323,SET,
               SQL> SELECT ENAME, SAL FROM EMP  2  WHERE JOB = 'CLERK';
324,SET,

325,SET,
           Output:  ADAMS        1100
326,SET,
                    JAMES         950
327,SET,
                    MILLER       1300
328,SET,

329,SET,
           LONG - To set the maximum width for displaying and copying LONG
330,SET,
           values to 500, enter:
331,SET,

332,SET,
               SQL> SET LONG 500
333,SET,

334,SET,

335,SET,
           The LONG data will wrap on your screen; SQL*Plus truncates at
336,SET,
           the 501st character.
337,SET,

338,SET,
           SQLCONTINUE - To set the SQL*Plus command continuation prompt to
339,SET,
           an exclamation point followed by a space, enter:
340,SET,

341,SET,
               SQL> SET SQLCONTINUE '! '
342,SET,

343,SET,
           SQL*Plus prompts for continuation as follows:
344,SET,

345,SET,
               SQL> TTITLE 'YEARLY INCOME' -
346,SET,
               ! RIGHT SQL.PNO SKIP 2 -
347,SET,
               ! CENTER 'PC DIVISION'
348,SET,
               SQL>
349,SET,

350,SET,
           SUFFIX - To set the default command file extension to UFI:
351,SET,

352,SET,
               SQL> SET SUFFIX UFI
353,SET,

354,SET,
           If you then enter:
355,SET,

356,SET,
               SQL> GET EXAMPLE
357,SET,

358,SET,
           SQL*Plus looks for file EXAMPLE.UFI instead of file EXAMPLE.SQL.
359,SET,

360,SET,
 See also:  commands, menu.
  1,SET TRANSACTION,

  2,SET TRANSACTION,

  3,SET TRANSACTION,
                            SET TRANSACTION
  4,SET TRANSACTION,
                                                 SQL statement
  5,SET TRANSACTION,
 SET TRANSACTION READ ONLY
  6,SET TRANSACTION,

  7,SET TRANSACTION,

  8,SET TRANSACTION,
 SET TRANSACTION READ ONLY affects the current transaction. All
  9,SET TRANSACTION,
 queries in the transaction ignore changes by other users since
 10,SET TRANSACTION,
 the transaction began. SET TRANSACTION READ ONLY is especially
 11,SET TRANSACTION,
 useful for generating reports which query multiple tables that
 12,SET TRANSACTION,
 are constantly being updated by others. A COMMIT or a ROLLBACK
 13,SET TRANSACTION,
 statement ends the read only state.
 14,SET TRANSACTION,

 15,SET TRANSACTION,
 You cannot use a DELETE, INSERT, or UPDATE statement in a READ
 16,SET TRANSACTION,
 ONLY transaction; only queries are permitted. Actions of other
 17,SET TRANSACTION,
 users and other transactions are not affected. SET TRANSACTION
 18,SET TRANSACTION,
 READ ONLY must be the first statement in the transaction.
 19,SET TRANSACTION,

 20,SET TRANSACTION,

 21,SET TRANSACTION,
 See also: example set transaction, transactions, query, commit,
 22,SET TRANSACTION,
           rollback, commands, menu.
  1,SHOW,

  2,SHOW,

  3,SHOW,
                                    SHOW
  4,SHOW,

  5,SHOW,
 SHO[W] option
  6,SHOW,

  7,SHOW,
     where option can be:  system_variable, ALL, BTI[TLE], LNO, PNO,
  8,SHOW,
                           REL[EASE], SPOO[L], SQLCODE, TTI[TLE], USER.
  9,SHOW,

 10,SHOW,
 Use SHOW to display the value of a SQL*Plus system variable.
 11,SHOW,

 12,SHOW,
     system_variable
 13,SHOW,
         is any system variable set by the SET command.
 14,SHOW,

 15,SHOW,
     ALL
 16,SHOW,
         lists the settings of all SHOW options.
 17,SHOW,

 18,SHOW,
     BTI[TLE]
 19,SHOW,
         shows the current BTITLE definition.
 20,SHOW,

 21,SHOW,
     LNO shows the current line number--the position in the current page
 22,SHOW,
         of the display and/or spooled output.
 23,SHOW,

 24,SHOW,
     PNO shows the current page number.
 25,SHOW,

 26,SHOW,
     REL[EASE]
 27,SHOW,
         shows the release number of ORACLE RDBMS SQL*Plus is accessing.
 28,SHOW,

 29,SHOW,
     SPOO[L]
 30,SHOW,
         shows whether or not output is being spooled.
 31,SHOW,

 32,SHOW,
     SQLCODE
 33,SHOW,
         shows the value of SQL.SQLCODE; for example, the SQL return code
 34,SHOW,
         of the most recent operation.
 35,SHOW,

 36,SHOW,
     TTI[TLE]
 37,SHOW,
         shows the current TTITLE definition.
 38,SHOW,

 39,SHOW,
     USER
 40,SHOW,
         shows the username currently accessing SQL*Plus.
 41,SHOW,

 42,SHOW,

 43,SHOW,
 Example:  To list the current LINESIZE, enter:
 44,SHOW,

 45,SHOW,
               SQL> SHOW LINESIZE
 46,SHOW,

 47,SHOW,
           If the current linesize is 80 characters, SQL*Plus responds:
 48,SHOW,

 49,SHOW,
               linesize 80
 50,SHOW,

 51,SHOW,
 See also:  commands, menu.
  1,SPOOL,

  2,SPOOL,

  3,SPOOL,
                                   SPOOL
  4,SPOOL,

  5,SPOOL,
 SPO[OL] [file_name[.ext ] | OFF | OUT ]
  6,SPOOL,

  7,SPOOL,
 Use SPOOL to store query results in an operating system file, or send the
  8,SPOOL,
 file to a default printer.  SPOOL alone lists the current spooling status.
  9,SPOOL,

 10,SPOOL,
     file_name[.ext]
 11,SPOOL,
         is the name of the file to receive the spool.  SPOOL file_name
 12,SPOOL,
         begins spooling displayed output to the named file.  If you omit
 13,SPOOL,
         an extension, SPOOL uses a default extension (usually LST or LIS).
 14,SPOOL,

 15,SPOOL,
     OFF stops spooling.
 16,SPOOL,

 17,SPOOL,
     OUT stops spooling and sends the file to your host computer's default
 18,SPOOL,
         printer.  for the current spooling status.
 19,SPOOL,

 20,SPOOL,

 21,SPOOL,
 To spool output generated by commands in a command file without displaying
 22,SPOOL,
 the output on the screen, use SET TERMOUT OFF.  SET TERMOUT OFF does not
 23,SPOOL,
 affect output from commands run interactively.
 24,SPOOL,

 25,SPOOL,
 Examples: To record your displayed output in a file named DIARY using the
 26,SPOOL,
           default file extension, enter:
 27,SPOOL,

 28,SPOOL,
               SQL> SPOOL DIARY
 29,SPOOL,

 30,SPOOL,
           To stop spooling and print the file on your default printer:
 31,SPOOL,

 32,SPOOL,
               SQL> SPOOL OUT
 33,SPOOL,

 34,SPOOL,
 See also:  commands, menu.
  1,SQL in PL/SQL,

  2,SQL in PL/SQL,

  3,SQL in PL/SQL,
                          SQL in PL/SQL
  4,SQL in PL/SQL,

  5,SQL in PL/SQL,
 SQL is a non-procedural relational database management system
  6,SQL in PL/SQL,
 language that processes sets of records and provides automatic
  7,SQL in PL/SQL,
 navigation to data. SQL enables you to specify the results you
  8,SQL in PL/SQL,
 want without having to specify the access method to obtain the
  9,SQL in PL/SQL,
 results. PL/SQL is a procedural language with flow of control,
 10,SQL in PL/SQL,
 looping, cursor management, and exception handling tools.
 11,SQL in PL/SQL,

 12,SQL in PL/SQL,
 Statements - You can use any SQL data manipulation or transaction
 13,SQL in PL/SQL,
              processing statement in PL/SQL blocks in addition to
 14,SQL in PL/SQL,
              PL/SQL assignments (var := var + 1), flow of control
 15,SQL in PL/SQL,
              statements (IF, GOTO, EXIT), as well as loops (LOOP,
 16,SQL in PL/SQL,
              FOR...LOOP, WHILE...LOOP).
 17,SQL in PL/SQL,

 18,SQL in PL/SQL,
 Functions -  A SQL statement in a PL/SQL block can call any SQL
 19,SQL in PL/SQL,
              function; a PL/SQL statement in a block can call any
 20,SQL in PL/SQL,
              SQL function except group functions.
 21,SQL in PL/SQL,

 22,SQL in PL/SQL,
 Predicates - In PL/SQL you can use all conditions of WHERE in SQL
 23,SQL in PL/SQL,
              statements, and all SQL comparison operators.
 24,SQL in PL/SQL,

 25,SQL in PL/SQL,
 See also: loops, error handling, cursors, variables, menu.
  1,SQL% Cursor,

  2,SQL% Cursor,

  3,SQL% Cursor,
                            SQL% Cursor
  4,SQL% Cursor,

  5,SQL% Cursor,
 PL/SQL implicitly opens a cursor (the SQL% cursor) to process each
  6,SQL% Cursor,
 SQL statement unassociated with an explicitly declared cursor. The
  7,SQL% Cursor,
 SQL% cursor's attributes provide useful information about outcomes
  8,SQL% Cursor,
 in the execution of DELETE, UPDATE, and INSERT statements:
  9,SQL% Cursor,

 10,SQL% Cursor,
 ATTRIBUTE      IF ROWS ARE DELETED          IF NO ROWS ARE DELETED
 11,SQL% Cursor,
                UPDATED OR INSERTED          UPDATED OR INSERTED
 12,SQL% Cursor,
 ------------------------------------------------------------------
 13,SQL% Cursor,
 SQL%NOTFOUND   Evaluates to FALSE           Evaluates to TRUE
 14,SQL% Cursor,

 15,SQL% Cursor,
 SQL%FOUND      Evaluates to TRUE            Evaluates to FALSE
 16,SQL% Cursor,

 17,SQL% Cursor,
 SQL%ROWCOUNT   Returns the number of rows   Returns a zero
 18,SQL% Cursor,
                deleted/updated/inserted
 19,SQL% Cursor,

 20,SQL% Cursor,

 21,SQL% Cursor,
 See also: declare cursor, cursors, cursor attributes, delete, update,
 22,SQL% Cursor,
           insert, attributes (%type and %rowtype), menu.
  1,SQLPLUS,

  2,SQLPLUS,

  3,SQLPLUS,
                                    SQLPLUS
  4,SQLPLUS,

  5,SQLPLUS,
 SQLPLUS [ [-S[ILENT] ] [logon] [start] ] | -?
  6,SQLPLUS,

  7,SQLPLUS,
     logon:  username[/password][@database_specification]|/|/NOLOG
  8,SQLPLUS,
     start:  @file_name[.ext ] [arg1 arg2 .. .]
  9,SQLPLUS,

 10,SQLPLUS,

 11,SQLPLUS,
 SQLPLUS starts SQL*Plus from the operating system prompt.  Start enables
 12,SQLPLUS,
 you to enter a command file name and arguments.  SQL*Plus passes the
 13,SQLPLUS,
 arguments to the command file as though you executed the file with the
 14,SQLPLUS,
 SQL*Plus START command.
 15,SQLPLUS,

 16,SQLPLUS,
 If you omit logon and specify start, SQL*Plus assumes that the first line
 17,SQLPLUS,
 of the command file contains a valid logon.  If both start and logon are
 18,SQLPLUS,
 omitted, SQL*Plus prompts for logon information.
 19,SQLPLUS,

 20,SQLPLUS,
     username[/password]
 21,SQLPLUS,
         are the username and password with which to start SQL*Plus and
 22,SQLPLUS,
         connect to ORACLE.  If omitted, SQL*Plus prompts for them.  If
 23,SQLPLUS,
         you enter / (a slash) or enter RETURN to the prompt for username,
 24,SQLPLUS,
         SQL*Plus logs you on with a default logon (see "/" below).
 25,SQLPLUS,

 26,SQLPLUS,
     /   is a default (ops$) logon.  In a default logon, SQL*Plus tries to
 27,SQLPLUS,
         log on with the username OPS$name, where name is your operating
 28,SQLPLUS,
         system username.  You cannot enter a database_specification with a
 29,SQLPLUS,
         default logon.
 30,SQLPLUS,

 31,SQLPLUS,
     /NOLOG
 32,SQLPLUS,
         establishes no initial connection to ORACLE.  Before issuing any
 33,SQLPLUS,
         SQL commands, you must issue a CONNECT command to establish a
 34,SQLPLUS,
         valid logon.  Use /NOLOG to have a SQL*Plus command file prompt
 35,SQLPLUS,
         the user for the name of a database.
 36,SQLPLUS,

 37,SQLPLUS,
     @database_specification
 38,SQLPLUS,
         consists of a SQL*Net connection string; the syntax depends on the
 39,SQLPLUS,
         SQL*Net communications protocol your Oracle installation uses.
 40,SQLPLUS,

 41,SQLPLUS,
     -S[ILENT]
 42,SQLPLUS,
         suppresses all SQL*Plus information and prompt messages, including
 43,SQLPLUS,
         the command prompt and the banner usually displayed when SQL*Plus
 44,SQLPLUS,
         is started.  Use SILENT to make the use of SQL*Plus invisible to
 45,SQLPLUS,
         the user when invoking SQL*Plus within another program.
 46,SQLPLUS,

 47,SQLPLUS,
     -?  makes SQLPLUS display its current version and level number, then
 48,SQLPLUS,
         returns control to the operating system.  The ? (question mark)
 49,SQLPLUS,
         must come right after the - (hyphen); a space is not permitted.
 50,SQLPLUS,

 51,SQLPLUS,

 52,SQLPLUS,
 SQL*Plus supports a Site Profile, a SQL*Plus command file created by the
 53,SQLPLUS,
 database administrator and executed whenever a user starts SQL*Plus and
 54,SQLPLUS,
 SQL*Plus establishes the ORACLE connection.  The Site Profile enables the
 55,SQLPLUS,
 DBA to set up SQL*Plus environment defaults for all users at a particular
 56,SQLPLUS,
 site.  Users cannot directly access the Site Profile.  The default name
 57,SQLPLUS,
 and location of the Site Profile depend on your system.
 58,SQLPLUS,

 59,SQLPLUS,
 SQL*Plus also supports a User Profile, executed after the Site Profile.
 60,SQLPLUS,
 SQL*Plus searches for file LOGIN.SQL in your current directory.  If it's
 61,SQLPLUS,
 not there, SQL*Plus searches a system-dependent path to find the file;
 62,SQLPLUS,
 some operating systems may not support this path-search.  If the LOGIN
 63,SQLPLUS,
 file is not found, a warning message is displayed, and the logon process
 64,SQLPLUS,
 continues.
 65,SQLPLUS,

 66,SQLPLUS,

 67,SQLPLUS,
 Examples: To start SQL*Plus with username SCOTT and password TIGER, enter:
 68,SQLPLUS,

 69,SQLPLUS,
               SQLPLUS SCOTT/TIGER
 70,SQLPLUS,

 71,SQLPLUS,
           To start SQL*Plus, as above, and to make POLICY the default
 72,SQLPLUS,
           database, enter:
 73,SQLPLUS,

 74,SQLPLUS,
               SQLPLUS SCOTT/TIGER@POLICY
 75,SQLPLUS,

 76,SQLPLUS,
           To start SQL*Plus and run a command file named STARTUP with the
 77,SQLPLUS,
           extension SQL, enter:
 78,SQLPLUS,

 79,SQLPLUS,
               SQLPLUS SCOTT/TIGER @STARTUP
 80,SQLPLUS,

 81,SQLPLUS,
           Note the space between TIGER and @STARTUP.
 82,SQLPLUS,

 83,SQLPLUS,
 See also:  remote databases, commands, menu.
  1,START,

  2,START,

  3,START,
                                  START
  4,START,

  5,START,
 STA[RT] file_name[.ext] [arg1 arg2 ... ]
  6,START,

  7,START,
 START executes the contents of a command file.  The @ ("at" sign) command
  8,START,
 works like START, but doesn't enable the passing of values to parameters.
  9,START,

 10,START,
     file_name[.ext]
 11,START,
         is the command file to execute. If you omit an extension, SQL*Plus
 12,START,
         assumes the default command-file extension (normally SQL).
 13,START,

 14,START,
         When you enter START file_name.ext, SQL*Plus searches for a file
 15,START,
         with the specified name and extension in the current default
 16,START,
         directory.  If SQL*Plus doesn't find the file, it searches a
 17,START,
         system-dependent path for the FROM file.  Some operating systems
 18,START,
         don't support this path-search.
 19,START,

 20,START,
     arg1 arg2 ...
 21,START,
         are data items to be passed to parameters in the command file.
 22,START,
         If you enter one or more arguments, SQL*Plus substitutes the
 23,START,
         values into the parameters (&1, &2, and so forth) in the command
 24,START,
         file.  The first argument replaces each occurrence of &1, the
 25,START,
         second replaces each occurrence of &2, and so forth.
 26,START,

 27,START,
 The START command DEFINEs the parameters with the values of the arguments;
 28,START,
 if you START the file again in this session, you can enter new arguments
 29,START,
 or omit the arguments to use the old values.
 30,START,

 31,START,

 32,START,
 Example:  File PROMOTE.SQL, used to promote employees, contains:
 33,START,

 34,START,
               SELECT * FROM EMP WHERE MGR=&1 AND JOB='&2' AND SAL>&3;
 35,START,

 36,START,
           To run this command file, enter:
 37,START,

 38,START,
               SQL> START PROMOTE 7280 CLERK 950
 39,START,

 40,START,
           SQL*Plus then executes the following command:
 41,START,

 42,START,
               SELECT * FROM EMP
 43,START,
               WHERE MGR = 7280 AND JOB = 'CLERK' AND SAL > 950;
 44,START,

 45,START,
 See also:  @, define, commands, menu.
  1,START WITH,

  2,START WITH,

  3,START WITH,
                              START WITH
  4,START WITH,
                                                         SQL clauses
  5,START WITH,
 SELECT list  FROM...
  6,START WITH,
    WHERE...
  7,START WITH,
    CONNECT BY PRIOR expr1 operator expr2     --displays expr1 first
  8,START WITH,
    CONNECT BY expr1 operator PRIOR expr2     --displays expr2 first
  9,START WITH,
    START WITH condition;                     --not required
 10,START WITH,

 11,START WITH,

 12,START WITH,
 The START WITH condition specifies which row(s) are the root(s) of
 13,START WITH,
 the tree.  To start with each row that meets the WHERE conditions,
 14,START WITH,
 omit the START WITH clause.
 15,START WITH,

 16,START WITH,

 17,START WITH,
 See also: example connect by, conditions, connect by,
 18,START WITH,
           tree-structured query, where, commands, menu.
  1,Scoping Rules,

  2,Scoping Rules,

  3,Scoping Rules,
                             Scoping Rules
  4,Scoping Rules,

  5,Scoping Rules,
 Identifiers (variables, constants, records, cursors, exceptions) are
  6,Scoping Rules,
 local to the block in which they are declared, and global to all blocks
  7,Scoping Rules,
 contained by that block.  If you re-declare a global identifier in a
  8,Scoping Rules,
 sub-block, the new declaration prevails in that block and in the blocks
  9,Scoping Rules,
 it contains.  Statements in a block cannot use the identifier declar-
 10,Scoping Rules,
 ations in another block that is at the same level.
 11,Scoping Rules,

 12,Scoping Rules,
 If you've re-declared an identifier in a sub-block, and want to use the
 13,Scoping Rules,
 higher block's declaration of that identifier, put a <<label_name>> in
 14,Scoping Rules,
 front of the higher block's DECLARE statement, then add that label_name
 15,Scoping Rules,
 with a period before the identifier to reference it in the sub-block.
 16,Scoping Rules,

 17,Scoping Rules,
                     <<top>>
 18,Scoping Rules,
                     DECLARE
 19,Scoping Rules,
                        day  DATE;
 20,Scoping Rules,
                     BEGIN
 21,Scoping Rules,
                        ...
 22,Scoping Rules,
                        DECLARE
 23,Scoping Rules,
                           day  DATE;
 24,Scoping Rules,
                        BEGIN
 25,Scoping Rules,
                           IF day = top.day THEN...
 26,Scoping Rules,

 27,Scoping Rules,
 See also: identifiers, variables, blocks, declare, end, menu.
  1,Sequences,

  2,Sequences,

  3,Sequences,
                           Sequences
  4,Sequences,

  5,Sequences,
 A sequence is an ORACLE object from which you can generate
  6,Sequences,
 unique integers in SQL. Sequence numbers are often used to
  7,Sequences,
 create primary keys automatically.  To use a sequence that
  8,Sequences,
 you don't own, you must have SELECT privileges.  Sequences
  9,Sequences,
 you can access are in data dictionary views USER_SEQUENCES
 10,Sequences,
 and ALL_SEQUENCES.  The creator of a sequence sets its:
 11,Sequences,

 12,Sequences,
 Growth -  A sequence may grow constantly, end at a defined
 13,Sequences,
           limit, or restart upon reaching a defined limit.
 14,Sequences,

 15,Sequences,
 Increments -  A sequence may generate numbers in ascending
 16,Sequences,
           or descending order; the interval can be defined.
 17,Sequences,

 18,Sequences,
 The pseudo-column sequence.NEXTVAL produces the next value
 19,Sequences,
 in a sequence; sequence.CURRVAL returns its current value.
 20,Sequences,

 21,Sequences,

 22,Sequences,

 23,Sequences,
 See also: keys, data dictionary, nextval, create sequence,
 24,Sequences,
           alter sequence, drop sequence, menu.
  1,Set Operators,

  2,Set Operators,

  3,Set Operators,
                            Set Operators
  4,Set Operators,

  5,Set Operators,
 Set operators merge the results of multiple queries into one result.
  6,Set Operators,

  7,Set Operators,
    Operator      Function in SQL                  Syntax
  8,Set Operators,
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------
  9,Set Operators,
    UNION         Combines queries to return       SELECT...
 10,Set Operators,
                  all distinct rows returned         UNION SELECT...
 11,Set Operators,
                  by ANY individual query.
 12,Set Operators,

 13,Set Operators,
    INTERSECT     Combines queries to return       SELECT...
 14,Set Operators,
                  all distinct rows returned         INTERSECT SELECT...
 15,Set Operators,
                  by EVERY individual query.
 16,Set Operators,

 17,Set Operators,
    MINUS         Combines queries to return       SELECT...
 18,Set Operators,
                  all distinct rows returned         MINUS SELECT...
 19,Set Operators,
                  by the FIRST query but not
 20,Set Operators,
                  the second.
 21,Set Operators,

 22,Set Operators,

 23,Set Operators,
    See also: example set, query, select, menu.
  1,Subquery,

  2,Subquery,

  3,Subquery,
                               Subquery
  4,Subquery,

  5,Subquery,
 A subquery is a SELECT statement used as the right-side expression
  6,Subquery,
 within a WHERE clause--a query subordinate to another query.  You
  7,Subquery,
 can also put one subquery within another.
  8,Subquery,

  9,Subquery,
            SELECT...WHERE expr operator (SELECT...);
 10,Subquery,
            UPDATE...WHERE expr operator (SELECT...);
 11,Subquery,
            DELETE...WHERE expr operator (SELECT...);
 12,Subquery,

 13,Subquery,
            SELECT ename FROM emp WHERE cityname IN
 14,Subquery,
               (SELECT id FROM city WHERE stateabbr IN
 15,Subquery,
                  (SELECT stateabbr FROM state WHERE
 16,Subquery,
                     name = 'NEW YORK'));
 17,Subquery,

 18,Subquery,
     SUBQUERY SETS
 19,Subquery,
 SQL allows the use of a comparison operator with a multiple-value
 20,Subquery,
 subquery if the words ANY, ALL, or SOME are after the operator.
 21,Subquery,

 22,Subquery,
            SELECT ename FROM emp
 23,Subquery,
               WHERE job <> 'MANAGER' AND sal > ANY
 24,Subquery,
               (SELECT sal FROM emp WHERE job='MANAGER');
 25,Subquery,

 26,Subquery,
 See also: example subquery, select, where, update, delete, comparison,
 27,Subquery,
           query, uses of select, menu.
  1,Substitution,

  2,Substitution,

  3,Substitution,
                                Substitution
  4,Substitution,

  5,Substitution,
 A substitution variable is a user variable name preceded by one or two
  6,Substitution,
 ampersands (&).  When a substitution variable is in a command, SQL*Plus
  7,Substitution,
 executes the command as though it contained the value of the substitution
  8,Substitution,
 variable, rather than the reference to the variable.
  9,Substitution,

 10,Substitution,
 Example:  If the variable SORTCOL is "JOB", and the variable MYTABLE is
 11,Substitution,
           "EMP", SQL*Plus executes the commands:
 12,Substitution,

 13,Substitution,
               SQL> BREAK ON &SORTCOL SQL> SELECT &SORTCOL, SAL
 14,Substitution,
                 2  FROM &MYTABLE
 15,Substitution,
                 3  ORDER BY &SORTCOL;
 16,Substitution,

 17,Substitution,
           as if they were:  SQL> BREAK ON JOB
 18,Substitution,
                             SQL> SELECT JOB, SAL
 19,Substitution,
                               2  FROM EMP
 20,Substitution,
                               3  ORDER BY JOB;
 21,Substitution,

 22,Substitution,

 23,Substitution,
 You can use substitution variables anywhere in SQL and SQL*Plus commands,
 24,Substitution,
 except as the first word entered at the prompt.  If SQL*Plus finds an
 25,Substitution,
 undefined substitution variable in a command, you are asked for its value.
 26,Substitution,

 27,Substitution,
 Example:  If the variable GIVENNAME is undefined and you enter:
 28,Substitution,

 29,Substitution,
               SQL> SELECT * FROM EMP WHERE ENAME = '&GIVENNAME';
 30,Substitution,

 31,Substitution,
           SQL*Plus displays the prompt:
 32,Substitution,

 33,Substitution,
               Enter value for givenname:
 34,Substitution,

 35,Substitution,

 36,Substitution,
 You can enter any string at the prompt, even with blanks and punctuation.
 37,Substitution,
 Quote marks are not needed if they surround the substitution variable in
 38,Substitution,
 the command.  SQL*Plus reads your response from the keyboard, even if you
 39,Substitution,
 have redirected terminal input or output to a file.  If a terminal is not
 40,Substitution,
 available (running the file in batch mode, for example), SQL*Plus uses the
 41,Substitution,
 redirected file.  To append characters immediately after a substitution
 42,Substitution,
 variable, use a period to separate the variable from the characters:
 43,Substitution,

 44,Substitution,
               SQL> SELECT * FROM EMP WHERE EMPNO='&E.01';
 45,Substitution,
               Entering a value for E:  123
 46,Substitution,

 47,Substitution,
               is interpreted as:
 48,Substitution,
               SQL> SELECT * FROM EMP WHERE EMPNO='12301';
 49,Substitution,

 50,Substitution,
 & and &&
 51,Substitution,

 52,Substitution,
 If you use a substitution variable with one ampersand, SQL*Plus does not
 53,Substitution,
 implicitly DEFINE the variable when you input a value.  Thus, if SQL*Plus
 54,Substitution,
 later executes the same command (or another one with the same substitution
 55,Substitution,
 variable), SQL*Plus will prompt you again for the value of the variable.
 56,Substitution,
 If you use a substitution variable with two ampersands, the variable is
 57,Substitution,
 automatically defined when you input a value.  Thus, if the same command
 58,Substitution,
 is executed later in that session, SQL*Plus will not prompt you again for
 59,Substitution,
 the value of the variable.
 60,Substitution,

 61,Substitution,
 Example:  A command file named STATS (for calculating subgroup statistics
 62,Substitution,
           on a numeric column) contains:
 63,Substitution,

 64,Substitution,
               SELECT &&GROUP_COL, MAX(&&NUMBER_COL)  MAXIMUM,
 65,Substitution,
                   MIN(&&NUMBER_COL) MINIMUM,
 66,Substitution,
                   SUM(&&NUMBER_COL) TOTAL,
 67,Substitution,
                   AVG(&&NUMBER_COL) AVERAGE
 68,Substitution,
               FROM &TABLE
 69,Substitution,
               GROUP BY &&GROUP_COL;
 70,Substitution,

 71,Substitution,
           When you run this file, SQL*Plus prompts you for the values, by
 72,Substitution,
           name, before running the file:
 73,Substitution,

 74,Substitution,
               Enter value for group_col: PROJNO
 75,Substitution,
               Enter value for number_col: SAL
 76,Substitution,
               Enter value for table: EMP
 77,Substitution,

 78,Substitution,
           SQL*Plus runs the following query:
 79,Substitution,

 80,Substitution,
               SELECT PROJNO, MAX(SAL)  MAXIMUM,
 81,Substitution,
                   MIN(SAL) MINIMUM,
 82,Substitution,
                   SUM(SAL) TOTAL,
 83,Substitution,
                   AVG(SAL) AVERAGE
 84,Substitution,
               FROM EMP
 85,Substitution,
               GROUP BY PROJNO;
 86,Substitution,

 87,Substitution,
           If you run the query again during the same session, you will be
 88,Substitution,
           prompted for TABLE (its name has a single ampersand) but not for
 89,Substitution,
           GROUP_COL or NUMBER_COL (their names have double ampersands).
 90,Substitution,

 91,Substitution,

 92,Substitution,
 Restrictions on Substitution
 93,Substitution,

 94,Substitution,
 You can't use substitution variables or parameters in the editing commands
 95,Substitution,
 APPEND, CHANGE, DEL, and INPUT, nor in other commands where substitution
 96,Substitution,
 would be meaningless, like HELP, REMARK, and TIMING.  APPEND, CHANGE, and
 97,Substitution,
 INPUT treat text beginning with & or && like any other text string.
 98,Substitution,

 99,Substitution,
 These SET variables affect substitution variables and parameters:
100,Substitution,

101,Substitution,
 SET SCAN      turns substitution on and off.
102,Substitution,

103,Substitution,
 SET DEFINE    defines the substitution character.  & is the default.
104,Substitution,

105,Substitution,
 SET ESCAPE    defines an escape character to use before the substitution
106,Substitution,
               character.  The escape character instructs SQL*Plus to treat
107,Substitution,
               the substitution character as an ordinary character, not a
108,Substitution,
               variable substitution request.  \ is the default character.
109,Substitution,

110,Substitution,
 SET VERIFY ON shows each line of the file before and after substitution.
111,Substitution,

112,Substitution,
 SET CONCAT    defines the character between the name of a substitution
113,Substitution,
               variable or parameter and characters immediately after the
114,Substitution,
               variable or parameter (. is the default).  See SET.
115,Substitution,

116,Substitution,
 See also: &, commands, menu.
  1,Synonyms,

  2,Synonyms,

  3,Synonyms,
                             Synonyms
  4,Synonyms,

  5,Synonyms,
 A synonym is an additional name for a table, view, or sequence.
  6,Synonyms,
 Use a synonym for security and convenience to access a table or
  7,Synonyms,
 view without needing to name the owner or the database in which
  8,Synonyms,
 the table or view exists.   A synonym is made public or private
  9,Synonyms,
 upon creation.   The name of a private synonym must be distinct
 10,Synonyms,
 from the names of other objects owned by the same user. The SQL
 11,Synonyms,
 statement CREATE SYNONYM is used to produce synonyms.
 12,Synonyms,

 13,Synonyms,

 14,Synonyms,

 15,Synonyms,
 See also: table, view, sequence, create synonym, commands, menu.
  1,TIMING,

  2,TIMING,

  3,TIMING,
                                    TIMING
  4,TIMING,

  5,TIMING,
 TIMI[NG] [START text|SHOW|STOP]
  6,TIMING,

  7,TIMING,
 TIMING records timing data for an elapsed time period, lists the current
  8,TIMING,
 timing area's title and timing data, or lists the number of active timing
  9,TIMING,
 areas.
 10,TIMING,

 11,TIMING,
     START text
 12,TIMING,
         sets up a timing area and makes text its title.  To have more than
 13,TIMING,
         one active timing area, START additional areas before STOPping the
 14,TIMING,
         first; SQL*Plus nests each new area within the preceding one.  The
 15,TIMING,
         area most recently STARTed is the current timing area.
 16,TIMING,

 17,TIMING,
     SHOW
 18,TIMING,
         shows the current timing area's title and timing data.
 19,TIMING,

 20,TIMING,
     STOP
 21,TIMING,
         shows the current timing area's title and timing data, then erases
 22,TIMING,
         the timing area.  If other timing areas are active, the next most
 23,TIMING,
         recently STARTed area becomes the current timing area.  Use the
 24,TIMING,
         CLEAR command's TIMING clause to delete all timing areas.  Enter
 25,TIMING,
         TIMING with no clauses to list the number of active timing areas.
 26,TIMING,

 27,TIMING,

 28,TIMING,
 You can use this data to do a performance analysis on commands or blocks
 29,TIMING,
 run during the period.  SET TIMING ON automatically displays timing data
 30,TIMING,
 after each SQL command or PL/SQL block you run.
 31,TIMING,

 32,TIMING,
 Examples: To create a timing area named SQL_AREA, enter:
 33,TIMING,

 34,TIMING,
               SQL> TIMING START SQL_AREA
 35,TIMING,

 36,TIMING,
           To list the current timing area's title and accumulated time:
 37,TIMING,

 38,TIMING,
               SQL> TIMING SHOW
 39,TIMING,

 40,TIMING,
           To list the current timing area's title and accumulated time,
 41,TIMING,
           and remove the timing area, enter:
 42,TIMING,

 43,TIMING,
               SQL> TIMING STOP
 44,TIMING,

 45,TIMING,
 See also:  clear, show, set, start, commands, menu.
  1,TTITLE,

  2,TTITLE,

  3,TTITLE,
                                   TTITLE
  4,TTITLE,

  5,TTITLE,
 TTI[TLE] [printspec [text|variable] ...] | [OFF|ON]
  6,TTITLE,

  7,TTITLE,
 where printspec is one or more of the clauses:
  8,TTITLE,

  9,TTITLE,
         COL n          LE[FT]        BOLD
 10,TTITLE,
         S[KIP] [n]     CE[NTER]      FORMAT char
 11,TTITLE,
         TAB n          R[IGHT]
 12,TTITLE,

 13,TTITLE,
 TTITLE places and formats a title at the top of each report page.  Enter
 14,TTITLE,
 TTITLE with no clause to list its current definition.  See OLD TTITLE for
 15,TTITLE,
 a description of the old form, compatible with UFI.
 16,TTITLE,

 17,TTITLE,
 If you don't enter a printspec clause before the first occurrence of text,
 18,TTITLE,
 TTITLE left-justifies the text.  TTITLE's terms and clauses also apply to
 19,TTITLE,
 the BTITLE command.
 20,TTITLE,

 21,TTITLE,
     text
 22,TTITLE,
         is the title text.  Enter text in single quotes if you wish to
 23,TTITLE,
         place more than one word on a single line.
 24,TTITLE,

 25,TTITLE,
     variable
 26,TTITLE,
         is a user variable or any of these system-maintained values:
 27,TTITLE,

 28,TTITLE,
              SQL.LNO       current line number
 29,TTITLE,
              SQL.PNO       current page number
 30,TTITLE,
              SQL.RELEASE   current ORACLE release number
 31,TTITLE,
              SQL.SQLCODE   current error code
 32,TTITLE,
              SQL.USER      current username
 33,TTITLE,

 34,TTITLE,
         To print one of these values, reference the appropriate variable
 35,TTITLE,
         in the title.  You can format variable with the FORMAT clause.
 36,TTITLE,

 37,TTITLE,
     OFF turns the title off (suppresses its display) without affecting
 38,TTITLE,
         its definition.
 39,TTITLE,

 40,TTITLE,
     ON  turns the title on (restores its display).  When you define a
 41,TTITLE,
         top title, SQL*Plus automatically sets TTITLE to ON.
 42,TTITLE,

 43,TTITLE,
     COL n
 44,TTITLE,
         indents to column n of the current line (backward if column n has
 45,TTITLE,
         been passed).  "Column" here is print position, not table column.
 46,TTITLE,

 47,TTITLE,
     S[KIP] [n]
 48,TTITLE,
         skips to the start of a new line n times; if n omitted, one time.
 49,TTITLE,
         If n = 0, skips backward to the start of the current line.
 50,TTITLE,

 51,TTITLE,
     TAB n
 52,TTITLE,
         skips forward n columns (backward if you enter a negative value
 53,TTITLE,
         for n).  "Column" here is print position, not table column.
 54,TTITLE,

 55,TTITLE,
     LE[FT], CE[NTER], and R[IGHT]
 56,TTITLE,
         aligns data left, center, or right on the current line.  SQL*Plus
 57,TTITLE,
         aligns the following data items as a group, up to the end of the
 58,TTITLE,
         printspec or the next LEFT, CENTER, RIGHT, or COL command.  CENTER
 59,TTITLE,
         and RIGHT use the SET LINESIZE value to calculate the position of
 60,TTITLE,
         the data item that follows.
 61,TTITLE,

 62,TTITLE,
     BOLD
 63,TTITLE,
         prints data in bold print.  SQL*Plus represents bold print on your
 64,TTITLE,
         terminal by repeating the data on three consecutive lines.
 65,TTITLE,

 66,TTITLE,
     FORMAT char
 67,TTITLE,
         specifies a format model that determines the format data items to
 68,TTITLE,
         the next FORMAT clause or the end of the command.  The format
 69,TTITLE,
         model must be a char constant like A10 or $999, not a variable.
 70,TTITLE,
         See COLUMN FORMAT for more information on formatting.
 71,TTITLE,

 72,TTITLE,
         If the datatype of the format model does not match the datatype of
 73,TTITLE,
         a given data item, the FORMAT clause has no effect on that item.
 74,TTITLE,

 75,TTITLE,
         If no FORMAT model precedes a given data item, SQL*Plus prints
 76,TTITLE,
         NUMBER values in the format specified by SET NUMFORMAT or, if you
 77,TTITLE,
         have not used SET NUMFORMAT, the default format.  SQL*Plus prints
 78,TTITLE,
         DATE values in the default format.
 79,TTITLE,

 80,TTITLE,

 81,TTITLE,
 SQL*Plus interprets TTITLE in the new form if a valid printspec clause
 82,TTITLE,
 (LEFT, SKIP, COL, etc.) immediately follows the command name.  See COLUMN
 83,TTITLE,
 NEW_VALUE for information on printing column and DATE values in the top
 84,TTITLE,
 title.  You can use any number of constants and variables in a printspec.
 85,TTITLE,
 SQL*Plus displays the constants and variables in the order specified,
 86,TTITLE,
 positioning and formatting each constant or variable by the printspec
 87,TTITLE,
 clause that precedes it.
 88,TTITLE,

 89,TTITLE,
 Examples: To define "Monthly Analysis" as the top title and left-align it,
 90,TTITLE,
           to center the date, to right-align the page number with a three
 91,TTITLE,
           digit format, and to display "Date in Thousands" bold in the
 92,TTITLE,
           center of the next line, enter:
 93,TTITLE,

 94,TTITLE,
               SQL> TTITLE LEFT 'Monthly Analysis' CENTER '11 Mar 88' -
 95,TTITLE,
                  > RIGHT 'Page:' FORMAT 999 SQL.PNO SKIP CENTER BOLD -
 96,TTITLE,
                  > 'Data in Thousands'
 97,TTITLE,

 98,TTITLE,
           The following title results:
 99,TTITLE,

100,TTITLE,
               Monthly Analysis            11 Mar 88             Page: 1
101,TTITLE,
                                       Data in Thousands
102,TTITLE,

103,TTITLE,
           To suppress the top title display without changing its
104,TTITLE,
           definition, enter:
105,TTITLE,

106,TTITLE,
               SQL> TTITLE OFF
107,TTITLE,

108,TTITLE,
 See also:  btitle, set, commands, menu.
  1,Tables,

  2,Tables,

  3,Tables,
                      Tables, Columns, and Rows
  4,Tables,

  5,Tables,
 Database data is stored in tables, made of columns and rows.
  6,Tables,
 A table with one column holds a list of items.  A table with
  7,Tables,
 two or more columns interrelates the information held by the
  8,Tables,
 columns of each row.
  9,Tables,

 10,Tables,
 Each column represents a single attribute for each row.  Each
 11,Tables,
 row stores the data of one record with a unique ROWID pseudo-
 12,Tables,
 column.  One or more columns of a table may serve as primary,
 13,Tables,
 foreign, or unique keys. Tables and columns are referenced by
 14,Tables,
 their identifiers: emp.sal
 15,Tables,

 16,Tables,

 17,Tables,

 18,Tables,
 See also: pseudo-columns, identifiers, keys, create table,
 19,Tables,
           alter table, drop table, constraints, menu.
  1,Transactions,

  2,Transactions,

  3,Transactions,
                            Transactions
  4,Transactions,

  5,Transactions,
 A transaction in SQL is a series of statements treated as a logical
  6,Transactions,
 unit of work.  A transaction is either made permanent with a COMMIT
  7,Transactions,
 or completely undone with a ROLLBACK to a SAVEPOINT.  A transaction
  8,Transactions,
 begins with the first statement executed, or the first one executed
  9,Transactions,
 since the last COMMIT or ROLLBACK.  It ends with the next COMMIT or
 10,Transactions,
 ROLLBACK statement.
 11,Transactions,

 12,Transactions,
 You may wish to insert a SET TRANSACTION READ ONLY statement at the
 13,Transactions,
 beginning of a transaction to prevent changes by other users.
 14,Transactions,

 15,Transactions,

 16,Transactions,

 17,Transactions,
 See also: commit, rollback, savepoint, set transaction, menu.
  1,Tree-Structured Query,

  2,Tree-Structured Query,

  3,Tree-Structured Query,
                       Tree-Structured Query
  4,Tree-Structured Query,

  5,Tree-Structured Query,
 A tree-structured query uses the CONNECT BY clause to display rows
  6,Tree-Structured Query,
 in a hierarchical order. Beginning with the root node named in the
  7,Tree-Structured Query,
 START WITH clause, the query inspects each branch connected to the
  8,Tree-Structured Query,
 root. For example, the emp table lists a manager for each employee
  9,Tree-Structured Query,
 except KING, the president:
 10,Tree-Structured Query,

 11,Tree-Structured Query,
 Level 1               KING  (the root node)
 12,Tree-Structured Query,
             |-----------|----------------------|
 13,Tree-Structured Query,
             |           |                      |
 14,Tree-Structured Query,
 Level 2   CLARK       JONES                  BLAKE
 15,Tree-Structured Query,
             |       |---|---|     |-----|------|-------|-------|
 16,Tree-Structured Query,
             |       |       |     |     |      |       |       |
 17,Tree-Structured Query,
 Level 3   MILLER  SCOTT   FORD  ALLEN  WARD  MARTIN  TURNER  JAMES
 18,Tree-Structured Query,
                     |       |
 19,Tree-Structured Query,
                     |       |
 20,Tree-Structured Query,
 Level 4           ADAMS   SMITH
 21,Tree-Structured Query,

 22,Tree-Structured Query,

 23,Tree-Structured Query,

 24,Tree-Structured Query,
 See also: example connect by, select, query, uses of select, menu.
  1,UNDEFINE,

  2,UNDEFINE,

  3,UNDEFINE,
                               UNDEFINE
  4,UNDEFINE,

  5,UNDEFINE,
 UNDEF[INE] variable
  6,UNDEFINE,

  7,UNDEFINE,
 UNDEFINE deletes a given user variable that you defined either explicitly
  8,UNDEFINE,
 (with the DEFINE command), or implicitly (with a START command argument).
  9,UNDEFINE,

 10,UNDEFINE,
     variable
 11,UNDEFINE,
         is the name of the user variable you wish to delete.
 12,UNDEFINE,

 13,UNDEFINE,

 14,UNDEFINE,
 Example:  To undefine a user variable named POS, enter:
 15,UNDEFINE,

 16,UNDEFINE,
               SQL> UNDEFINE POS
 17,UNDEFINE,

 18,UNDEFINE,
 See also:  define, start, @, commands, menu.
  1,UPDATE,

  2,UPDATE,

  3,UPDATE,
                               UPDATE
  4,UPDATE,
                                            SQL and PL/SQL statement
  5,UPDATE,

  6,UPDATE,
 UPDATE table/view_name SET
  7,UPDATE,
     column_name = sql_expression                       --SQL option
  8,UPDATE,
     column_name = (one_value_SELECT_statement)         --SQL option
  9,UPDATE,
     (column_name, column_name,...) = SELECT_statement  --SQL option
 10,UPDATE,
   WHERE_clause;
 11,UPDATE,
   WHERE CURRENT OF cursor_name;                     --PL/SQL option
 12,UPDATE,

 13,UPDATE,
 UPDATE replaces the values in rows of one or more specified columns
 14,UPDATE,
 with the values from a SQL expression or a SELECT statement. SELECT
 15,UPDATE,
 must return at least one row, and every column to the left of the =
 16,UPDATE,
 sign.  SELECT may not contain an INTO clause.  Use the WHERE clause
 17,UPDATE,
 to specify conditions rows must meet in order to be updated; if you
 18,UPDATE,
 omit the WHERE clause, all rows are updated.
 19,UPDATE,

 20,UPDATE,
 In PL/SQL, WHERE CURRENT OF updates the current row.
 21,UPDATE,

 22,UPDATE,

 23,UPDATE,
 See also: example rollback, cursors, where current of, sql% cursor,
 24,UPDATE,
           example where current of, select, commands, menu.
  1,User ID,

  2,User ID,

  3,User ID,
                          User ID
  4,User ID,

  5,User ID,
 A user is identified by a name and a password that gives access
  6,User ID,
 to the database.  A user may be the owner of tables, views, and
  7,User ID,
 sequences and may be granted SELECT, INSERT, DELETE, and UPDATE
  8,User ID,
 privileges for tables, views, and sequences owned by others.  A
  9,User ID,
 user with DBA privileges uses the GRANT statement to create user
 10,User ID,
 accesses and privileges.
 11,User ID,

 12,User ID,

 13,User ID,

 14,User ID,
  See also: grant, select, insert, delete, update, dba, menu.
  1,Uses of SELECT,

  2,Uses of SELECT,

  3,Uses of SELECT,
                           Uses of SELECT
  4,Uses of SELECT,

  5,Uses of SELECT,
 The SELECT statement shows the syntax of clauses used in SELECT
  6,Uses of SELECT,
 and other SQL statements.  The topics below provide information
  7,Uses of SELECT,
 on some of the many uses of the SELECT statement.  To display a
  8,Uses of SELECT,
 topic, enter help and a space, then part or all of the topic
  9,Uses of SELECT,
 name.
 10,Uses of SELECT,

 11,Uses of SELECT,
         select list               correlated subquery
 12,Uses of SELECT,

 13,Uses of SELECT,
         join (simple)             distributed query
 14,Uses of SELECT,

 15,Uses of SELECT,
         outer join                tree-structured query
 16,Uses of SELECT,

 17,Uses of SELECT,
         query                     select into (PL/SQL)
 18,Uses of SELECT,

 19,Uses of SELECT,
         subquery                  cursors (PL/SQL)
 20,Uses of SELECT,

 21,Uses of SELECT,

 22,Uses of SELECT,

 23,Uses of SELECT,
 See also: select, commands, examples, menu.
  1,VALIDATE INDEX,

  2,VALIDATE INDEX,

  3,VALIDATE INDEX,
                               VALIDATE INDEX
  4,VALIDATE INDEX,
                                                            SQL statement
  5,VALIDATE INDEX,
 VALIDATE INDEX user.index
  6,VALIDATE INDEX,

  7,VALIDATE INDEX,

  8,VALIDATE INDEX,
 VALIDATE INDEX verifies that each index entry points to the correct data
  9,VALIDATE INDEX,
 block.  It does not confirm that each row has an appropriate index entry.
 10,VALIDATE INDEX,
 If ORACLE doesn't give a message that the index has been validated, drop
 11,VALIDATE INDEX,
 and recreate the index.
 12,VALIDATE INDEX,

 13,VALIDATE INDEX,

 14,VALIDATE INDEX,
 See also: create index, alter index, commands, menu.
  1,Variables,

  2,Variables,

  3,Variables,
                            Variables
  4,Variables,

  5,Variables,
 Use variables to store the results of a query, or to calculate
  6,Variables,
 values to insert into tables. You can declare a variable to be
  7,Variables,
 of any SQL or PL/SQL datatype: NUMBER, CHAR, DATE, or BOOLEAN.
  8,Variables,
 Examples: balance NUMBER(5,2);  wkphone CHAR(12);  sex BOOLEAN
  9,Variables,

 10,Variables,
 There are two ways you can assign values to a variable:
 11,Variables,

 12,Variables,
      - use := (the assignment operator)
 13,Variables,
               discount := price * 0.15
 14,Variables,

 15,Variables,
      - SELECT or FETCH table values INTO a variable:
 16,Variables,
               SELECT price * 0.15 INTO discount FROM pricelist
 17,Variables,
               WHERE stockdate <= SYSDATE - 60
 18,Variables,

 19,Variables,
 To declare a constant, put CONSTANT after the name and assign
 20,Variables,
 its value immediately:   discount CONSTANT NUMBER(2,2) := 0.15;
 21,Variables,

 22,Variables,

 23,Variables,
 See also: declare, number, char, date, boolean, select into,
 24,Variables,
           fetch, commands, menu.
  1,Views,

  2,Views,

  3,Views,
                         Views (and Indexes)
  4,Views,

  5,Views,
 A view contains no data, but provides a representation of data in
  6,Views,
 one or more tables (base tables) or other views.  Views let you:
  7,Views,

  8,Views,
     - Restrict access to the data in some columns and/or rows.
  9,Views,
     - Hide data complexity--you can use a single view to access
 10,Views,
         the information in several tables.
 11,Views,
     - Reduce syntactic complexity--a view of data from multiple
 12,Views,
         tables can return information without join operations.
 13,Views,
     - Present data from alternative perspectives--you can rename
 14,Views,
         view columns without changing base table column names.
 15,Views,

 16,Views,
 An index provides quick access to rows; SQL commands that process
 17,Views,
 less than 25% of a table's rows will perform faster with an index.
 18,Views,

 19,Views,
 A unique index guarantees the uniqueness of rows in a table by not
 20,Views,
 allowing duplicates in one of the columns (the primary key).
 21,Views,

 22,Views,

 23,Views,
 See also: tables, keys, create view, create index, menu.
  1,WHENEVER SQLERROR,

  2,WHENEVER SQLERROR,

  3,WHENEVER SQLERROR,
                            WHENEVER SQLERROR
  4,WHENEVER SQLERROR,

  5,WHENEVER SQLERROR,
 WHENEVER SQLERROR {EXIT [SUCCESS|FAILURE|WARNING|n|variable]|CONTINUE}
  6,WHENEVER SQLERROR,

  7,WHENEVER SQLERROR,
 WHENEVER SQLERROR exits SQL*Plus if a SQL command or PL/SQL block causes
  8,WHENEVER SQLERROR,
 an error.
  9,WHENEVER SQLERROR,

 10,WHENEVER SQLERROR,
     EXIT [SUCCESS | FAILURE | WARNING | n | variable]
 11,WHENEVER SQLERROR,
         directs SQL*Plus to commit pending changes to the database and
 12,WHENEVER SQLERROR,
         exit when a SQL error is detected.  The EXIT clause has the syntax
 13,WHENEVER SQLERROR,
         of the EXIT command.  SQL*Plus command errors don't cause an exit.
 14,WHENEVER SQLERROR,

 15,WHENEVER SQLERROR,
     CONTINUE
 16,WHENEVER SQLERROR,
         turns off the EXIT option.
 17,WHENEVER SQLERROR,

 18,WHENEVER SQLERROR,
 Examples: These commands cause an exit and display the SQL error code if
 19,WHENEVER SQLERROR,
           a SQL UPDATE command fails and skips the COPY command:
 20,WHENEVER SQLERROR,

 21,WHENEVER SQLERROR,
               SQL> GET RAISE
 22,WHENEVER SQLERROR,
                 1  WHENEVER SQLERROR EXIT SQL.SQLCODE
 23,WHENEVER SQLERROR,
                 2  UPDATE EMP SET SAL = SAL*1.1
 24,WHENEVER SQLERROR,
                 3  COPY TO SCOTT/TIGER@D:BETHESDA -
 25,WHENEVER SQLERROR,
                 4  REPLACE EMP -
 26,WHENEVER SQLERROR,
                 5  USING SELECT * FROM EMP
 27,WHENEVER SQLERROR,
                 6  WHENEVER SQLERROR CONTINUE
 28,WHENEVER SQLERROR,

 29,WHENEVER SQLERROR,
 See also:  example error handling, exit, commands, menu.
  1,WHERE,

  2,WHERE,
                             WHERE
  3,WHERE,
                                                         SQL clause
  4,WHERE,

  5,WHERE,
 SELECT ...              UPDATE ...              DELETE ...
  6,WHERE,
    WHERE condition         WHERE condition         WHERE condition
  7,WHERE,

  8,WHERE,

  9,WHERE,
 Based on the set of conditions specified, the WHERE clause decides
 10,WHERE,
 which rows in a table to SELECT, UPDATE, or DELETE.  The condition
 11,WHERE,
 contains the name of a column, a comparison operator, and criteria
 12,WHERE,
 of the same datatype as the column.  You may use logical operators
 13,WHERE,
 in a condition as well-- NOT reverses the meaning of the criteria;
 14,WHERE,
 AND requires that several criteria be met; OR picks rows that meet
 15,WHERE,
 any one criteria in a list.  For example, to find clients who have
 16,WHERE,
 balances over $100 overdue 90 days or more:
 17,WHERE,

 18,WHERE,
 SELECT * FROM clients WHERE bal > 100 AND SYSDATE - duedate >= 90;
 19,WHERE,

 20,WHERE,

 21,WHERE,
 See also: subquery, select, update, delete, conditions, comparison,
 22,WHERE,
           logical operators, commands, menu.
  1,WHERE CURRENT OF,

  2,WHERE CURRENT OF,

  3,WHERE CURRENT OF,
                         WHERE CURRENT OF
  4,WHERE CURRENT OF,
                                                   PL/SQL clause
  5,WHERE CURRENT OF,

  6,WHERE CURRENT OF,
 Use the WHERE CURRENT OF cursor_name clause in a PL/SQL program
  7,WHERE CURRENT OF,
 to UPDATE or DELETE the current row--the one last accessed with
  8,WHERE CURRENT OF,
 a FETCH statement; the named cursor must be open and positioned
  9,WHERE CURRENT OF,
 on a row. To use WHERE CURRENT OF, FOR UPDATE OF must have been
 10,WHERE CURRENT OF,
 used in the declaration of the cursor's query.
 11,WHERE CURRENT OF,

 12,WHERE CURRENT OF,

 13,WHERE CURRENT OF,
 The implicit SQL% cursor and explicit cursor attributes let you
 14,WHERE CURRENT OF,
 access useful information about the execution of an UPDATE or a
 15,WHERE CURRENT OF,
 DELETE statement.
 16,WHERE CURRENT OF,

 17,WHERE CURRENT OF,

 18,WHERE CURRENT OF,
 See also: example where current of, update, delete, for update of,
 19,WHERE CURRENT OF,
           cursors, SQL% cursor, cursor attributes, commands, menu.
  1,WHILE,

  2,WHILE,

  3,WHILE,
                              WHILE
  4,WHILE,
                                                   PL/SQL statement
  5,WHILE,

  6,WHILE,
 WHILE condition LOOP
  7,WHILE,
     sequence_of_statements
  8,WHILE,
 END LOOP;
  9,WHILE,

 10,WHILE,

 11,WHILE,
 In a WHILE loop, as long as the condition evaluates to TRUE at the
 12,WHILE,
 start of each iteration, the sequence_of_statements is executed.
 13,WHILE,
 The loop terminates once the condition evaluates to FALSE or NULL.
 14,WHILE,

 15,WHILE,

 16,WHILE,
 For other loops see: loop, cursor for, numeric for.
 17,WHILE,

 18,WHILE,

 19,WHILE,
 See also: example while, conditions, boolean comparisons, commands.